AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education Page 1
K to 12 Basic Education Curriculum
Technology and Livelihood Education
Learning Module
AUTOMOTIVE SERVICING
EXPLORATORY COURSE
Grades 7 and Grade 8
Republic of the Philippines
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
What Is This Module About? ................................................................................................3
How Do You Use This Module .............................................................................................5
LESSON 1 – Use Hand tools ............................................................................................6
LESSON 2 – Perform Mensuration and Calculations .................................................57
LESSON 3 – Interpret Plans and Drawings .................................................................86
LESSON 4 – Perform Shop Maintenance...................................................................143
LESSON 5 – Practice Occupational Health and Safety Procedures.....................187
ANSWER KEYS…………………………………………………………...
……………...............246
Acknowledgment ..............................................................................................................261
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 3
Welcome to the course of Automotive!
This Module is an exploratory and introductory course which leads you to Automotive
Servicing National Certificate Level I ( NC I)1
. It covers 5 common competencies that a
Grade 7/Grade 8 Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) student like you ought to
possess, namely:
1). Use Hand Tools
2). Perform Mensuration and Calculations
3). Interpret Plans and Drawings
4). Perform Shop Maintenance
5). Practice Occupational Health and Safety Procedure
These 5 common competencies are covered separately in 5 Lessons. As shown below, each
Lesson is directed to the attainment of one or more learning outcomes:
Lesson 1 – Use Hand Tools
LO 1 - Plan and prepare for tasks to be undertaken.
LO 2 - Prepare and use hand tools.
LO 3 - Prepare report of malfunctioning tools.
LO 4 - Maintain hand tools.
Lesson 2 – Perform Mensuration and Calculations
LO 1-Select measuring instrument and carry out measurement and
calculations.
LO 2 - Maintain measuring instruments.
Lesson 3 – Interpret Plans and Drawings
LO 1 - Analyze signs, symbols and data.
LO 2 - Interpret technical drawings and plans.
Lesson 4 – Perform Shop Maintenance
LO 1 - Inspect and clean tools and shop equipment.
LO 2 - Store and Arrange tools and shop equipment.
LO 3 - Dispose waste/ used lubricants.
Lesson 5 – Practice Occupational Health and Safety Procedures
LO 1 - Identify hazards and risks.
LO 2 - Evaluate hazards and risks.
LO 3 - Maintain occupational health and safety awareness.
Your success in this exploratory course on Automotive is shown in your ability to perform
the performance standards found in each lesson.
1NATIONAL CERTIFICATE (NC) is a certification issued to individuals who achieved all the required units of competency for a national
qualification as defined under the Training Regulations. NCs are aligned to specific levels within the PTQF. (TESDA Board Resolution
No. 2004-13, Training Regulations Framework)
NATIONAL CERTIFICATE LEVEL refers to the four (4) qualification levels defined in the Philippine TVET Qualifications Framework
(PTQF) Where the worker in:
a. NC I performs a routine and predictable tasks; has little judgment; and, works under supervision;
b. NC II performs prescribe range of functions involving known routines and procedures; has limited choice and complexity of
functions, and has little accountability;
What Is This Module About?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 4
This Module has five Lessons. Each Lesson has the following parts:
 Learning Outcomes
 Performance Standards
 Materials/Resources
 Definition of Terms
 What Do You Already Know?
 What Do You Need to Know?
 How Much Have You Learned?
 How Do You Apply What You Have Learned?
 How Well Did You Perform?
 References
To get the most from this Module, you need to do the following:
1. Begin by reading and understanding the Learning Outcome/s and Performance
Standards. These willtell you what you should know and be able to do at the end
of this Module.
2. Find out what you already know by taking the Pretest then check your answer
against the Answer Key. If you get 99 to 100% of the items correctly, you may
proceed to the next Lesson. This means that you need not go through the
Lesson because you already know what it is about. If you fail to get 99 to 100%
correctly, go through the Lesson again and review especially thoseitems which
youfailed to get.
3. Do the required Learning Activities. They begin with one or more Information
Sheets.An Information Sheet contains important notes or basic information that
you need to know.
After reading the Information Sheet, test yourself on how much you have
learned by means of the Self-check. Refer to the Answer Key for correction. Do
not hesitate to go back to the Information Sheet when you do not get all
testitems correctly. This will ensure your mastery of basic information.
4. Demonstrate what you learned by doing what the Activity / Operation /Job Sheet
directs you to do.
5. You must be able to apply what you have learned in another activity or in a real
life situation.
6. Accomplish the Scoring Rubrics for you to know how well you performed.
Each Lesson also provides you with references and definition of key terms for your guide.
They can be of great help. Use them fully.
How Do You Use This Module?
If you have questions, ask your teacher for assistance.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 5
Use Hand Tools
LESSON 1
LO 1.prepare hand tools;
LO 2 use appropriate hand tools and test equipment;
LO 3 prepare record of malfunctioning tools; and
LO 4 maintain hand tools.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to
do the following:
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 6
Adjusting - an activity or task done to arrange parts in relation to position or regulate
a clearance in relation to accuracy
Air cleaner - apaper or cellulose element that filters the air before entering the
engine
Assembling - an activity or task of putting together of parts or mechanism in correct
and complete position
Bolt - a round rod metal with external threads. The external thread can be screwed in
an internally threaded stock or nut. It usually has square or hexagonal head where
wrench a can be inserted to loosen and tighten
Checking - a process of verifying and confirming the condition of parts by
observation or inspection
Fault - a condition of flaw or imperfection
Hand tools - a portable devices that are guided and operated by hands
Hose - a flexible and heat resistant rubber that serves as a passage of coolant in the
cooling system
Inspection - examining or looking closely as a course of action
Loosen - release from tightness or free from restraint
Major task - a work which is reasonably great in scope
Malfunction - a condition where a part or system does not function normally
Measuring - an activity or task of getting the amount, size or quantity of a certain
thing or stock/parts
Nuts - a usually square or hexagonal shape block of metal with internal threaded
hole where an externally threaded bolt can be screwed
Overhauling - a process of examining and repairing of condition if necessary
Principle - a fundamental truth or law as the basis of reasoning or action
Repairing - restoring a faulty condition after damage or wear
Safety - freedom from danger or risk
Standard procedure - an established, prescribed way of doing a task or series of
action
Technique - a method of skillful manipulation of activity for efficient and time saving
task
Definition of Terms
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 7
Testing - a process of determining the working condition of a system or mechanism
Tighten - to give additional twisting force to make it tighter
Tune-up - an orderly process of inspection, diagnosis, testing, and adjustment that is
periodically necessary to maintain peak engine performance
Underchassis- the underparts of a vehicle. It is composed of different systems such
as the power trains, steering, suspension, wheels, and tires. It aids the vehicle in
performing its duties
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 8
1. Table
2. Pencils
3. Rugs
4. Screw driver
5. Fire extinguisher
6. Steel rule
7. Drill bit
Materials/Resources
Plan and prepare for tasks to be undertaken
LEARNING OUTCOME 1
 Tasks to be undertaken are properly identified.
 Appropriate hand tools are identified.
 Hand tools are selected according to the task requirement.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 9
Directions: Answer the question by writing the letter of the best answer on a separate
sheet of paper.
1. A successful task can be achieved through _____ planning and preparation.
A. careful and proper C. constant
B. courageous D. seldom
2. Good preparation will boost your _____.
A. confidence C. intelligence
B. skill D. weakness
3. One of the factors to consider when planning and preparing for the task in order to avoid
accident is _____.
A. materials C. place
B. safety D. waste disposal
4. When the task calls for the removal of parts, use _____.
A. cleaning tools C. loosening and tightening tools
B. marking tools D. measuring tools
5. Measuring is a task that needs _____.
A. cleaning tools C. cutting tools
B. measuring tools D. tightening and loosening tools
What Do You Already Know?
Pretest LO 1
Let us determine how much you already know about planning and preparing for
task to be undertaken. Take this test.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 10
What Do You Need To Know?
Plan and prepare for the tasks to be undertaken
Planning is part and parcel of achieving a successful task. Your ability to plan will
enable you to attain your purpose. Many successful automotive entrepreneurs have realized
their success through proper and careful planning. Likewise, aside from planning, you
should also give importance to preparation. Good preparation will boost your confidence
because it means that you are ready to do the task because you have sufficient knowledge
about it. The following are some factors to be considered when you plan and prepare for the
tasks:
1. PLACE. See to it that the place for doing the task is conducive to work, well-
ventilated, clean, and has good lighting. A space provided for freedom to move is
important. A place chosen will give you idea on what task is to be done.
2. MATERIALS. Be sure that aside from tools and equipment, necessary materials
and fixtures to be used such as bench work and manual of specifications must be
available and ready for use.
3. WASTE DISPOSAL. Used parts or compound substance such as oil, grease and
used chemical bottles must be disposed in proper storage bin or container. Non-
disposal of used chemical substance invites hazard to environment and poses
danger to health.
Information Sheet 1.1
Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well; then, find out how much you can
remember and how much you have learned by doing Self-check.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 11
4. TOOLS/EQUIPMENT. Tools and
equipment must match with the
task to be done. You should be
careful enough to choose tools and
equipment that are worthy of use.
They must be in good condition so
that it can be easily utilized without
damaging the parts.
5. SAFETY. Always prioritize safety. Remember
that accident is not an excusable incident. It
can be avoided. Always remember the motto
“Safety first”.
6. SERVICE PROCEDURE/TASK. Identify what task to perform before identifying
materials and tools to use.The service procedure/task to employ will tell you the
corresponding tools and materials needed. Appropriate tools to use with the task
will enhance your ability to provide a competitive and efficient service.
Removing Installing Adjusting
Cleaning Measuring Repairing
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 12
The following service procedure/tasks will help you identify and select tools required
when performing a job.
SERVICE PROCEDURE/ TASKS TOOLS NEEDED
 Adjusting
 Checking
 Inspecting
 Measuring
Cutting tools
Loosening and tightening tools
Measuring tools
 Assembling
 Installing
Loosening and tightening tools
Marking tools
Measuring tools
 Cleaning Cleaning tools
 Disassembling
 Removing
Cleaning tools
Loosening and tightening tools
Marking tools
 Reconditioning
 Repairing
Cleaning tools
Loosening and tightening tools
Marking tools
Measuring tools
 Testing
Loosening and tightening tools
Measuring tools
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 13
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
Directions.Match the pictures in Column A with the corresponding tasks in column B and
thetools to be used in Column C. Write your best answer on the space
provided.
Column A Column B Column C
1.
B. ___
C. ___
a. measuring
▲ loosening and
tightening tools
2.
B. ___
C. ___
b. assembling ► measuring tools
3.
B. ___
C. ___
c. cutting ▼ cleaning tools
4.
B. ___
C. ___
d. removing ◄cutting tools
5.
B. ___
C. ___
e. cleaning ♦ holding tools
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 1.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 14
Directions: Given are the following factors to consider when planning and preparing for the
tasksto be undertaken. Make a plan on how tasks are prepared by placing the following
factors in thechart.
A. Factors to consider:
1. – lighting, ventilation, space of work
2. – fixtures, bench work, manual of specifications
3. – trash bin
4. – –cabinet, tools shelf
5. – Emergency kit, fire extinguishers, safety signs and symbols
SERVICE SHOP
B. Demonstrate one of the service procedures/tasks
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Service Procedure/Tasks
1. _________________________
2. _________________________
3. _________________________
4. _________________________
5. _________________________
6. _________________________
7. _________________________
Place
Materials
Waste disposal
Tools and equipment
Safety
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 15
 Brush  Pliers – Combination  Allen
 Scraper  Crimping  Flat
 Wiping cloth  Splicer  Offset
 Chisel  Cutting  Phillips
 Hacksaw  Long nose  Stubby
 Electric drills  Vise-grip  Center punch
 Hole saw  Bench vise  Scriber
 Machinist  Wrenches – Allen  Caliper
 Pliers  Box  Metal tape measure
 Side cutting pliers  Combination pliers  Steel rule
 Tin snip  Side cutting pliers  Torque wrench
 Hammers  Open  Utility rug
 Ball peen  Socket  Multi tester
 Brass/Plastic  Spark plug  Vanier caliper
 Starting  Torque wrench
 Drift punch  Screwdrivers
Materials
Prepare and use hand tools
LEARNING OUTCOME 2
 Appropriate hand tools are checked for proper operation and safety.
 Unsafe or faulty tools are identified.
 All tools are marked for repair according to standard company procedures.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 16
Direction: Answer each question by writing the letter of the best answer.
1. When you want to make things done with less effort and efficiency, use _______.
A. bench work C. lights
B. space D. tools
2. Possessing basic knowledge will help you __________ tools for the tasks.
A. guess C. identify and select
B. presume D. replace
3. Choosing the right tool is easy but requires a lot of _____________.
A. assumption C. deduction
B. practice D. presumption
4. Using incorrect tools for the job will result in _____________.
A. efficiency C. injury
B. good performance D. good values
5. Basic level of competency involves _____________.
A. checking and inspection C. disassembling
B. overhauling D. major job
What Do You Already Know?
Pretest LO 2
Determine how much you already know about preparing and using hand tools.
Take this test.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 17
Prepare hand tools
When doing any kind of work, tools are needed to have things done. When fixing
furniture, repairing home appliances, or doing simple repair, tools help you make work
easy, with less effort but with efficient result. Without the needed tools, much time is
consumed and more effort is required to accomplish your task.
In order for you to accomplish a task efficiently, you must possess basic
knowledge on how to identify and select tools that are usable, of good quality and free
from faults. The task required calls for the right kind of tools to prepare. Simple jobs usually
need simple tools to use. Heavy jobs need the use of heavy tools. Through constant
practice, and simple observation, you become skillful in selecting the right tool for the job.
In automotive application, it is important that the needed tools are not defective and
must be perfect for the job to finish on time. The use of faulty tools might result in injury and
damage to you and the parts you are working on.
Preparing hand tools to use is easy but requires a lot of practice. Depending on the
level of work to be done, whether it is basic level which involves inspection and checking,
cleaning and simple fixing of parts; the common level for replacing of basic parts such as air
cleaner, fuel filter, hoses; and the core level when performing major tasks such as tune-up,
overhauling and underchassis work.
The extent of work will give you information to identify and select the size, shape and
type of tools needed to accomplish the task.
The following tools for the specific task have corresponding name of specific tools in
performing the task.
TOOLS FOR A SPECIFIC
PROCEDURE/TASK
NAME OF SPECIFIC TOOLS
 Cleaning tools
Brushes ( fiber and wire), Scraper,
Wiping cloth
 Cutting Tools
Chisel, File, Hacksaw, Electric drills,
Hole saw, Machinist pliers, Side cutting
pliers, Tin snip
 Driving tools
Hammers - Ball peen, Brass/Plastic,
Starting and Drift punch
What Do You Need To Know?
Information Sheet 2.1
Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well. Then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 18
 Bending /Holding/ Twisting/ Crimping
Tools/Gadget
Pliers – Combination, Crimping and
Splicer, Cutting, Long nose, Vise-grip,
Bench vise
 Loosening and tightening tools
Wrenches - Allen, Box, Combination,
Open, Socket, Spark plug, Torque
wrench
Screwdrivers – Allen, Flat, Offset,
Phillips, Stubby,
 Marking tools Center punch, Scriber
 Measuring tools
Caliper, Metal tape measure, Steel rule,
Torque wrench
Operation of hand tools
To gain more knowledge about the tools, you must know its basic functions so that
you will be able to identify its use.
I. CLEANING TOOLS
1. Scraper is a flat thin sheet of metal with wooden or plastic handle. It is used to
scrape hard to remove dirt or stubborn grime or plastic sticker.
2. Steel/Wire brush are thin strips of metal inserted in a wooden or plastic stock. It is
used to remove rust, hard to remove dirt and grime with sweeping action.
3. Utility rag is a fibrous cloth used in cleaning and wiping dirt and dust.
II. BENDING/HOLDING/TWISTING/CRIMPING TOOLS
1. Pliers are generally used as all-around tools. They have the capability for bending,
crimping, cutting, holding, stripping and twisting. They are available in various shapes
and sizes. Generally, pliers used for electrical job are insulated, whereas those for
mechanical work are not insulated but sometimes equipped with rubber for gripping.
Pliers are not used as substitute for wrenches.
Side cutting pliers are tools having a broad, flat, and rough jaw. They have a
pair of nipper-like blades used for cutting and bending wires. Combinationpliers are
equipped with adjustable opening by means of a slip joint. It is used for gripping object
because of its inner notch and also used for cutting and bending small wires. Long-
nose pliers have a needle-nose ends used for holding or picking small object. They
have a razor-like blade on its jaw for stripping, cutting and bending wires. Stripping and
crimping pliers have two-half round edges used to strip electrical wire and a crimping
nose to fold and lock wire connector. Vise grip or locking jaw pliers are specially-
designed pliers used for holding work pieces together. They have a variety of uses such
Utility rag Scraper Steel/Wire brush
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 19
as inserting a fastener, holding bolts while tightening or loosening the nut and removing
rounded head bolts and nuts. Machinist pliers have adjustable and cutting jaws with
tooth-edged nose used for holding, bending and cutting wires.
2. Bench vise is a device for holding
and bending pieces of metal. It
consists of one fixed and one
movable jaw operated by a
clamping action of the screw.
III. CUTTING TOOLS
1. Chisel is a hand tool essentially used for cutting bolts, nuts and rivets. It comes in
different types and sizes. A flat cold chisel is used for general cutting. Special
chisels like a diamond point are used for cutting sharp-bottomed groove and a
round-end chisel for cutting oil grooves.
Side cutting pliers Combination pliers
Long nose pliers Stripping and Crimping pliers
Vise grip / locking jaw pliers Machinist pliers
Flat edge cold chisel Diamond edge cold chisel
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 20
Tin snip
Flat file
2. Electric Drill is a tool for boring holes. It is made of either carbon steel which
requires frequent sharpening or high speed steel which requires less sharpening.
Electric drill is designed for slow and high speed drilling. It can be hand operated
for slow drilling or electrically operated portable or heavy duty machine for high
speed drilling with replaceable drill attachment at the end. Drills come in various
diameter sizes. Electric drill can also be used as a portable grinding machine by
attaching a handy grinder on its end.
Electric drill Drill bits
3. File is a hard steel tool used for
smoothening metal. It comes in various
shapes such as flat, round, half-round,
and triangular. It also comes in different
fine-to-coarse cutting edges. A single-
cut file has a single series of cutting
edges parallel to each other whereas a
double-cut file has two sets of cutting
edges that cross at an angle.
4. Hacksaw is an excellent tool
for cutting bolts, tubing and
light to fairly thick metal. It has
a light frame handle with blade
connected to both ends of the
frame. Depending on the type
of work to be cut, a hacksaw
blade tooth per inch (TPI)
determines the extent of metal
to be cut. It comes in 14, 18, 24, 32 teeth per inch. The lower the number, the lesser
the number of TPI and the greater its cutting ability. A special hacksaw such as hole
saw is used when boring thin and large diameter sheet of metal. It is electrically
operated by an electric drill
5. Tin Snip is a scissor-
shaped tool used for
cutting thin sheets of metal.
Electric drill Drillbits
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 21
Brass hammer
IV. DRIVING TOOLS
1. Hammers are generally used for driving or striking work. It comes in various sizes,
weights, and kinds .Ball peen hammer is basically used by machinists as in
automotive applications. It has a weighty ball-shaped metal at the end of the handle
with flat surface on one side for striking a chisel or appropriate work and a rounded
shaped for riveting or penning. The brass or plastic-tipped hammers are used for
striking soft and delicate part such as aluminum or plastic to avoid danger of
breakingor marring the surface.
2. Puncher is a tool made of steel. It is used to cut or drive outa bolt or lock needle pin
out of a hole. Starting punch is a punch with tapered portion used for initially starting
a pin or rivet removal. After initially starting the pin, the drift punch or pin punch is
used to complete the job of removing the pin. A hole punch is used in cutting a
paper gasket in making holes.
V. LOOSENING AND TIGHTENING TOOLS
1. Wrenches are tools for loosening and tightening of bolts and nuts. It comes in different
forms and number in Metric or in English sizes.
1.1 Allen wrench is used in a type of screw bolt with a hexagonal hole on the head.
1.2 Box end wrench is an enclosed end tool used for moderate application for
loosening and tightening bolts and nuts.
1.3 Combination wrench is a tool with an open-end on one side and box-end
on the opposite side. It has the same size on both ends and used in loosening and
tightening bolts and nuts.
1.4 Oil filter wrench is a circular-shaped steel with internal tooth and handle. It is
inserted to the oil filter body, tightened as it is turned for removal.
1.5 Open end wrench is a tool with open end used for light application in
loosening and tightening bolts and nuts.
1.6 Socket wrench is a tubular-like tool with an enclosed end used for heavy
application for loosening and tightening bolts and nuts.
1.7 Spark plug wrench is a socket-like wrench intended for removing and
installing spark plugs.
1.8 Tire wrench is a cross-like or sometimes L-shaped piece of round bar used to
remove the wheels of the vehicle.
Starting punchDrift punch
Hole punch
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 22
Philips screw drivers
Offset screw drivers
Flat screw drivers
Stubby screw drivers
2. Screwdriver is a piece of
long metal rod made of
hardened steel and
tempered at the tip. It is
used to loosen and tighten
screws. It usually comes in
different sizes and forms of
tips. An Allen screwdriver
has hexagonal sides at the
tip and used for hexagonal
slot head of the screws. A
flat screw driver has flat
tip at the end and used in a
single groove screws. A Philips screw driver has cross-like tip at the end and used
in a cross groove head of the screws. Depending on the kind of application used, a
screwdriver can be of special types such as stubby screwdriver that has a short
shank and handle. It is used for tight space where a typical screwdriver cannot be
used. An offset screwdriver has a shank bent in opposite direction several distance
just before the end of the tip. It is used to loosen and tightened screws in difficult
areas
VI. MARKING TOOLS
1. Center punch is a tool made of hardened steel with conical tip point on its end. It is
about 3 to 4 in. long in length and used for marking the material before drilling. It is
also used for marking two parts so that after removing, it can be easily replaced by
aligning the marks together.
Allen wrench Box wrench Combination wrench
Oil filter wrench Open wrench Spark plug wrench
Tire wrench Socket wrench
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 23
2. Scriber is a thin steel rod with pointed tip on its end. It is used for marking fine lines
on metal for layout work.
3. Pencil is a thin strip of graphite enclosed in a wooden case and used for making
drawings and marking lines.
Center punch Scriber Pencil
VII. MEASURING TOOLS
1. Torque wrench is a special service tool for measuring the twisting force applied
when tightening bolts and nuts.
2. Steel rule is a measuring strip of steel available in various lengths in metric and
English system. It is available in 12, 24, 36 and 48 inches size. It is used in
linear measurement of short length or height.
3. Caliper is a tool used in measuring the diameter of a circular work. The Inside
caliper is used in measuring the inside diameter whereas the outside caliper is
used in measuring the outside diameter of an object. The caliper is adjustable.
The Vernier caliper is a good example that is capable to measure both the inside
and outside diameter of an object with accuracy. It can also measure the
thickness and thinness in thousandths of an inch.
4. Metal tape measure is a push and pull, long strip of thin sheet of metal with
corresponding increments in millimeter and inches graduation. It is used for
measuring stock and can be bought in different sizes of length.
5. Feeler gauge is a thin strip of metal with different thickness used to measure or
set gap and clearance between parts of mechanism.
Torque wrench
Steel rule Vernier Caliper
Steel tape measure Feeler gauge
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 24
Common faults of hand tools
A hand tool is the best friend of every serviceman. With it, work becomes easy and
efficient. But, if tools are not given careful attention they will easily give up without
maximizing its usefulness. If this condition continues, it will result in a faulty condition.
This faulty condition results from ineffective use which eventually might create the risk of
danger and accident.
Common faults of hand tools are usually blamed on manufacturer’s defect.
However, it doesn‟t mean that whenever hand tools become faulty or defective, the
manufacturer always carries the responsibility.
Metal fatigue is one of the usual causes of faulty hand tools specially those that are
made from steel. Like human body that sometimes needs rest, metal fatigue is
developed from overuse of tools. It can also result from too much imposition of force
on tools which is less than its capacity to endure. It will render the tools unserviceable.
Because of wrong habits or attitudes, human error also contributes to faulty hand
tools. Wrong use of tools for the job will create bad effect on the tools. A screwdriver
which is intended for loosening and tightening screws becomes defective and reduces its
usefulness when used like cold chisel.
Natural tear and wear causes tools to widen or reduce its size. A slack is noticeable
when a box wrench for removing the bolt becomes loose when the internal sides of the
wrench is bigger than the external sides of the bolt‟s head. If used in this condition, both
the bolt and the wrench will develop fault.
Tools not kept, not maintained, and unused will become rusty. Tools with jaws become
difficult to operate. It will take time cleaning and removing the corrosion before it becomes
functional.
To become more aware of the condition of hand tools, it is good to know some of its
specific faults.
1. Cleaning tools. Wire and fiber brush must be tightly fit and securely intact on its
recess. Frayed brushes indicate overuse. Bristles can easily be removed and may
splatter. They can pose danger to the eyes and skin. Likewise, dirty rags can create
dust and affect the respiratory system.
2. Bending/ Cutting/ Holding/Twisting tools.Overused, dulled teeth cutting edge of
tools such as hacksaw, tin snip and cutter pliers will reduce time and work
performance. Loosehacksaw blade to frame must be repaired or replaced at once.
Dulled teeth and loose pivot lever of holding tools such as machinist and combination
pliers lessen the grip and reduces its holding power. As a consequence, it will result in
slippage. Pliers‟ teeth and its cutting edge must be reconditioned or must be replaced.
Mushroom- headed cold chisel can cause danger when driven with a hammer. The
driving force of a hammer may change direction due to the mushroom-like contusion
Frayed brushes
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 25
Dulledhacksaw teeth
Dulled marking tool
Rounded striking edge and
loose hammer head
on the head of the chisel. If this happens, body part is hammered rather than the
object itself. Thus, injury is certain.
3. Driving tools. A swollen striking edgeand
loose hammer head handle can create a very
devastating injury and fatal blow when the
head flies out of its handle and hits a delicate
part of the body.
4. Loosening and
tightening tools. A
slacked wrench or
screwdriver is a product
of overused or wrong
sized tool when forcefully
used. Incorrect position of
tools or the person doing
the job will create an
unbalanced force. When
force is applied, the
possibility of accident
may happen. There is
also a tendency of
slippage when the
surrounding sides of the
wrench don‟t fit squarely with the sides of the bolt or nut being removed or
tightened. Therefore, this kind of fault must be addressed right away and the
wrench or screwdriver be
replaced at once.
5. Marking tools. A bent and
dulled tip of marking tool will not
give accurate marking. A dulled
tip creates blurred lines;
therefore, interpretation of lines
and dimensions are not precise.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 26
Creased measuring tool
This must be corrected at once. Sharpen tools with the use of an appropriate
sharpening gadget.
6. Measuring Tools. A
measuring tool must be
always kept clean.
Dirty, bent, and
creased measuring
tools like measuring
tape, steel rule, and
caliper will give
inaccurate reading if
the gradation lines are
not readable.
Safety requirements of hand tools
Hand tools come in different sizes, shapes, weights, brands, and designs. These
characteristics of hand tools are very important because they give us technical data about
their production. These technical data will enable us to know the capacity of tools if
subjected to the degree of use. The standard requirements of tools for use and safety are
very important on the part of the buyer as well as the user. Without them, they have no
bearing at all if not assured with safety features. Tools are engineered and designed to
numerous sequence of events when used within the normal working range. To use a tool
appropriately, know its safety requirements, to be guided accordingly when you purchase
one.
Tools produced in the industry must pass the Work Equipment Law. In this law,
procedures on the extent, fitness, correctness, and usability of tools and equipment are
provided in accordance with specified task. This ensures safety standards before tools are
released in the market.
The following are some of the information you need to know about the safety
requirements of hand tools:
1. Technical data. This will give information about the manufacturer‟s
specifications of the tools produced. The size, weight, production code
number, and the brand are usually marked on the body of the item.
Pictures of tools with technical data on the surface
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 27
2. User’s manual. It tells where, when and how the tools are to be used. It also gives
information on the limitation of tools if subjected to constant use. In this
manual, users are given warning on the possible injury one may get if used
incorrectly. It also gives detailed information on how tools are maintained and
stored. If tools need to be assembled, the manual gives a step-by-step
instructions on how to do the task.
3. Physical requirements. Physical requirements of tools have bearing on how
they are manufactured. Their good quality must be:
a. Tensile strength. Tools must belight but durable so that excessive forcein
using them is not necessary. In this manner, strain on hands and shoulders
are reduced. A tool must be strong and reliable to stand the stress of constant
use. Tooth edge of hacksaw and chisel must be tempered and so with a
screw driver.
b. Powerful. Tools must not be heavy on the hand side rather than on the end
portion of the driving force, as in a hammer. They must be considerably long
to give a powerful twisting force as in a wrench and screw or a heavy blow
when using hammer. This reduces muscular effort and efficiency of work is
achieved.
c. User- friendly. Tools must be easy and comfortable to use. They must be
hand-fit and oval or cylindrically shaped. A square-shaped handle creates
discomfort on palms because of the edge area.
Tools with cylindrically-shaped handle
Pictures of user‟s manual of specifications
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 28
d. Safe Toolsmust have gripping surface on their handles to assure holding
power and avoid slip that may lead to injury. Stopper must also be on pointed
and sharp-bladed/edged tools. Driving tools must be provided with
appropriate length of grip.
e. Functionally Accurate. Tools are especially made to measure like torque
wrench. Vernier caliper and feeler gauge must be technically and functionally
accurate.They must give correct reading of division and sub-division of their
fractional value or scale. Inaccurate reading gives wrong data or information
and may result in severe damage to parts.
Tools with gripping surface
Functionally accurate tool
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 29
How Much Have You Learned?
Direction: Match Column A with Column B. Write the letter of the best answer.
Column A Column B
1. Hacksaw
2. Ball peen hammer
3. Long nose pliers
4. Metal tape measure
5. Open wrench
6. Drift punch
7. Scriber
8. Feeler gauge
9. Steel rule
10. Screw drivers
a. used in marking lines in sheet metal
b. used in linear measurement of short length or height
c. generally used for driving or striking work.
d. used to complete the job of removing the pin
e. used for holding or picking small object
f. used for cutting pipes, tubing and fairly thick metal
g. used for light application of loosening and tightening
bolts and nuts
h. used to measure or set gap and clearance between
parts of mechanism
i. used to loosen and tighten screws
j. used for measuring stock of different sizes of length
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
Self-check 2.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 30
Show that you have learned something by doing this activity.
I. Directions: Group yourselves. Get your set of tools in your group tool box.
Identify the faults of the tools by attaching the “fault slip of paper” Leave a tool
without any fault unmarked or clean. Exchange with another group for evaluation.
1. ________________________ 2. ________________________
3. _______________________ 4. ________________________
5._______________________ 6. _______________________
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 31
7.________________________ 8._______________________
9. _____________________ 10. _______________________
II. Directions: Reflect on the following questions. Write your answers in your Activity
Notebook
1. Which of the following safety requirements of hand tools do you find the easiest? Which
one do you find the most difficult? State your reason.
1.1 I Like best….
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
1.2 I Do not like….
________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
1.3 I suggest some requirements….
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 32
Direction.Fill-up the corresponding service procedure with the right tools for the job.
1. Classify the tools by using the Classification Organizer.
Activity Sheet 2.2
HANDTOOLS
TIGHTENING AND
LOOSENING TOOLS
___________________
CUTTING TOOLS
_______________
MARKING TOOLS
______________
DRIVING TOOLS
MEASURING
TOOLS
______________
DRIVING TOOLS
______________________
______________________
________________
BENDING, CRIMPING,
HOLDING, STRIPPING
AND TOOLS
___________________
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 33
Directions: Make a cut out of the different faulty tools and classify them according to the
condition of each one.
Tools Bent Creased Dirty Dulled Frayed Loosed Slacked Swelled
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Activity Sheet 2.3
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 34
Title of Job : Cutting a steel bar with a hacksaw.
Materials Required: Mild carbon steel round bar
Tools and Equipment Needed: Bench work, bench vise, hacksaw
Procedure:
1. Select a hacksaw blade suited for the job.
2. Place the hacksaw blade on the frame. Be sure
that teeth of the blade is away from the handle.
3. Tighten the hacksaw blade. Be sure that no
amount of slack is felt to prevent it from breaking.
4. Set the steel round bar in a vise and clamp.
5. Measure the cutting point and mark the surface with a pencil or any appropriate marker.
A loose hacksaw blade will easily break
and a too tight blade will result in frame
bending.
Find out by accomplishing the following job. Remember it is your learning at
stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
Job Sheet 2.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 35
6. Grasp the hacksaw handle securely with your
right hand and the left hand on the front end of
the frame.
7. Position your body in front of the vise with your left foot
toward the bench and your right foot steady to provide
needed balance.
8. With the front end of the hacksaw blade placed on the
steel bar, start to cut the bar by applying slight
pressure on forward stroke. Release the pressure on
the backward stroke.
9. Repeat the process by adding additional
pressure on the succeeding stroke.
10. Lessen the pressure when the steel bar is nearly
cut to avoid blade from breaking.
11. Clean the hacksaw by wiping it with dry cloth,
wipe with a drop of oil. Return the hacksaw in its
proper storage.
Be sure to have at least 40-50
strokes per minute.
Be sure that full length stroke is
applied.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 36
1. Inventory sheet 4. Broken wrench
2. Drill bit 5. Hack saw
3. Grinding wheel 6. Record book
Materials
Prepare report of malfunctioning tools
LEARNING OUTCOME 3
 Malfunctioning tools in unplanned or unusual event are reported.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 37
Directions: Answer the question by writing the letter of the best answer.
1. Tools must be used to their maximum_________.
A. effectiveness C. elasticity
B. enablement D. endurance
2. A tool that has __________ been defective creates headache and irritation.
A. frequently C. once a month
B. once a year D. seldom
3. Faulty tools must be recorded, ________ and reported at once.
A. condemned C. marked
B. thrown D. used
4. Tools must be set apart according to its ____________.
A. design C. serviceability
B. shape D. style
5. A faulty tool once used ____________ work efficiency.
A. drives C. increases
B. precedes D. reduces
What Do You Already Know?
Let us determine how much you already know about preparing a report of
malfunctioning tools. Take this test.
Pretest LO 3
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 38
Checking and recording the list of tools
Drill biton the process of sharpening its cutting
edge
Preparing report for malfunctions of hand tools in unplanned or
unusual events
Tools are made for use. Its life cycle must
be used to its maximum effectiveness.
It is designed to give its purpose so that
work becomes easy and efficient. A tool
that is 100 percent usable brings joy to the
one using it but a faulty tool is unsafe to
use. It is not recommended for use
because of its risk to workplace activities. A
faulty tool creates headache and irritation.
That is why; faulty tools must be recorded,
marked, and reported at once.
Defective tools can be repaired
according to company procedure. This is
essential in restoring back their technical
specifications. A good example is the drill
bit‟s angular cutting edge. If standard
procedure is not followed in sharpening its
edge, it will not cut effectively compared to
the original specifications. Partially
defective tools can be reconditioned for
another form of use. Heavily damaged
tools not fit for human use are condemned
and disposed. Tools must be set apart
according to their serviceability. It is
important that defective or faulty tools must be marked. Markings will mean that they are not
to be used and are intended for repair or reconditioning.
What Do You Need To Know?
Read Information Sheet 3.1 very well then find out how much you can
remember and how much you learned by doing the Self-check 3.1.
Information Sheet 3.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 39
Below are some effects of a
defective tool that can result in the following
consequences:
1. Reduces work efficiency. It
decreases work effectiveness and
additional time allotment is
needed to finish the work.
Therefore, delay of work is sure.
2. Lessens the concentration of the
user. Frequent breakdown or
change of tools because of its faulty condition affects the mental focus of the user.
It creates anxiety and apprehension thus delaying the work instead of finishing it
on time.
3. Decreases credibility.
Competitiveness is the
language of service. Once the
customer perceives that a
worker or a serviceman uses
faulty tools without giving
notice of it, it lessens their
trust and confidence.
In order to avoid these situations, proper inventory of tools must be conducted,
recorded and updated. Reporting the condition of good, faulty and damaged tools will give
an account of their present condition. It will give a basis for disposal, if damage is severe or
beyond recovery; for recycling, if the fault can be corrected and repaired and reused to
another form of service. A broken hacksaw can be recycled to another form like converting it
to a sharp blade for stripping electrical wire. Maintenance of tools entails cleaning and doing
simple repair in order to prolong their use.
To give you an idea of what an inventory, requisition and account of tools are, a basic
sample of forms are given.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 40
Form 1- IT Form
SAMPLE INVENTORY OF TOOLS
Item
No.
Source
of Fund
Description Quantity Remarks
001 National
Open wrench, mm. drop forged,
Sakura, Japan
1 set, 12 pcs
002 -do-
Box wrench, in. drop forged, Sakura,
Japan
1 set, 12 pcs.
003 -do-
Screwdriver, flat, hardened steel,
Stanley, U.S.A.
1 set, 6 pcs.
004 -do
Screwdriver, Phillips , hardened
steel, Stanley, U.S.A.
1 set, 6 pcs.
005 SEF
Hammer, ball peen 16 oz., high
grade steel, Proto, U.S.A.
6 pcs.
This is to certify that inventory of tools have been made on April 25, 2011.
Prepared and Submitted by:
_________________________
Property/Supply Officer
Conferred:
_________________________
Department Head
CERTIFIED TRUE AND CORRECT:
_________________________
Principal
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 41
Form 2 - ATC
SAMPLE ACCOUNT OF TOOL CONDITION
Item
No.
Source
of Fund
Description
Remarks / Condition
Good Defective Condemnable
001 National
Open wrench, mm. drop forged,
Sakura, Japan
002 -do-
Box wrench, in. drop forged,
Sakura, Japan
003 -do-
Screwdriver, flat, hardened steel,
Stanley, U.S.A.
004 -do
Screwdriver, Phillips , hardened
steel, Stanley, U.S.A.
005 SEF
Hammer, ball peen 16 oz., high
grade steel, Proto U.S.A.
This is to certify that inventory of tools have been made on April 25, 2011.
Prepared and Submitted by:
_________________________
Property/Supply Officer
Conferred:
_________________________
Department Head
CERTIFIED TRUE AND CORRECT:
_________________________
Principal
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 42
Directions: On your activity notebook, answer the following self-reflection and discuss it in
the class.
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 3.1
MINUTE PAPER
Today, I have learned that:
1. __________________________________________
2. __________________________________________
3. __________________________________________
But, I‟m a little bit confused with:
1. __________________________________________
2. __________________________________________
3. __________________________________________
I still want to learn more on:
1. __________________________________________
2. __________________________________________
3. __________________________________________
After this lesson, I feel:
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 43
Directions: Visit an automotive shop in your community. Introduce yourself as an
Automotive Servicing student. Request for a copy of their inventory of tools.
Discuss it with your classmates.
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
How Do You Apply What You Have Learned?
Activity Sheet 3.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 44
1. Goggles
2. Adjustable wrench
3. Vise grip
4. Drill bit
5. Grinding wheel
6. Fire extinguisher
Materials
Maintain hand tools
LEARNING OUTCOME 4
 Routine maintenance of tools are undertaken according to standard
operational procedure, principles and techniques.
 Tools are stored safely in appropriate locations in accordance with
manufacturer‟s specifications or standard operating procedure.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 45
Directions: Put a check (√) mark in the appropriate column that best describes your
present level of knowledge of each enlisted competency.
Knowledge
I do not
know it
I am
learning to
know it
I want to
learn more
I know it
very well
1. Know the routine maintenance of
Tools
2. Know how to maintain tools
3. Know how to store tools
4. Know the standard operating
procedures in storing tools
5. Know the principles and
techniques in keeping tools
What Do You Already Know?
Let us determine how much you already know about maintaining hand tools.
Take this test.
Pretest LO 4
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 46
Standard operational procedure, principles and techniques in
maintaining tools
Tool management is a manifestation of a good serviceman or any person working
with tools. The way a person manages his tools has bearing on the way he manages his
personal property.
Much to say, a good tool manager is efficient in listing and keeping records. Up-to-
date records of tools both the old and newly bought must be entered to the roster of tools.
Basically, fundamental principles and techniques in maintaining tools at the minimum level is
good enough but the more routine schedule you make , the better. It will only take a matter
of one to two hours to maintain tools. Sometimes, it takes more than what expected time is
consumed depending on the extent of the number and size.
One of the maintenance schemes of the Provision and Use of Work Equipment
Regulations 1998 (PUWER) under the Law on Tools and Maintenance is to ensure the
safekeeping and securing of the equipment including tools.
This law helps in identifying safety procedure before it grows into a severe hazard.
In order to avoid these problems, some principles must be followed. Neglect of these
principles opens a doorstep to risk and danger to life and property.
 OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE IN TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE
1. SAFE USE. Assurance of safe use is
expected. This can be done by knowing the
purpose, application, and requirement of
tools and equipment. Without this
knowhow, the user will only be guessing
and wrong use is expected. Risk of injury is
more likely to happen. Shop / industry
owners are expected to train their workers.
This will build morale and reduce danger.
2.
2. SAFEKEEPING. Regular maintenance of tools and equipment through safekeeping
must be a part of the health and safety of users and owners. Dangers to theft and
exposure to moisture is avoided, property is taken care of, and risk is evaded. Putting
the tools, equipment and paper documents such as manual of specifications in a very
protected but easy to retrieve place is a good habit of safekeeping. Storage room must
be properly locked and ventilated.
What Do You Need To Know?
Read Information Sheet 4.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing the Self-check 4.1.
Information Sheet 4.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 47
Safety signs and
symbols
3. SAFETY SIGNS AND SYMBOLS. By putting safety signs
and symbols, users are informed and warned of what to do
and what not to do. Risk is limited and put in control. Specific
safety signs for mechanical, electrical, pneumatic, and
hydraulic must be clearly defined and placed in a visible
area.
4. SAFETY PROTECTION. The use of
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is
necessary. Safety gears must be worn
properly. Suitability of PPE to the
workplace must conform with the work
being done. It must be comfortable so
that user will not be irritated. The PPE
can control health risk and decrease
possibility of threat or injury. For face
protection, eye wear, goggles, and safety
shield used in welding are used. The
body protection such as aprons or cover-
all garment serves as protection for the
frontal body. High grade, heat and
chemical resistant hand gloves protect
the hands and a simple dust mask or
respirator can ward off chemical fumes
and dust for the respiratory system.
Appropriate shoes can also protect from
accidental fall of metallic parts. Not only
that, safety in the workplace is also
included. Fire extinguishers play a vital
role in reducing and totally putting out the
fire. Saw dust is a good cleaner for spilled oil on the floor.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 48
Directions: Get a partner. Choose one of the competencies you would like to demonstrate.
1. Safe use of hand tools.
2. Proper safekeeping and storage of hand tools.
3. Interpreting safety signs and symbols.
4. Using safety Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
How Do You Apply What You Have Learned?
Activity Sheet 4.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 49
PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT
Name : __________________________________ Year & Section: ______________
Course: _________________________________ Time Allotment: ______________
Module Title: _____________________________ Grading Period _______________
Unit of
Competency
Tasks Date
Time
Score
Performance
Level
Use of Hand
tools
Begun Finished
LO1 Using Hand
tools
Classify tools
according to
use.
LO2 Prepare
and Use Hand
tools
Use Hand
tools.
LO3 Create
Report of
Malfunctioning
Tools
Prepare
Report of
Malfunction
Tools.
LO4 Maintaining
Hand tools
Clean and
store tools in
safe place.
Average: _______________
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely.
Remember it is your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 50
Performance Rubrics
Criteria 5 3 1
Proficiency
Performs the task
with competence
and exceptional
performance
Performs the task
with competence
and with standard
performance
Performs the task
with competence but
below standard
performance
Accuracy
Performs the task
with no error
Performs the task
with at least 1-2
errors
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
errors
Completeness
Performs all the
steps in sequence
Performs the task
with at least 2-3
steps not met
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
steps not met
Safety
Follows all the safety
practices as set in
the guidelines
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 1-2 safety
measures not met
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 3-5 safety
measures not met
T O T A L __________
RATING SCALE: Points Earned ( S ) Numerical Rating ( PL ) Descriptive Rating (
PL )
21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding
16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good
11 – 15 81 - 85 Good
06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair
01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? _____
1. Surf internet and watch video on how tools are used, cleaned and maintained.
Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and
relax a while then move on to the next lesson.
Good luck!
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 51
 Swing Crispin, Frederic, Dictionary of Technical TermsThe Bruce Publishing
Co.: 1948.
 Chilton‟s Easy Car Care. Chilton Book Company. 3rd
Ed. Chilton Way,
Radnor, PA 19089
 Stockel, Martin W. Auto mechanics Fundamentals. The Goodheart -
Willcox Company, Inc. 1978
 The Oxford Dictionary of Current English. New Revised Ed. Oxford
University
Press, 1998.
 Popular Mechanics Guide To Auto Basic Repair and Maintenance. Book
Division The Hearst Corporation, New York, NY
 www.google.com.ph
 en.wikipedia.org
REFERENCES
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 52
Perform Mensuration and Calculations
LESSON 2
LO 1. select measuring instruments andcarry out
measurements and calculations; and
LO 2. maintain measuring instruments.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to
do the following:
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 53
Accuracy- the preciseness of result as in mathematical solution which is free from error
Calculation - a process of working out the answer by solving mathematical problems
Compression pressure gauge - an instrument for checking the compression pressure of
the engine
Maintain - ensure that something continues to work properly by checking it regularly and
making repairs and adjustments if required
Maintenance - the periodic upkeep something such as tools, equipment or workplace in a
regular basis
Measuring - an activity or task of getting the amount, size or quantity of a certain thing or
stock/parts
Oil pressure gauge - an instrument that indicates the flow of oil pressure in the engine
Safety - the freedom from danger or risk
Standard procedure- an established, prescribed way of doing a task or series of action
Techniques - course of action of skill used in specific task
Tolerance - the ability of parts or components to endure deviation from standard limit within
which it is allowed without harmful effect
V.O.M. tester - an instrument used in checking the resistance, voltage and current
Definition of Terms
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 54
 Vernier Caliper
 Micrometer caliper
 Dial gauge
 V.O.M. tester
 Clamp ammeter
 Multi tester
 Megger Tester
 Engine Analyzer
 Timing/Strobe light
 Vacuum gauge
 Compression gauge
 Radiator pressure tester
 Fuel pump pressure tester
 Oil pressure gauge
 Temperature gauge
Materials
Select measuring instrument and carry out measurement
and calculations
LEARNING OUTCOME 1
 Object or component to be measured is identified.
 Correct specifications are obtained from relevant source.
 Appropriate measuring instrument is selected in line with job
requirement.
 Calculations needed to complete work/task are performed and
checked using the fundamental operation of mathematics.

PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 55
Directions: To determine your prior learning, answer the questions by writing the letter of
the
best answer.
1. Measurement can be applied by means of:
A. driving tool C. measuring tool
B. marking tool D. punching tool
2. Precision measuring instruments cannot be squarely compared to the one used for ____
jobs.
A. electrical C. mechanical
B. hit and miss D. pneumatic
3. In getting the bearing diameter or shim thickness, using _______ tool is much better.
A. divider caliper C. steel rule
B. inside caliper D. vernier caliper
4. Parts that need to be serviced must have a corresponding data of specifications
________.
A. manual C. specifications
B. sequence D. symbol
5. The bolt‟s mechanical strength or stretching point will easily give up and consequently
break if
it exceeds too much _________.
A. data C. tensile strength
B. resistance D. torque
6. A dial gauge is used to measure _________.
A. backlash C. gap
B. end space D. space
7. Mechanical measuring tool like torque wrench have limited_________.
A. cost C. tolerance
B. price D. weight
8. To check the ignition timing of ignition system, use _________.
A. dim light C. headlight
B. flashlight D. strobe light
9. Calculation can be solved by using mathematical _________.
A. formula C. system
B. strategy D. type
10. The distance travelled by a vehicle is expressed in terms of miles (mi) or _____.
A. kilometer (km) C. meter (m)
B. liter (L) D. yard (yd)
What Do You Already Know?
Pretest LO 1
Let us determine how much you already know about selecting measuring
instrument. Take this test.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 56
The need for measuring instruments
Modern measuring instruments evolved in a very fast and changing time. Year after
year, from human to non-human use, new and sophisticated measuring instruments are
innovated.
In automotive application, vehicles are innovated and modified year after year.
Measuring instruments used from engine output testing like dynamometer to engine tune-up
like engine analyzer are used even in small auto shop industry.
With the emerging trends of measuring instruments, the need for accurate data is
very much important. In automotive servicing, the language of competition cannot be denied.
Car owners go to car repair shop with updated gadgets. They thought that repair is not
guessed but really gives a fast movement of digital or analogue reading of the gadget. Just
one flick of a finger is needed to get the job done.
Precision measuring instruments cannot be squarely compared to the one used for
mechanical jobs. Tools for mechanical jobs are heavy and need strong force to operate
whereas precision instruments are light, sensitive and calibrated to get accurate result. A
slight difference of reading invites occurrence of error.
Essentially, having a simple or sophisticated precision measuring tool is not a fad
anymore but a necessity that must be seriously considered.
Measuring instruments and its application
Very importantly, your knowledge of the different types and applications of measuring
instruments play a vital role in the development of your competency.
Like any other tasks, components to be measured must first be identified before
using any tools. Identification of components will determine the right tools to be used. It will
make your work easier and faster without going back and forth because of wrong choice of
tools. To understand it more, a precision instrument like vernier caliper is not a good in
getting the diameter of oil filter. But getting the diameter of bearing or thickness of shim
using this kind of precision tool is much better.
What do you need to know?
Information Sheet 1.1
Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 57
In order to be clearer, the following precision instruments/tools basically used in automotive
application are the following:
A. For Mechanical Use
1. The Vernier and Micrometer calipers are both precision instrument that can
measure even the smallest and tiniest thickness and diameter of an object.
Vernier or micrometer calipers are usually used in measuring the diameter of
engine crankshaft and camshaft journals pistons and valve adjusting shims.
These engine parts need to be measured in a precise way.
Verniers and Micrometers can be bought equipped with digital or
analogue reading. This will lessen the time consumed in analyzing the
reading of data because of the direct data available as you measure the part.
2. Dial gauge is an instrument that
measures „thrust‟ or „backlash‟. A
backlash is the result of force that
comes from an abnormal clearance or
gap between two parts as in the
differential gears. When two parts
wear-out, slack is developed and
backlash is the result of it. Dial gauge
is also used in getting the clearance of
engine valves. It is more accurate than
feeler gauge. The movement of pointer
in the dial gauge determines the amount of backlash being measured.
Vernier Caliper
Micrometer caliper
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 58
B. For Electrical Use
1. V.O.M. tester is a multi tester. It is an electrical instrument that measures or
tests the voltage, resistance and current in a circuit. V.O.M. can be digital or
analogue. Digital reading have digitized screen and a direct number of data
can be read at once. Analogue reading have pointer that determines the
reading on the screen.
When testing for resistance, external power from the source must be
disconnected because V.O.M. tester is equipped with built-in battery as
source of power. If external power source is not disconnected, the tester itself
will be damaged. When testing for voltage, tester is connected across the
lines of the circuit. But, when the current is tested, the tester prod is
connected in series of the circuit. A Clamp ammeter is also available in the
market. This kind of tester is clamped in the wire itself. It measures current in
amperes.
Connection of tester when testing resistance Connection of tester when testing voltage
V.O.M. tester Clamp ammeter
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 59
Connection of tester when testing current
2. Megger Tester is a test instrument in finding out grounds and shorts in a
motor. A good example to test is the
starter motor. When the starter
motor is subjected to a megger test,
a flat, thin piece of metal (like a
hacksaw blade) is placed above the
starter motor. When the megger
tester is turned „on‟ and starter
motor is rotated, a spot where a
hacksaw blade is attracted means
that the starter motor is faulty and
need to be repaired or replaced.
3. Engine Analyzer is a compact instrument that tests and measures the
following:
3.1 Contact point resistance
3.2 Ignition coil resistance
3.3 Battery voltage
3.4 Ignition current flow
3.5 Engine revolution per minute (RPM)
3.6 Dwell /Cam angle
3.7 Alternator diode
4. Timing/Strobe light is a device that produces stroboscopic effect from
ignition pulses. Ignition timing is achieved by aligning the timing marks on the
crankshaft pulley and timing cover of the engine.
Timing light in use
C. For Pneumatic Use
1. Vacuum gauge is an instrument that
measures the atmospheric pressure drawn by
the engine. It is also used to find out the air-
fuel ratio of the engine.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 60
2. Compression gauge is an instrument that
measures the compression pressure of the
engine cylinder.
3. Radiator pressure tester is used to test the cooling system for internal and
external leaks and to make sure that it has the ability to hold pressure.
Radiator pressure tester
D. For Hydraulic Use
1. Fuel pump pressure tester is an
instrument that has the capability to check
the pump pressure.
2. Oil pressure gauge is an excellent indicator
instrument that determines the pressure of oil
flowing.
3. Temperature gauge is an instrument that
determines if the engine temperature is
normal or overheating.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 61
Techniques in measuring and determining
Tolerance of parts
There are many ways in measuring a part or component but there is difficulty when
using precision instruments specially those that require minute data. The process in which
parts are measured needs to have a corresponding data of specifications so that a clear and
objective result is attained. Using specific measuring instrument for a specific part or system
to be measured is highly recommended. Specific measuring instrument is designed for
specific part or system. Using different instruments other than what is required will give you
vague or incorrect result. For these reasons, determining to find out the tolerance will give
you difficulty.
In order to apply techniques and determine tolerance, some considerations are
recommended for consideration:
1. Use the Manual of Specifications. The availability of specifications manual
will speak for the tolerance of certain part or system. User‟s manual will tell you the
procedures on how it check and the negative effect if it exceeds the standard limit value of
part or system. Without this manual, the user will only be guessing on the corresponding
value of measurements. If neglected or allowed in this manner, the parts or system will
easily give up.
A good example is the kind of bolts being used. A bolt made of high grade carbon
steel has a big difference compared with a bolt made of low carbon steel even if it has the
same size. When a low carbon steel bolt is tightened using the torque data used for high
grade carbon steel will easily give up and break. This is due to the fact that it cannot
withstand the tolerance used in high grade steel carbon steel bolt. The bolt‟s mechanical
strength or stretching point easily gives up and consequently breaks.
Ordinary and
high grade bolt
• Use the Manual of Specifications
1
• Use the Principles of General Rule
2
• Use of Professional Experience
3
High grade
bolt
Ordinary, low grade bolt
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 62
Vehicle electrical component like ignition coil primary and secondary windings have
specified resistance data but tolerance is also given. It means that when the resistance
reading is above or below the standard reading but within the limit of its tolerance, it is said
that the resistance is acceptable or tolerable.
The use of precision instruments and
tools has tolerance also. Mechanical
measuring tool like torque wrench have
tolerable life cycle. If it exceeds its cycle or
length of used, a metal fatigue will be
developed. Its effectiveness to accurately
measure the tightness of bolts or nuts is
affected. That is why it must be calibrated
before and after use. Delicate precision tool
like Vernier and Micrometers must be used
with caution. It is made with a very light
material that a sudden impact or force will
damage its scale and calibration.
Ignition coil on test
Unlike electrical/electronics precision instruments sometimes, a wrong selection of
range is unintentional. In V.O.M, a selected 110 voltage range when tested in a 220 volts
line will instantly create damage to the instrument. That is why careful steps must be
observed when using delicate precision instrument
2. Use the Principles of
General Rule. Sometimes, a
manufacturer allows a general rule when
considering tolerance of parts or systems.
They include plus (+) or minus ( - ) rule.
Even with the availability of specifications
manual, manufacturers accept it but do
not tolerate using it even though it does
not cross the maximum limit of tolerance.
Not all parts or systems can be applied
with this kind of principles. The extent of
tolerable limit must be determined so that
the outcome of the process can be
achieved without affecting other factors.
The application of piston ring end clearance is a good example. Even without the aid
of specifications manual, the principle of general rule is applied by multiplying the piston
diameter by three thousandths of an inch (.003 in”) and you will get the acceptable piston
ring end clearance.
3. Use of Professional Experience. This can be done if a person or user has
vast, wide and long experience working on the specific task. A novice worker must not
involve himself in duplicating this kind of ability. An experienced one because of his long
immersion in specific tasks have become expert and remember the applicable specifications
of a certain part or system including the correct tolerance.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 63
Methods of calculation/conversion of units of
measurement using mathematical formula
Measurement is the process of finding out the physical quantity in terms of time,
distance, quantity and economy. The word measurement comes from the Latin word
mēnsūra and the science of measurement is called Metrology.
Early history had no standard of measurement. It was only over time where people
agreed and accepted to use it for uniformity and necessity. Later on, a means of
standardizing measurement was established to avoid dishonesty and deceit.
The era of measurement continued to develop into a more suitable and scientific
way. Later on, methods of calculations were scientifically done as a way of solving number
problems and were generally accepted in education, government offices, business and
personal used.
There are two widely accepted and recognized used systems of measurement. The
International System (SI) and the English systems. The SI is expressed in metric system of
measurement which is expressed in meter for length or distance and kilogram for
mass/weight. Whereas the English system is expressed in inches or mile for length/distance
and ounce or pounds for mass/weight.
In automobile its systems are also measured. Whether it functions or not, its kinetic
and static energy can be measured. When the vehicle runs, it is measured by the distance
travelled in terms of miles(mi) or kilometers (km). When it comes to speed it is measured by
miles or kilometers per hour. When it comes to engine speed it is expressed in revolution per
minutes (rpm).
Below is a sample Systems of Measurement chart of both English and Metric with
corresponding conversion
MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS
L E N G T H
12 inches 1 foot 1 kilometer 1000 meters
36 inches 1 yard 1 hectometer 100 meters
3 feet 1 yard 1 decameter 10 meters
5,280 feet 1 mile 1 meter 1 meter
16.5 feet 1 rod 1 decimeter 0.1 meter
320 rods 1 mile 1 centimeter 0.01 meter
6 feet 1 fathom 1 millimeter 0.001 meter
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 64
W E I G H T
27.34 grains 1 dram 1 tonne 1,000,000 grams
438 grains 1 ounce 1 kilogram 1,000 grams
16 drams 1 ounce 1 hectogram 100 grams
16 ounces 1 pound 1 dekagram 10 grams
2000 pounds 1 short ton 1 gram 1 gram
2240 pounds 1 long ton 1 decigram 0.1 gram
25 pounds 1 quarter 1 centigram 0.01 gram
4 quarters 1 cwt 1 milligram 0.001 gram
V O L U M E
8 ounce
16 ounces
32 ounces
2 cups
2 pints
4 quarts
8 pints
1 cup
1 pint
1 quart
1 pint
1 quart
1 gallon
1 gallon
1 hectoliter
1 decaliter
1 liter
1 deciliter
1 centiliter
1 milliliter
1000 milliliter
100 liter
10 liters
1 liter
0.1 liter
0.01 liter
0.001 liter
1 liter
A R E A
144 sq. inches
9 SQ. feet
43, 560 sq. ft.
160 sq. rods
640 acres
1 sq. ft.
1 sq. yard
160 sq. rods
1 acre
1 sq. mile
100 SQ. millimeters
100 SQ. centimeters
100 SQ. decimeters
10,000 sq. meters
1 sq. centimeter
1 sq. decimeter
1 sq. meter
1 hectare
TEMPERATURE
FAHRENHEIT CELSIUS
32 Degrees F WATER FREEZES O Degrees C
68 Degrees F REASONABLE ROOM TEMPERATURE 20 Degrees C
98.6 Degrees F NORMAL BODY TEMPERATURE 37 Degrees C
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 65
173 Degrees F ALCOHOL BOILS 78.34 Degrees C
212 Degrees F WATER BOILS 100 Degrees C
An orderly manner and systematic way of calculation is necessary. This can be done
by employing some means of mathematical formula. Having this kind of system will not only
simplify the job of computation but will arrive in a definite and correct answer to the problem.
Aside from having a chart of conversions, it is a fundamental need that you must
know how to calculate some simple computation of measurements. Although what you need
can be found in the chart it is still good that you know basic use of mathematical formula in
solving numerical problems. There will be time that you will be challenged to make
computations. Having this knowledge is an advantage on your part.
To mention are some physics applied in automotive servicing.
A. Temperature – is the degree of the hotness and coldness of a body. It is expressed
in degrees Fahrenheit (0
F) or in degrees Celsius (0
C) or in SI unit for temperature is
Kelvin (K).
TEMPERATURE CONVERSION TABLE
TO CONVERT EQUATION EXAMPLE
Celsius to Fahrenheit
0
C to 0
F
0
F = 9 x 0
C + 32
5
Convert 500
C to 0
F
0
F = 9 x 50 0
C + 32=1220
F
5
Fahrenheit to Celsius
0
F to 0
C
0
C = 5 x 0
F - 32
9
Convert 1220
F to 0
C
0
C = 5 x 1220
F –32 = 500
C
9
Celsius to Kelvin
0
C toK
K = 0
C + 273
Convert 500
C to K
K = 500
C + 273 = 323 K
Kelvin to Celsius
K to 0
C
0
C = K - 273
Convert 323 K to 0
C
0
C = 323 K– 273 = 50 0
C
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 66
I. Directions: Select the best answer. Write the letter only. Use your Activity Notebook for
your answers.
1. Standardizing measurement was established to avoid ___________ and deceit.
A. courage C. honesty
B. dishonesty D. tax
2. The era of measurement continued to develop into a more suitable and _________ way.
A. logic C. magic
B. physical D. scientific
3. 12 inches is equivalent to ____ foot.
A. 1 C. 24
B. 12 D. 36
4. When the vehicle runs, it is measured by the distance travelled in terms of mile (mi) or
_________.
A. kilometer (km) C. meter (m)
B. liter (L) D. Yard (yd)
5. The boiling of water in degrees Fahrenheit is
A. 2000
F C. 2140
F
B. 2120
F D. 2160
F
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 1.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 67
II. Directions: Fill up the blanks with the tools used for each precision instrument.
III. Directions: Based on the results of the activity, what is your personal reflection on
measuring the ignition coil resistance using a V.O.M? Write your answer in your
Activity Notebook.
1. What went right? _______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
2. What went wrong? ______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
3. What should be done? __________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 68
Show that you learned something by doing this activity
Title of Job: Measure the Ignition Coil Resistance Using a V.O.M.
Objective : The student will independently measure the ignition coil resistance using a
V.O.M.
Materials Required: Ignition coil
Tools and Equipment needed: Bench work, V.O.M. tester
Procedure:
1. Set the selector V.O.M. to appropriate
resistance range for primary ignition coil then
calibrate
2. Measure the resistance of the primary
ignition coil then record the data.
3. Set the selector V.O.M. to appropriate
resistance range for secondary ignition coil
then calibrate.
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Operation Sheet 1.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 69
Specifications Manual
Primary - __________
Secondary - __________
Interpretation:
Good – Use the coil
Bad – Replace the
Ignition coil
4. Measure the resistance of the Secondary
ignition coil then record the data.
5. Compare with the specifications manual and
interpret the reading.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 70
Performance Rubrics
Criteria 5 3 1
Proficiency
Performs the task
with competence
and exceptional
performance
Performs the task
with competence
and with standard
performance
Performs the task
with competence but
below standard
performance
Accuracy Performs the task
with no error
Performs the task
with at least 1-2
errors
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
errors
Completeness
Performs all the
steps in sequence
Performs the task
with at least 2-3
steps not met
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
steps not met
Safety
Follows all the safety
practices as set in
the guidelines
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 1-2 safety
measures not met
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 3-5 safety
measures not met
T O T A L _________________________
RATING SCALE: Points Earned (S) Numerical Rating (PL) Descriptive Rating
(PL)
21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding
16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good
11 – 15 81 - 85 Good
06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair
01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? ______
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely.
Remember it is your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 71
I. Directions: Answer the question in your activity sheet. Compute for torque and show the
solution
1. A mechanic assembled the engine. He needed to tighten the bolts. He used a tool with
18 inches (in) long and applied a force of 5 pounds (lbs). What was the torque
generated?
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
Assignment Sheet 1.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 72
 Instruction manual
 Micrometer/Vernier caliper
 Receipt of purchase
 Tool holster
 Torque wrench
 VOM tester or equivalent
Materials
Maintain measuring instruments
LEARNING OUTCOME 2
 Measuring instruments are calibrated, safely handled and
cleaned before and after using in accordance with industry
standards.
 Measuring instruments are kept in safe, dry place.
 Proper techniques in using precise instruments are performed
according to manufacturer’s standards.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 73
What Do You Already Know?
Directions: Write your answers to the following questions in Column A and in Column
B. Write your answers in your Activity Notebook.
CALIBRATION OF MEASURING
INSTRUMENTS
SAFE HANDLING PROCEDURES AND
CARE OF MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
A. Why measuring instruments get out of
calibration?
B. Basic rules to consider in managing
your measuring instruments.
1. 1.
2. 2.
3. 3.
4. 4.
5. 5.
Pretest LO 2
Let us determine how much you already know about maintain measuring
instrument. Take this test.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 74
Safe handling procedures and care of measuring
instruments
Every property must be taken care with concern. Like a good manager
looking for the welfare of his duty can be compared to a person who is responsible in
keeping his personal belongings. The same is true in handling your tools. Tools, like
measuring instruments must be handled with great caution. Aside from their expensive cost
and delicate use, they are also sensitive. Even a slight accidental bump can affect the
calibration and internal parts especially those that are made of electronic.
To protect your measuring instruments from mishandling, safety procedures must be
followed at all times to ensure freedom from risk of danger and threat of thieves.
The following are basic rules to consider in managing your measuring instruments.
1. Always keep your receipt of purchase. This is one way of ensuring your
measuring tools of their warranty if something happens to your tools. This will
give you a good exchange of a new one if manufacturer‟s defect is the cause of
the defect.
2. Always follow safety instructions. The safety instructions in owner‟s manual will
be you guiding information on what and what not to do with your instruments.
This will assure you of the proper use and step-by-step procedures if calibration
is needed.
3. Always match the type of job with your instruments. Matching of job with your
instrument is important. Do not use your instrument if it is not intended for tough
job.
4. Always handle your measuring instruments safely. Never use your tools to point
at somebody or use for joke or play. Remember, measuring tools are expensive.
If they accidentally fall, they may easily be damaged. Always use the tool holder.
Like a careful lineman, a tool holster is always fastened in his waist to protect the
instrument from falling.
What Do You Need To Know?
Information Sheet 2.1
Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 75
How Much Have You Learned?
I. Directions: Write your answers for the questions in Column A and in Column B. Write
your answers in your activity notebook.
CALIBRATION OF MEASURING
INSTRUMENTS
SAFE HANDLING PROCEDURES AND
CARE OF MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
A. Why a measuring instruments get out of
calibration?
B. Basic rules to consider in managing your
measuring instruments.
1. 1.
2. 2.
3. 3.
4. 4.
5. 5.
II. Directions: Adjust to Zero accuracy the V.O.M. tester in the following selector range:
1. R x 1 Ω
2. R x 10 Ω
3. R x 1k Ω
4. R x 10k Ω
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
Self-Check 2.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 76
PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT
Name: _______________________________ Year & Section: ______________
Course: _______________________________Time Allotment: ______________
Module Title: ___________________________ Grading Period: ______________
Unit of
Competency
Tasks Date Time Score Performance
Level
Begun Finished
Perform Mensuration
and Calculations
LO1 Select
Measuring
Instruments and
Carry out
measurement and
Calculations
Select and
use
measuring
tools
LO2 Maintain
Measuring
Instruments
Clean and
store
measuring
instruments
Average: ____ _______
Show that you learned something by doing this activity
Activity Sheet 2.1
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 77
Performance Rubrics
Criteria 5 3 1
Proficiency Performs the task with
competence and
exceptional
performance
Performs the task
with competence
and with standard
performance
Performs the task
with competence but
below standard
performance
Accuracy Performs the task with
no error
Performs the task
with at least 1-2
errors
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
errors
Completeness Performs all the steps
in sequence
Performs the task
with at least 2-3
steps not met
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
steps not met
Safety Follows all the safety
practices as set in the
guidelines
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 1-2 safety
measures not met
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 3-
5 safety measures
not met
T O T A L __________
RATING SCALE: Points Earned (S) Numerical Rating (PL) Descriptive Rating
(PL)
21 - 25 91 - 100 Outstanding
16 - 20 86 - 90 Very Good
11 - 15 81 - 85 Good
06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair
01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs
Improvement
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? ______
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely.
Remember it is your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 78
Directions: Surf internet and watch video or make research on the following:
1. Selecting and using measuring tools.
 Torque wrench
 Vernier and Micrometer calipers
 Vacuum and Compression gauge
 Engine analyzer
2. Cleaning and storing measuring tools.
 Torque wrench
 Vernier and Micrometer calipers
 Vacuum and Compression gauge
 Engine analyzer
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
 Swing Crispin, Frederic, Dictionary of Technical TermsThe Bruce Publishing
Co.: 1948.
 Chilton‟s Easy Car Care. Chilton Book Company. 3rd
Ed. Chilton Way,
Radnor, PA 19089
 Stockel, Martin W. Auto mechanics Fundamentals. The Goodheart – Willcox
Company, Inc. 1978
 The Oxford Dictionary of Current English. New Revised Ed. Oxford University
Press, 1998.
 Popular Mechanics Guide To Auto Basic Repair and Maintenance. Book
Division The Hearst Corporation, New York, NY
 www.google.com.ph
 en.wikipedia.org
REFERENCES
Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and
relax a while then move on to the next lesson.
Good luck!
Assignment Sheet 2.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 79
Interpret Plans and Drawings
LESSON 3
LO 1.analyze signs, symbols and data; and
LO 2. interpret technical drawings and plans.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to
do the following:
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 80
ABS or Anti-lock Brake System - a safety system that allows the wheels on a motor
vehicles to continue interacting with the road surfaces as directed by driver steering inputs
while braking, preventing the wheels from locking up and therefore avoiding skidding
Airbag- a vehicle safety device. It is an occupant restraint consisting of a flexibleenvelope
designed to inflate rapidly during an automobile collision
Cell - a device that produces electrical energy by the chemical action of electrodes in an
electrolyte
Charging system - to generate enough current to keep the battery fully charged, and to
satisfy the demands of ignition and electrical system and it includes the alternator, voltage
regulator which often a part of the alternator itself, the battery and the indicator gauge or
warning light on the dash
CurrentA flow of electric charge through a medium. This charge is a typically carried by
moving electrons in a conductor such as wire
ECU or Engine Control Unit- a type of electronic control unit that controls a series of
actuators on an internal combustion engine to ensure the optimum running
Electrical device - any physical entity in an electronics system used to affect the electrons
or their associated fields in a desired manner consisted with the intended functions of the
electronics components
Engine - a machine designed to convert energy into useful mechanical motion
Fabrication - an industrial term refers to building metal structure by cutting bending, and
assembling
Fog beam - provide a wide, a bar shaped beam of light with a sharp cutoff at the top and are
generally aimed and mounted low
Frame - a structural system that supports other components of a physical construction
Ignition Coil - an induction coil in an automobile‟s ignition system which transforms the
batteries low voltage to the thousands of volts needed to create an electrical spark
Ignition- a spark in an internal-combustion engine that ignites and explodes a mixture of
fuel and air
Information notice - a publicly displayed notice or board bearing directions, instructions, or
warnings
Layout - the way component parts or individual items are arranged
Mandatory - needing to be done, followed, or complied with, usually because of an official
Definition of Terms
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 81
requirement.
Motorize- to fit something with motor: to fit something with a motor
Pavement- the layered structured that forms the surfaces of path, road, highway, or aircraft
runway
Plans- drawing or diagram on a horizontal plane of the layout or arrangement
Power train - the portion of a vehicles drive mechanism that transmits power the engine to
the wheels, tracks, or propellers
PPE or Personal Protective Equipment- the protective clothing, helmets, goggles, or other
garments or equipment designed to protect the wearer‟s body from injury
Roundabout - a type of circular intersection, a junction in which road traffic flows in one
direction around a central island
Schematic (diagram) - used extensively n repair manuals to help users understand the
interconnections of parts, and to provide graphical instruction to assist in taking apart and
rebuilding mechanical assemblies
Signage- any kind of visual graphics created to displays
Splice - to join two pieces of rope or wire by weaving the strands of each into the other
Symbol- written or printed sign or character (image) that can represents something in a
specific context
Taillight- a part of lighting system of the vehicle usually mounted at the rear of the vehicles
and usually come in pairs
Traffic signs or road signs - signs erected at the side of roads to provide information to
road users
Transmission - it provides controlled applications of the power
Unification - the act of identifying two terms with a suitable substitution. the act or process
of uniting or joining together
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 82
 Traffic Signs - Safety signs and symbols
 Warning signs
 Regulatory signs- Mandatory and Prohibition
 Information signs
 Priority signs
 Road map
 Vehicle dashboard
Materials
Analyze signs, symbols and data
LEARNING OUTCOME 1
 Signs, symbols, and data are identified according to job
specifications.
 Sign, symbols, data and abbreviations are determined according
to classification or as appropriate in drawing.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 83
A. Directions:Encircle the letter of the correct answer.
1. Which sign represents “KEEP LEFT”?
A. B. C. D.
2. Which sign represents “NO STOPPING”?
A. B. C. D.
3. Among the signs which of these is categorized as WARNING sign?
A. B. C. D.
4. Which one is an INFORMATIVE sign?
A. B. C. D.
5. Which sign represents a “PEDESTRIAN CROSSING”?
A. B. C. D.
6. Which of the following signs is indicating a high risk circumstances is present .
What Do You Already Know?
Pretest LO 1
Let us determine how much you already know about analyzing signs, symbols
and data. Take this test.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 84
A. B. C D.
7. If you see this, , what should you do?
A. Maintain speed and just go, because you have the right of way.
B. Stop right away.
C. Slow down or stop if necessary and wait until it‟s clear to go.
D. Must turn right and always keep on the right side of the road.
8. Identify which is the opposite sign of.
A. B. C. D.
9. Categorize these signs , , , and
A. Mandatory B. Regulatory C. Warning D. information
10. Categorize these signs: , and .
A. Mandatory B. Regulatory C. Warning D. information
B. Directions: Write the letter of the correct answer on the space provided in eachnumber.
A. B. C.
C. E. F.
______1.Indicates that one of the doors is not properly closed
______ 2.Charging system problem is detected
______3.The engine is experiencing low oil pressure.
______ 4.Excessive engine cooling system temperature.
______ 5.Hand brake is engaged.
Criteria for Evaluating Results of Pre-Test
100%-skip the Learning Outcome and proceed to the next Learning Outcome
99%-below – Go through the Learning Outcome
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 85
What Do You Need To Know?
Know?Know? KKNowKnow?
Analyze Signs, Symbols And Data
Signs and Symbols are visuals that communicate idea, process or warning. Uses of
signs and symbols are the following:
1. Draw attention to health and safety hazards. In any
place, preservation of life is the most important, whether it
is in the workplace or on the road for both the worker and
visitors alike.
2. Point out hazards that may not be obvious. Extra
precautions are reminded at some places or instances to
avoid some risks that may not be obvious.
3. For poor observance of proper use of equipments.
Tools and equipments are designed for some specific
purpose and proper use, keep in mind that these tools
and equipments may not perform well and may fail or
even break when not properly used. A single failure
ofequipments will result to decreased productivity. Even
worst may cause harm to a worker himself.
4. Provide general information and directions. In a
workplace, signages provide information of the different
tools and equipments‟ location as well as emergency
exits.
5. Remind employees where and when personal
protective equipment must be worn. Workers
sometimes forget to wear personal protective equipments
though it is part of their daily routine.
6. Show where emergency equipment is located. Though
safety is observed and accident-free environment is
monitored. Workers should be familiarized with the
emergency equipments location and how to use it.
7. Indicate where certain actions are prohibited. Certain actions
are restricted in some equipment because of very high potential
to cause injury.
Information Sheet 1.1
Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 86
Basic Sign Categories
Regulatory signs are symbols in circle intended to instruct on what one must do (or not do)
under a given circumstance. It is also used to reinforce laws, regulations or requirements
which apply either at all times or at specific times or places. Ignoring these signs may result
to a violation of existing law or regulation.
Warning: Used to warn the public of a hazard or mark a hazardous site or area. Also of
actions or potential situations which could lead to danger.
Information: This sign is a very legibly printed and very noticeable placard that informs
people of the purpose of an object, or gives them instruction on the use of something.
Prohibition: Safety signs with a black symbol with a white background
inside a red circle with a red diagonal line across the circle. Used to state
actions, dress or machinery which must not or should be used.
Mandatory: Safety signs with a white symbol in a blue circle. Indicate
actions, dress or precautions which must be used.
Caution: Indicates a potential hazard,which is a low level risk
that could lead to minor or moderate injury. (Black on yellow)
Danger: Indicates a definite hazard, which is a high level risk
that could result in death or serious injury. (White on red)
Emergency: Indicates first aid, health, fire protection and
emergency equipment (White on green).
Warning signs are best used to show unnoticeable hazards
Implementing agency may apply penalties when regulatory signs
are disregarded.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 87
Common Safety Signs
General Information – Indicates permission or public information
(White on blue).
Information Signs
FIRST AID
EQUIPMENT
GENERAL
WATER TAP FIRE EXIT
STAIRS GOING
UP
INFORMATION
MANNED
FIRST-AID
STATION
MAIN
ELECTRICAL
SWITCH
EMERGENCY
STOP ACCESSIBLE TELEPHONE
Warning Signs
CORROSION
HAZARD
HIGH
VOLTAGE
FLAMMABLE
MATERIAL
TIP HAZARD INDUSTRIAL
VEHICLE
SLIPPERY
FLOOR
RISK OF
FALLING
TOXIC
MATERIAL
Is it really necessary to use specific color and background for each group of
signs?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 88
Regulatory - Mandatory Signs
WEAR EYE
PROTECTION
KEEP AREA
CLEAN
WEAR HAND
PROTECTION
LIFT
CORRECTLY
WEAR FACE
SHIELD
SWITCH OFF
WHEN NOT IN
USE
WEAR FOOT
PROTECTION
WEAR
PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING
WEAR FOOT
AND LEG
PROTECTION
POSITION
GUARDS
BEFORE
STARTING
Regulatory – Prohibition Signs
SMOKING
PROHIBITED
NO ENTRY DO NOT
TOUCH
NO EATING OR
DRINKING
LITTERING
PROHIBITED
ALCOHOL
PROHIBITED
USE OF
MOBILE
PHONE
PROHIBITED
OPEN FLAMES
PROHIBITED
COMPRESSED
AIR NOT FOR
CLEANING
NO
UNAUTHORIZE
ENTRY
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 89
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
Directions: Encircle the letter of the correct answer.
1. Signs and symbols provide information and direction in a workplace for easy access
to the services or information. What is the required color and background used for
these informative symbols?
A. White on Red B. White on Blue C. White on Black
2. Which is an example of informative sign?
A. B. C.
3. Which is an example of sign that gives emphasis to hazards that is not obvious?
A. B. C.
Signs with the symbol is categorized as…
A. Mandatory sign B. Prohibition sign C. Caution sign
4. Signs in white color in a blue rectangular or square background is
A. Mandatory sign B. Prohibition sign C. Information sign
5. Signs enclosed in a triangle is
A. Regulatory sign B. Warning sign C. Information sign
6. Sign for “ Warning: HOT SURFACE” is
A. B. C.
7. It is a symbol which reinforces an existing law or order which, should never be
ignored.
A. B. C.
8. Which symbol is requiring the worker to use PPE?
A. Regulatory sign B. Warning sign C. Information sign
9. Which category of symbols is best used to show a health hazard that is not
obviously seen?
A. Regulatory sign B. Warning sign C. Information sign
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 1.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 90
Common
Safety Signs
1.______ 2.______ 3.______
Show that you have learned something by doing this activity.
Directions: On the space provided in the box, fill-up the blank with the correct answer and
explain to the class your views about them.
Basic
Sign
Categories
1.______ 2.______ 3. ______
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 91
Performance Rubrics
Criteria 3 ( Better ) 2 ( Good ) 1 ( Needs
Improvement)
Knowledge of
the topic
The topic was very
satisfactory, clear and
well-defined
The main idea and
major points were
correctly stated
The topic was
satisfactory, clear and
defined
The main idea was
stated satisfactorily and
some major points were
all included
The topic was unclear
and there was no main
idea at all
Delivery Presentation was
completed on time, and
the manner of speaking
was steady throughout
Some corrections were
needed to complete
presentation on time
and manner of speaking
was neither too fast nor
too
slow
Presentation was not
completed on time and
manner of speaking
was too fast or too slow
Communicatio
n
Spoke clearly and
distinctively; and
explanation of
information was easily
conveyed
Spoke clearly but
explanations could be
more detailed
Spoke unclearly with
inadequate and
incomplete explanation
Completeness
of information
All the following
information were
included:
- technical issue
- statement of the
problem
- conclusion
- recommendations
Three (3) out of four (4)
information were
included:
- technical issue
- statement of the
problem
- conclusion
- recommendations
Only two(2) out of four
(4) information were
included:
- technical issue
- statement of the
problem
- conclusion
- recommendations
Find out by accomplishing the following job. Remember it is your learning at
stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 92
Rating Scale:
9 - 12 – Better
5 - 8 – Good
1 - 4 – Needs Improvement
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? _____
Directions: Introduce yourself to the traffic police/aide as automotive servicing student.
Interview him about the importance of traffic signs and symbols to the pedestrians.
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 93
Analyze Signs, Symbols And Data
Automotive servicing doesn‟t end on finishing the job in an auto repair shop. When
necessary, a road test is performed to conduct a closer observation on a vehicle. To do this,
the one who performs the job must be knowledgeable in driving, a holder of a driver‟s license
and knows by heart the meaning of different traffic signs and symbols.
Traffic signs not just provide information but guide and keep safe the motorist and the
community from accident.
Common Traffic Signs
Regulatory – Mandatory Signs
White symbol on blue circular background
TURN RIGHT TURN LEFT KEEP LEFT AHEAD ONLY KEEP RIGHT
Regulatory – Prohibition Signs
Mostly black symbol on white circular background background with red border
NO ENTRY NO
STOPPING
NO LEFT
TURN
NO PARKING NO U-TURN
SPEED LIMIT
NO
OVERTAKING
NO RIGHT
TURN
HORN
MOTORCYCLE
PROHIBITED
The marking or figure in the SPEED LIMIT sign is in kilometer per hour
What Do You Need To Know?
Read Information Sheet 1.2 very well then find out how much you can
remember and how much you learned by doing the Self-check 1.2.
Information Sheet 1.2
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 94
Warning Signs
Mostly black symbol on white triagular background with red border or
Black symbol in yellow diamond.
BEND
WARNING
T-JUNCTION
AHEAD
TRAFFIC
SIGNAL
AHEAD
JUNCTION
AHEAD
UNEVEN
ROAD
SERIES OF
BENDS
QUARYSIDE
AHEAD
STEEP HILL
UPWARD
SLIPPERY
ROAD
CHILDREN
AHEAD
PEDESTRIAN
CROSSROAD
AHEAD
SHARP
CURVE
MERGING
TRAFFIC
TUNNEL
AHEAD
For traffic signs, according to the “Vienna Convention on Road Signs and Signals”,
the symbol in yellow diamond with black border is another warning sign in addition to the
white triangle in red border.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 95
Information, Facilities or Service Signs are signs that use white symbol on blue or green
rectangular background.
PARKING PORT HOSPITAL HOME ZONE
Priority signs
Other provision stated in the “Vienna Convention on Road Signs and Signals”
YIELD or
GIVE WAY
SIGN
Inverted equilateral triangle in a white background with
red border. It means you must let traffic in the intersection
or close to it go first. Stop if necessary and go only when
the way is clear.
STOP SIGN
White text “STOP” in red octagon.
It means you must come to a complete stop. Stop at the
stop line if it is marked on the pavement. If there is no
stop line, stop at the crosswalk. If there is no crosswalk,
stop at the edge of the sidewalk. If there is no sidewalk,
stop at the edge of the intersection. Wait until the way is
clear before entering the intersection.
PRIORITY
ON
ONCOMING
Priority on the traffic flow on the black arrow direction
which gives them the “right of way”. While in red arrow
direction must yield.
PRIORITY
FOR
ONCOMING
Priority on the traffic flow on the white arrow direction,
which has the privilege of the right of way, than in red
arrow direction
For complete information on traffic signs please follow the link to:
Vienna Convention on Road Signs and Signals at Wikipedia
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vienna_Convention_on_Road_Signs_and_Signal
s
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 96
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
A. IDENTIFICATION:Identify the symbol and write your answer on the space provided.
1. _____________________________
2. _____________________________
3. _____________________________
4. _____________________________
5. _____________________________
B. CLASSIFICATION: Put a check on the correct classification of the symbols given
below.
1. [ ] Regulatory [ ] Warning [ ] Information
2. [ ] Regulatory [ ] Warning [ ] Information
3. [ ] Regulatory [ ] Warning [ ] Information
4. [ ] Regulatory [ ] Warning [ ] Information
5. [ ] Regulatory [ ] Warning [ ] Information
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 1.2
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 97
Show that you have learned something by doing this activity.
Hazard Reduction Road Plan
A. Designing a hazard reduction road plan.
1. Copy road map of your city or town.
2. Be sure to indicate the roads or streets on your map.
3. Place some landmarks.
4. Create 5 to 10 pieces small (about 1cm X 1cm) traffic and road sign
a. Use 1 or more regulatory sign.
b. Use 2 or more warning signs.
c. Use 1 or more information sign.
5. Based on your map, place your traffic and road signs on your map to keep it safe
for the motorists and the community.
B. Answer the following questions
1. Where should you place your signs, left or right side of the road?
2. Why do you have to place your signs distance ahead of the actual location of its
information?
3. What would happen if signs are not properly placed?
4. If you are to work in a large shop without any signs and symbol, what are the
possibilities that might happen to you, shop and the job?
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 1.2
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 98
Performance Rubrics
Criteria 3 ( Better ) 2 ( Good ) 1 (Needs Improvement
)
Accuracy of
information
All information were
clear with no
questionable ideas
Two (2) information
were
unclear/questionable
Three (3) or more
information were
unclear/questionable
Evidence of
understanding
Demonstrated a
clear and complete
understanding of
information
Demonstrated a good
understanding of the
information
Inadequate and
incomplete information
indicating poor
understanding
Variety of
information
Have wide variety of
information with few
repetitions
Have a few variety of
information with some
repetitions
Have little or no variety
of information with lots of
repetitions
Rating Scale:
9 - 12 – Better
5 - 8 – Good
1 - 4 – Needs Improvement
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? _____
Find out by accomplishing the following job. Remember it is your learning at
stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 99
Directions: Move around your nearest barangay. Observe the visibility of traffic signs and
symbols in the community. Report your findings in the class.
DASHBOARD SYMBOLS
The dashboard, particularly the instrument panel, represents the easiest way a
vehicle talks back to its driver, allowing him to stay up to date with the status of the car and
provide him with prior notice on potential mechanical problems.
Common Dashboard symbols and meaning.
ABS warning light
It is turned on every time there's something wrong with the
Anti-lock Brake System. Note that the ABS symbol is
activated once the driver starts the engine but it's
automatically turned off after a few seconds.
What Do You Need To Know?
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
Read Information Sheet 4.1 very well then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing the Self-check 4.1.
Information Sheet 1.3
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 100
Low fuel notification
This panel is switched on if the fuel level gets very low and
refuel is required.
Seat belt reminder
The symbol appears and remains active as long as the
engine is started and the seat belt remains unfastened;
depending on the car manufacturer and car model, the seat
belt reminder is combined with an audio notification.
Brake system alert
The notification is powered on if the ECU detects a problem
to the brake system
Tire pressure monitor
The warning is turned on in case of low tire pressure which
could raise the fuel consumption or affect the grip.
Front airbag
The light monitors the front airbag and, in case it is turned on,
signals a problem with it; it usually requires professional
assistance.
Fog beams indicator
It is activated and remains on once the driver turns on the fog
beams
Battery warning
If this light is turned on while driving, it reveals a malfunction
concerning the battery charging system.
Emergency indicator
The notification is activated once the driver pushes the
emergency button
Power train malfunction
If on, this light shows that the power train has been damaged
and the car needs to be serviced as soon as possible.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 101
Open doors indicator
This symbol is usually turned on just after the driver starts the
engine and informs him that one or more doors are closed
incorrectly
Temperature warning
light
It warns the driver of the possibility of engine overheating and
usually demands the driver to stop the vehicle
High beam light
It is turned on once the driver activates the high beam mode
of the headlights.
Oil pressure warning
This notification is turned on if the ECU detects a problem
with the oil pressure; the driver is usually recommended to
stop the vehicle and service it as soon as possible.
Turn signals
Surely the most known instrument panels, the turn signals
are activated once the driver changes direction and uses the
signal lever
Follow the link to learn how to read dashboard instrument gauges:
http://www.familycar.com/Classroom/dashboard.htm
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 102
Directions: Encircle the letter of the correct option for each given condition.
A.
1. Not charging A. B. C. D.
2. Over heating A. B. C. D.
3. Running out of gas A. B. C. D.
4. High beam on A. B. C. D.
5. Emergency indicator A. B. C. D.
B. Multiple Choice: Write the letter of your answer to identify the signs and symbols.
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 1.3
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 103
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
1. This symbol lit up
as soon as the
ignition key is
switch on then,
later after the engine runs it
lit off.
A. Charging system is normal and functional.
B. Charging system needs repair
C. Ignition system is malfunctioning
D. Ignition system is normal and functional.
2. If this symbol is ignored A. The engine will last long.
B. The engine is overheating.
C. Transmission gear oil is too low.
D. This could lead to damaging wear and tear of the
engine bearing.
3. When both of
these are
blinking up
A. Left turn or right turn lever jammed
B. Emergency button has been activated
C. Turn signal experiencing short circuit
D. It‟s a parking light.
4. The ignition key is on and the
seat belt warnig does no lit
up even though not fastened
correctly
A. Driver is not on the steering wheel
B. Hand brake is activated.
C. The engine has not started yet
D. It will lit up when fastened correctly
5. Tire pressure monitor lit up
A. The tire is over pressurized.
B. The tire is under pressure.
C. All of the above
D. None of the above
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 104
Show that you have learned something by doing this activity.
“GIVE ME A SIGN”
Where else are the warning signs? Have you seen all warning signs inside your
shop? Can you now identify road signs and their meanings?
Here are some more signs and symbols to learn. Never drive if you don‟t know these,
you might get into a trouble. Service mechanic should know these signs and symbols very
well, these help a lot in diagnosing a problem.
Are you ready to meet your new set of signs and symbols? If yes,
1. Ready your paper and pencil.
2. Proceed to the nearest auto shop or garage (jeepneys are not recommended, cars
are recommended).
3. Ask politely the owner for the assistance (never do this on your own), to turn on the
ignition. See and observe the front panel in front of the driver‟s seat.
4. You must be seeing some symbols that lit-up in the front panel instrument. On your
paper, draw those symbols that you have observed. It is an advantage if you can take a
picture of it.
4. You may ask the owner what are those symbols for? Take note of its purpose.
Answer the following questions.
1. Why is it necessary to have the front panel instrument?
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
____________
2. What does the symbol that lit is trying to convey?
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
____________
3. How will these symbols help you in performing diagnosis in that vehicle?
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
____________
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 105
Performance Rubrics
Criteria 3 ( Better ) 2 ( Good ) 1 ( Needs Improvement )
Mastery of the
concept
Manifested a
working knowledge
of the concept with
no error
Manifested some
working knowledge
of the concept with
few errors
Manifested few working
knowledge of the concept
with many errors
Level of
competence
Performed the
skill/process
accurately and
automatically
Performed the
skill/process
accurately but not
automatically
Performed the
skill/process with
significant errors and
cannot actually do the
skill/process
Level of
confidence
Demonstrated the
skills correctly and
easily with
confidence
Demonstrated the
skills correctly but
not easily
Demonstrated the skills
but made some mistakes
Completeness of
work
Demonstrated a
level of completion
at 100%
Demonstrated a
level of completion
at 85%
Demonstrated a level of
completion at 65%
Rating Scale:
9 - 12 – Better
5 - 8 – Good
1 - 4 – Needs Improvement
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? __________
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely.
Remember it is your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 106
1. Using the internet, download the different signs and symbols found on the dashboard
panel of a vehicle.
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 107
 Sample drawing
 Schematic diagram of electrical circuit
 Pictorial diagram of electrical circuit
 Wiring diagram of a vehicle
 Layout diagram
 Sample plan
 Technical drawing
Materials
Interpret Technical Drawings and Plans
LEARNING OUTCOME 2
 Necessary tools, materials and equipment are identified according to the plan.
 Components, assemblies or objects are recognized.
 Dimensions and specifications are identified according to job requirements.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 108
Directions: Encircle the best answer for each question.
1. An illustration of clutch system wherein each component is arranged in a manner of
proper
assembly. This presentation is
A. Pictorial B. Semi-schematic C. Schematic D. Plan
2. In the Ignition System Diagram wherein symbols and images are used to represent the
components, what kind of diagram is drawn on this presentation?
A. Pictorial B. Semi-schematic C. Schematic D. Plan
3. A presentation of the ignition system wherein all components are represented by simple
images.
A. Pictorial B. Semi-schematic C. Schematic D. Plan
4. It is a circuit protecting device that melts and cuts off a circuit. What is the symbol?
A. B. C. D.
5. Which of the following is NOT used in schematic diagram?
A. B. C. D.
M
What Do You Already Know?
Pretest LO 2
Let us determine how much you already know about interpreting technical
drawings and plans. Take this test.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 109
6. A picture of something made with a pencil or pen usually consisting of lines generally
without
color.
A. Diagram B. Drawing C. Pictorial D. Plan
7. Uses simplified standard symbols.
A. Layout Diagram B. Pictorial C. Semi-schematic D.
Schematic
8. Also known as “Physical design” which shows the actual connection being used. This is
more
artistic than schematic and pictorial diagram.
A. layout diagram B. pictorial C. semi-schematic D.
schematic
9. Represents an electrical connection to the metal body or frame of the vehicle.
A. Pictorial B. Plan C. ground D.
Schematic
10. Used to present some components precisely with dimension.
A. Plan B. Technical drawing C. semi-schematic D. pictorial
11. The source of electricity in an automobile.
A. ground B. terminals C. fuse D. battery
12. Which of the following isconsider as load?
A. battery B. wire C. bulb D. ground
13. Electrically operated noise makers used by the driver to warn the pedestrian of an
approaching vehicle.
A. relay B. headlight C. horn D. tail light
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 110
14. An electrical device that converts electrical energy to mechanical energy in a rotary
motion.
A. resistor B. motor C. relay D. bulb
15. A device that allows a small current to control a switch of a much larger current circuit.
A. relay B. engine C. park light D. switch
Criteria for Evaluating Results of Pre-Test
100%-skip the Learning Outcome and proceed to the next Learning Outcome
99%-below – Go through the Learning Outcome
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 111
What Do You Need To Know?
DIAGRAMS, PLANS AND DRAWING
A drawing is a picture of something made
with a pencil or pen usually consisting of lines
generally without color. Plan is used to
communicate fabrication instruction. A diagram
is a “simple drawing” which uses a symbolic
presentation of information according to some
visualization technique. In automotive servicing, a
graph-based diagram is commonly utilized in
expressing information such as schematic,
pictorial, semi-schematic, and a layout diagram.
Common schematic diagrams
1. A pictorial diagram uses simple images of components,
2. A schematic diagram uses simplified standard symbols
3. A semi-schematic diagram combines some of the standard symbols with other
elements displayed as simple images.
Information Sheet 2.1
Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well; then, find out how much you can
remember and how much you have learned by doing Self-check.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 112
Observe that all lamps use standard symbols except the head light (sealed beam) which
uses
an image. Spark plugs are displayed as images.
Advantage of the Semi-Schematic diagram in wiring diagram is making the
diagram easy to realize than a pure standard symbol.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 113
4. A layout diagram or the “physical design” which shows the actual connection being
used. This is more artistic than schematic and pictorial diagram.
Plans are a set of drawings or two-dimensional diagrams used to describe a place or
object, or to communicate building or fabrication instructions. The purpose of a plan is to
capture all the geometric features of a component. This is also for presentation or
orientation purposes.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 114
Common to industrial purposes like in automotive, a technical drawing is use to
present some components precisely with dimension.
In this drawing, English System is used for all dimensions except the dimension for the
thread given in “12x8 Metric (1.25 pitch)”.
Design specification is well illustrated in a technical drawing such those in
times when necessary replacement has to be considered, the drawing will be
the basis of requirement.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 115
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 2.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 116
Directions: Write the letter of the correct answer for each number below.
1. Technical Drawing:
_____
2. Schematic Diagram
_____
3. Pictorial Diagram
_____
4. Lay out Diagram
_____
5. Drawing Plan
_____
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your
score?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education Page 131
What Do You Need To Know?
COMMON ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS
BATTERY. The pair of long and short
lines represent a cell. A series of cells
make up a battery. Long lines
represent the positive plates while the
short lines represent the negative
plates
The GROUND symbol represents the
electrical connection to the metal body or
frame of the vehicle. In turn, the negative
cable of the battery is connected between
the negative battery terminal and the
body/frame of the vehicle.
The FUSE is a circuit protection device. If the
current exceeds the maximum rating for the
circuit, the fuse element melts, thereby opening
the circuit.
Information Sheet 2.2
Read Information Sheet 2.2 very well; then, find out how much you can
remember and how much you have learned by doing Self-check.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 132
The BULB (light bulb) symbol can represent
any type of light bulb (headlight, taillight, etc).
If there is no dot at the intersection of the
lines, then those wires are not connected.
A dot at the intersection of wires is a
permanent CONNECTION point, or splice
This symbol represents a MALE-FEMALE
CONNECTOR. If it is a one piece multiple wire
connector (harness), the connectors will be
surrounded by a box.
MALE FEMALE
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 133
COMMON DRAWING SYMBOLS
A fixed RESISTOR is an electrical device that is used to
reduce current flow.
M
MOTOR is an electrical device that
converts electrical energy to mechanical
energy in a rotary motion
HORN is an electrical device that converts electrical
energy into sound.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 134
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 2.2
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 135
A. Directions: Match Column A with Column B. Write only the letter of the correct
answer
on a separate sheet of paper.
Column A Column B
1. It is a circuit protecting device which melts
and opens a circuit when a current
exceeds its maximum rating.
2. Which symbol represents the connection
of a load to the frame or body of the
vehicle?
3. What symbol is used to represent the
source of electrical energy?
4. Which symbol represents a device the
opens and closes the circuit?
5. Which symbol stands for joining pair of
male and a female connector
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 136
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
B. Draw and Identify: Draw the missing symbol on the box and write the name of the
symbol
on the space provided.
1. ________________________
2. _______________________
3. _______________________
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 137
Directions: Answer the following question:
1. Since most component of a vehicle is readily available in the auto supply, explain
why is it necessary for automotive servicing to have a technical drawing?
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
____________________
2. In technical drawing, explain why dosome components need to be sectioned?
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
____________
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
How Do You Apply What You Have Learned?
Activity Sheet 2.2
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 138
Performance Rubrics
Criteria 3 ( Better ) 2 ( Good ) 1 ( Needs
Improvement )
Knowledge of the
topic
The topic was very
satisfactorily clear
and well-defined
The main idea and
major points were
correctly stated
The topic was
satisfactorily clear
and defined
The main idea was
stated satisfactorily
and some major
points were all
included
The topic was unclear
and there was no main
idea at all
Delivery Presentation was
completed on time,
and the manner of
speaking was steady
throughout
Some corrections
were needed to
complete
presentation on time
and manner of
speaking was neither
too fast nor too slow
Presentation was not
completed on time and
manner of speaking
was too fast or too slow
Communication Spoke clearly and
distinctively; and
explanation of
Information was
easily conveyed
Spoke clearly but
explanations could
be more detailed
Spoke unclearly with
inadequate and
incomplete explanation
Completeness of
information
All the following
information were
included:
- technical issue
- statement of the
problem
- conclusion
- recommendations
Three (3) out of four
(4) information were
included:
- technical issue
- statement of the
problem
- conclusion
- recommendations
Only two(2) out of four
(4) information were
included:
- technical issue
- statement of the
problem
- conclusion
- recommendations
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely.
Remember it is your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 139
Rating Scale:
9 - 12 – Better
5 - 8 – Good
1 - 4 – Needs Improvement
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? __________
1. Using the internet, download the common traffic and drawing symbols used in a vehicle.
Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and
relax a while then move on to the next lesson.
Good luck!
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
LO1
 Manual of Traffic Sign
http://www.trafficsign.us/signshape.html
 Transportation Engineering Philippines
http://engineer-einjel.blogspot.com/2009/10/traffic-signs.html
 Vienna Convention on Road Signs and Signals
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vienna_Convention_on_Road_Signs_and_Signal
s
LO 2
 Automotive Technology Studies
http://rsandas.com/P1_Session_2-1.html
 How to Read Dashboard Lights
http://www.autoevolution.com/news/how-to-read-the-dashboard-lights-
1370.html#image2
 Picture Symbol
http://dashboardsymbols.com/the-symbols/
 Understanding your dashboard gauges
http://www.familycar.com/Classroom/dashboard.htm
 The Different Safety Signs and Symbols
http://safetysignsandsymbols.com/
REFERENCES
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 140
Perform Shop Maintenance
LESSON 4
LO 1.inspect/clean tools, materials and shop equipment;
LO 2. store/arrange tools and shop equipment; and
LO 3. dispose waste/used lubricant.
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to
do the following:
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 141
Apron-a garment for covering the front of the clothes
Automotivewaste- any harmful, discarded automotive byproducts
Cleaning- a process of removing dirt by wiping or by brushing
Corrosives - those chemicals that pose risk to organic material, especially human flesh.
Corrosive materials and most cleaners are composed of acids and bases
Coveralls- a protective clothing that provides full body protection
Flammable- a condition capable for easy combustion
Gloves- a rubber or leather-made hand protecting device
Goggles- a transparent or dark eyeglass that protect the welders‟ eyes from injury
Hand tools- portable devices that are guided and operated by hands
Hazardous material- any material that can cause bodily injury or pose a threat to the
environment
Inspection- examining or looking closely as a course of action
Lubricant -a substance applied to a surface to reduce friction
Protection -prevention from being harmed or injured
Safety- freedom from danger or risk
Service procedures - an established method of work or task
Signs and symbols- a mark that expresses information to warn or to give direction
Toxic material- any poisonous material that can cause illness or death
Waste management- activities that deal with proper disposal of waste
Waste material -any discarded or unusable byproducts or materials
Workshop -a workplace where activities of service procedures are done
Definition of Terms
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 142
 Personal Protective Equipment
 Goggles, welding mask, dust mask/respirator, hand gloves, coveralls
Materials
 Rags, engine oil, diesel oil, gasoline , container, trash bin
 Picture of safety signs and symbols
 Sample chemicals/compound
 Lacquer thinner. Paint remover, turco, acid, cleaners
 Electric machines, connectors, plugs
Materials
Inspect/clean tools, materials and shop equipment
LEARNING OUTCOME 1
 Tools, equipment and work area are inspected and cleaned, free from dust,
grease and other substance.
 Cleaning solvent as per workshop cleaning requirements is observed.
 Work area is checked and cleaned.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 143
Directions: Choose the letter of the option that will best complete the sentence.
1. Accidents are usually caused by:
A. fate C. nature
B. mistakes D. haste
2. Loose clothes, untucked shirt or unrolled sleeves worn during work by a mechanic may
result
to getting:
A. caught by the machine C. torn
B. dirty D. stained
3. Type of shoes that should be worn as protection from accident or injury in the workplace:
A. hard shoes or boots with rubber soles C. tennis shoes with Velcro fasteners
B. sandals with heels and closed toes D. track shoes with laces
4. Why rings or jewelry are dangerous to wear during work:
A. could cause electric shock C. scratch machines or car finish
B. react chemically with oil and solvents D. all of the above
5. Most important reason why it‟s important to use the right tools for the right job.
A. save money C. efficiency
B. fun D. neatness
What Do You Already Know?
Pretest LO 1
Let us determine how much you already know about the inspecting/cleaning
tools, materials and shop equipment. Take this test.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 144
What Do You Need To Know?
۩ WORKSHOP POLICIES AND SERVICE PROCEDURES
 Workshop Policy
The workshop policy applies to all workshop. It entails awareness about legal policies
that must be put into practice. It is an understanding of all the hazards that may exist in the
workplace. Each person who works at the shop should be required to read the policy and
agrees to abide by it. This provides important legal protections in the event of an accident.
Workshop policy includes shop safety. It is the responsibility of everyone. Safety
means protecting oneself from injury at all times. Working in the shop requires the use of a
large variety of tools, materials, and equipment that can injure the worker and others in the
shop if not properly used. A profitable auto shop is a well-run auto shop; a well-run auto
shop is a safe one. Automotive mechanic uses power tools if needed, Power tools are
usually electrically driven. It means it can work in a span of minute. Therefore, this must be
treated with care and respect.
Workshop policy on service procedures from the time the customer comes in and
gets out must be strictly followed so that they will be satisfied with the work rendered to
them. Workers will also benefit if is obeyed. It means that they will work on the job order
issued to them. They should never work on any other orders unless given to them by the
person in charge so that healthy working relationship is preserved between the company
and the workers.
Information Sheet 1.1
Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well; then, find out how much you can
remember and how much you have learned by doing Self-check.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 145
There is also workshop policy on the use of tools, materials and equipment.
Compliance with them will create good management of these implements. Materials like
rags, petroleum products, and water are economized; tools hammers, wrenches and
screwdrivers are taken care; and use of equipment like air compressor as substitute to
electric fan is not misused. Aside from these, use of workshop and office facilities like fans,
papers, toiletries, cleaning materials are not abused.
 General Requirements of Safety in Workshop Policy
 Guidelines for safe practices.
1. During the course of working in the shop, a general service technician moves from
one area of the shop to another, moving parts and equipment around the shop and
performing varied tasks. It is important that the shop floor be free of hazards that
could cause technicians to slip or trip.
2. In a wide variety of shop tasks, waste materials are produced that can cause
dangerous situations unless the waste materials are disposed of or stored properly.
3. Always be sure that shop exits are well-marked with an EXIT sign and are clear of
obstructions.
4. For personal safety and to help keep the shop free of hazards, always comply with
the following safety rules:
a. Work quietly and focus solely on the job at hand.
b. Do not leave creepers lay on the floor. Always stand them against the wall, wheels
outward, when not in use.
c. Do not indulge in horseplay in the shop; immature and improper behavior can
cause serious accidents.
d. Before performing a task, consider the relevant safety precautions related to the
task and formulate a prevention plan for each hazard.
 Keep the shop free of hazards.
 Use appropriate personal protective devices (clothing and equipment)

 Handling and using materials containing potentially harmful chemicals correctly
 Use hand tools, power tools, and equipment correctly.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 146
e. Always wear protective clothing and equipment in any situation where it is
necessary.
 Wear protective eyewear at all times in the shop area.
 Do not wear rings, bracelets, watches, or necklaces when working around
moving
machinery or electrical equipment.
 Do not put sharp objects into the pocket of work clothes. They could cause
personal injury or damage to vehicles.
 Keep hands free from oil and grease.
 Wipe off grease and other spills from the shop floor immediately, or at least put
an oil-absorbing compound over them.
5. When cleaning up flammable liquids, always dispose of the rags in a metal container
with a tight-fitting lid.
6. Do not look in the direction of another person who is welding.
7. Do not run a vehicle engine inside a closed garage unless the vehicle exhaust is
hooked up to exhaust ventilation
equipment. A deadly amount of carbon
monoxide, which is present in the exhaust,
can collect in a very short time.
8. Do not smoke in any shop, except in an
area designated for smoking.
9. When pumping a flammable liquid from a
large container into a small one, be sure to
first attach a ground wire between both
containers.
These guidelines for safety practices are practical in nature. Common sense dictates
what to do but knowing how these practices are applied will increase awareness and ability
to increase your competencies.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 147
۩ STANDARD SAFE HANDLING OF TOOLS, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Safety in workshop is subject to a number of various risk assessments and safe
codes of working practices. This must be adhered to and enforced by those in charge of the
workplace. There may be risk activities in the shop by which one must observe properly.
 Handling of Tools, Materials, and Equipment
Everyone involve in the shop should be trained in proper handling of tools, materials,
and equipment. It is necessary for you to recognize them and how they are used. The
following information will give you insights on safe handling.
1. Service of records of all machine tools, materials and equipment must be kept. All
information must be complete and done in order.
2. All portable electrical equipment must be regularly inspected and tested for electrical
safety.
3. There must be a responsible person to take charge of the tools, materials, and
equipment before, during and after used.
4. Every worker involved must be trained according to use of work equipment and tools.
5. Tools and equipment must be cleaned after use.
6. There must be proper uniform (apron, shirt, or apron) when working with machine
tools or other equipment especially those that have rotating spindles.
7. Precision measuring equipment, drills, etc. must be placed in their appropriate
cabinets after use.
Handling tools, materials and equipment safely will give a better work output. Their
life cycle is prolonged. Task is accomplished easily and life is preserved.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 148
۩ TYPES AND USAGE OF CLEANING CHEMICALS
Cleaning chemicals are used in taking away dirt, dust and hard to remove grime.
Cleaning products have variety of ingredients. They may be safe or toxic depending on how
they are used. Cleaning chemicals used in automotive servicing are quite different from the
ones used in households. Even though some cleaning materials in households can have
small amount of chemicals used in automotive, it cannot surpass the kind of cleaning
materials used in automotive because of the different types and extent of their application.
Cleaning products for use in automotive is somehow stronger than other cleaning
materials used for garments and other household purpose.
Cleaning products used in automotive are for plastics, metals, leathers, rubbers and
glasses. These types of cleaning products are hazardous and corrosives. That is why, strict
compliance with their use must be considered seriously or else this will pose danger to the
one using these and to the environment. Cleaning products used for plastics are somehow
not applicable for use in leathers because of some ingredients that do not conform to the
latter.
The reason why they differ in types of chemicals mix in the product is the strength of
alkalinity and acidity. Strong alkalis are those that have sodium hydroxide and are used in
removing paints like paint remover. Heavy-duty alkalis are those that contains sodium
carbonate and are used in removing greasy substance like thinner. A mild alkali is a sodium
bicarbonate contained chemicals. They are also known as baking soda used in removing oily
substance in automobile body before wash-out painting.
Aside from alkali type of cleaners, the acid base type cleaning chemicals have at
least three types. The strong acid cleaners are highly corrosive. They are good in removing
hard deposits. Hydrochloric acid or the well-known muriatic acid is a good example of this
type. The mild acidcleaners are good in removing rusty stains and blemish. Anti-rust
cleaners, wheels and tires dressing compound are good example of this type, and the soft
acid cleaners are those that are used in cleaning glasses. This kind of cleaners is available
in detergent, liquid, and bar.
Some manufacturers of cleaning products are producing all-purpose cleaners that
can be used either in plastic, rubber or leather. This kind of cleaning materials are solvents
that come in cream, paste or spray and can be applied directly to the article to be cleaned.
Lacquer thinner Paint remover Turco
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 149
In using any cleaning materials for automotive use, it is basic and necessary that
safety procedures must be followed. Usually, the use of appropriate hand gloves will protect
the hands from entrance of chemicals to the skin and fingernails that may cause liver or
kidney disease, skin irritation and allergy. Respirator or dust mask is also recommended to
protect the respiratory system from inhalation of hazardous fumes. Fumes coming from
chemicals can dry the eyes. That is why goggles is recommended in relieving the eyes from
eye irritation, dryness and accidental splash of cleaning products. All protection must be
done when using automotive cleaners to avoid risk of severe injury.
Muriatic acid Glass cleaners
Hand gloves Respirator and dust mask Safety eye goggles
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 150
I. Directions: Write the correct answer on the space provided in the statement. Use your
Activity notebook in answering the statement.
1. The workshop policy applies to all __________.
A. workshops C. work plan
B. work spaces D. work habit
2. Workshop policy includes shop _________.
A. forum C. safety
B. recording D. shopping
3. Workshop policy on service procedures must be strictly __________.
A, delayed C. followed
B. disallowed D. tried
4. Always wear __________ clothing and personal equipment in any situation when
necessary.
A. protective C. impressive
B. deductive D. inductive
5. Workers should never work on any other orders unless given to them by the ______.
A. chairman C. person-in-charge
B. co-worker D. supervisor
II. Directions: Select the best answer. Write the letter only.
1. Greasy and slippery tools must be
_____A. kept clean and free of dust and oil or grease.
_____B. kept covered.
_____C. used with gloves.
_____D. wiped with friction oil.
2. Defective tools and equipment should be
_____A. marked as defective
_____B. put under the bench
_____C. reused
_____D. thrown away
3. To prevent from being bumped into or tripped over, tools used should be
_____A. passed on to someone else who will need them next
_____B. put under the bench so that they are out of the way
_____C. returned to the tool room or put back in their drawers, cabinets or racks
_____D. stacked neatly on the bench when you are done with them
4. For safety, drawers and cabinet doors should be
_____A. avoided.
_____B. clearly labeled.
_____C. kept closed.
_____D. painted red.
5. Do not lay tools on ledges, fenders, or any place where they could
_____A. get lost.
_____B. fall on someone.
_____C. get dirty.
_____D. look messy and unprofessional.
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 1.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 151
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
III. Directions: Identify the strength of the following chemical cleaners in the box.Write S for
Strong, H for Heavy, M for Mild, and S for Soft. Write your answers in your Activity
notebook.
1.
1. _________
2.
2. _________
3.
3. _________
4.
4. _________
5.
5. _________
Paint Remover
Muriatic Acid
Lacquer Thinner
Dressing
Compound
Glass Cleaners
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 152
Show that you have learned something by doing this activity.
I. Directions: Make a round inside the workshop area. Observe and list down the
condition of the shop if it complies with the workshop policy requirements. Answer
the following questions.
1. What workshop policy needs to be:
Improved Removed
2. What other suggestions can you give?
2.1 _____________________________________________________________
2.2 _____________________________________________________________
2.3 _____________________________________________________________
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 153
II. Directions: Perform the proper handling of tools, materials and equipment.
Connecting and disconnecting
of electrical plug from the
source
Wiping or brushing dust and
dirt with rags and brush
Making tags for
"Out of Order" machine
Inspecting electric machines
Carrying of Electric Drills
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 154
Performance Rubrics
Criteria 5 3 1
Proficiency Performs the task
with competence
and exceptional
performance
Performs the task
with competence
and with standard
performance
Performs the task
with competence but
below standard
performance
Accuracy Performs the task
with no error
Performs the task
with at least 1-2
errors
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
errors
Completeness Performs all the
steps in sequence
Performs the task
with at least 2-3
steps not met
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
steps not met
Safety Follows all the safety
practices as set in
the guidelines
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 1-2 safety
measures not met
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 3-5 safety
measures not met
T O T A L _________________________
RATING SCALE: Points Earned (S) Numerical Rating (PL)
Descriptive Rating (PL)
21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding
16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good
11 – 15 81 - 85 Good
06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair
01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? ______
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely.
Remember it is your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 155
Directions: Visit the nearest automotive shop in your community. Introduce yourself as
automotive servicing student and ask for the different chemical cleaning materials they used
in automotive shop. Compare with the ones listed below.
1. Anti-rust paint
2. Anti-rust spray
3. Automobile body cleaners
4. Baking soda
5. Glass cleaner
6. Lacquer thinner
7. Metal conditioner
8. Muriatic acid
9. Paint remover
10. Paint thinner
11. Solvent
12. Wheel and tire dressing compound
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 156
 Personal body protection
 Bonnet, rubber gloves, apron, goggles, hand cream, safety shoes, coveralls
 International standard safety signs and symbols
 Picture of 5 S
Materials
Store/arrange tools and shop equipment
LEARNING OUTCOME 2
 Corresponding labels for containers and waste materials are posted and made
visible.
 Total quality management is observable.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 157
Directions: Write the letter of the best answer to complete the statement.
1. To some degree, personal safety in the workshop is not only confined to the use of tools,
materials and equipment but to __________.
A. her C. others
B. him D. self
2. When working in the shop, it is a good personal protection to work in __________ area.
A. well-built C. well- scented
B. well-loved D. well-ventilated
3. Goggles, head bonnet, and dust musk are good implements for _______ protection.
A. lower body C. upper body
B. middle body D. whole body
4. Personal safety includes __________, values and awareness.
A. habits C. venture
B. vending D. ventilation
5. When personal safety is the issue, it is basic to human instinct to ______ oneself.
A. prevent C. promote
B. produce D. protect
6. High grade rubber ____ protects the hands from paint, solvent and electrical shock.
A. belt C. gloves
B. band D. tire
7. The nose and face should be protected with __________.
A. face lift C. face powder
B. face mask D. scar face
8. _________ and symbols must be clearly written and properly identified.
A. signs C. stickers
B. insignia D. posters
9. International standard labeled signs are black _________ with red surround shape.
A. cymbals C. sandals
B. samples D. symbols
10. When working ______________ must come first before anything else.
A. personality C. personal safety
B. personal attributes D. personal share
What Do You Already Know?
Pretest LO 2
Determine how much you already know about storing/arranging tools and shop
equipment. Take this test.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 158
What Do You Need To Know?
Know?KnowKNowKnow?
۩ PERSONAL SAFETY AND LABELING PROCEDURE
Whenever safety is the issue, safety of oneself usually comes to mind. It is a basic
instinct for human being to protect himself.
Safety in the workshop is not only confined to the use of tools, materials and
equipment. To some degree, in workshop, personal safety must come first before anything
else. You can replace broken tools with new one. Buy new materials and operate new
equipment but you cannot buy new body as replacement if something happens to it.
Personal safety involves habits, values, and awareness. Having these virtues will shy
you away from injury and harm.
To be more specific, personal safety can be classified in different manners.
1. Upper body protection. These includes safety glass for eye protection called
goggles . This is used when grinding metal or when reconditioning tools. Welding
goggles are also used when joining metals so that eyes are protected from flying
debris. Transparent goggles are useful when working underchassis. Eyes are
protected from dust and small particles that may get into the eyes and cause
irritation. The head should be protected with head gear like bonnet or cap. This head
gear protects head and hair from dust, accumulated dirt , falling object and harmful
chemical especially when working underneath the vehicle. The nose and face should
be protected with face mask or respirator so that harmful fumes from exhaust gas
and chemicals may not get into the lungs.
2. Middle body protection. These include apron that protects the body from dirt and
sudden spill of substance like oil. High grade rubber gloves protect the hands from
paint, solvent and electrical shock.. Leather gloves protect the hands from hot
surface like newly welded metal to avoid abrasion. Hand cream is also useful to
protect hands from dryness.
Safety goggleDust mask Bonnet
Information Sheet 2.1
Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well. Then find out how much you can remember
and how much you learned by doing Self-check.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 159
3. Lower body protection. These include safety shoes to protect the feet from slipping
and risk from heavy falling object.
4. Whole body protection. The use of coveralls or jumpsuit is a good protection against
flying debris, chemical spill, paint, solvent and abrasion.
Aside from the different implements to protect self from any harmful injury, labeling of
warning signs and symbols must be clearly written and properly identified.
Labels must be color coded. Usually a red color code is a sign of danger sign. It
gives you information on the seriousness of consequence if not followed. Yellow color code
can mean warning. It gives information to forewarn you from danger. A green color code
may mean safe. It is good that workplace be posted with properly labeled signs, symbols,
and stickers.
Apron Rubber gloves Hand cream
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 160
International standard labeled signs are black symbol with red surround shape.
۩ PRINCIPLES OF TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (TQM) - 5 S
The total quality management in automotive servicing is getting the job done with
excellence and direction. This is one of the principles that should be implemented in order
for the management to work. One of the key principles is the proper maintenance of the
shop. To be effective, there must be some methods to work on. One is the management of
peopleware. They are the ones that need sustainable training in the shop and workshop
environment. This increases their manpower capability in the field of work. Because of this,
they become assets in managing the shop. Increasing their skills also increases their values
and worth. Therefore, it decreases the chance of accidents and expenses in the workplace
by applying corrective and preventive maintenance. These corrective and preventive
measures also include the hardware. The hardware part of management in automotive
servicing are the workshop facilities like the tools, materials, equipment/machineries
including facilities like furniture, lighting, water, and furniture. Proper management of these
hardware results in cost effective expenses in the workplace.
SIGNS AND SYMBOLS ARE IMPORTANT. USE THEM.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 161
In Japan, they use the 5 S principles of management for increase efficiency and
effectiveness in the workplace. These 5 S principles of management will help you a lot in
sorting, setting in order/simplifying, sweeping, standardizing, and sustaining.
1. Sorting – a process of taking things that are
needed and taking away those that are not needed
anymore. In this way, eliminating unnecessary
items gives more free space to those items that
are needed. To be more specific, those items for
disposal must be marked or tagged with
appropriate color for easy identification. Sample
guide questions:
 What items should be eliminated?
 What items should be retained?
 What items can be reconditioned/ repaired?
2. Setting in order, Straightening, Simplifying – a process of making things easy to
see, easy to get and easy to return. Sample guide questions:
 Where is the tool, materials, and equipment located?
 What tools, materials, and equipment are common?
 Where is the best location for each of them to be placed?
Screwdrivers
Philipps
Standard
Offset
Stubby
Allen
Oils
Engine oil
Gear oil
Penetrating oil
Automatic transmission oil
Brake/Clucth fluids
Gaskets
Overhauling gasket
Carburator kit gasket
Transmission gasket
Differential gasket
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 162
3. Sweeping, Shining, Systematic cleaning – a process of clearing out the dirt, dust
and residual grime to make the space, machines, and fixtures clean. Examples are:
 What location or machines need immediate and regular clean-up?
 Which of them should be cleaned first?
4. Standardizing – a
process of having a
uniform procedures of work or placement of things in proper place. Examples are:
 How the procedures done?
 What is the schedule of work from start to finish?
 Where should the finished work be placed?
 Who will be in-charge of testing the work?
5. Sustaining - a process of maintaining a continuous and consistent implementation of
doing the 5 S principles.
With these 5 S in mind as tool for management principles, it is expected that it can
build a good workshop and workplace environment that in the process it will result in shop
maintenance, efficiency and effectiveness.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 163
I. Directions: Write the correct answer for each of the following questions:
1. When personal safety is the issue, it is basic to human instinct to ______ oneself.
A. prevent C. promote
B. produce D. protect
2. To some degree, personal safety in the workshop is not only confined to the use of tools,
materials and equipment but to
A. her. C. others.
B. him. D. self.
3. Personal safety includes __________, values and awareness.
A. habits C. venture
B. vending D. ventilation
4. Goggles, head bonnet, and dust musk are good implements for _______ protection.
A. lower body C. upper body
B. middle body D. whole body
5. When working in the shop, it is good personal protection to work in __________ area.
A. well-built C. well- scented
B. well-loved D. well-ventilated
II. Directions: Match Column A with Column B. Write the letter of the correct answer. Use
your Activity notebook.
Column A Column B
1. peopleware
2. Standardizing
3. Hardware
4. Sustaining
5. setting in order
A. These are the ones that need sustainable training in the shop
and workshop environment.
B. Management of workshop facilities like the tools, materials,
equipment / machineries including facilities like furniture,
lighting, water, and furniture.
C. Maintaining a continuous and consistent implementation of
doing the 5 S.
D. Having uniform procedures of work or placement of things in
proper place.
E. Making things easy to see, easy to get, and easy to return.
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-check 2.1
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 164
Show that you have learned something by doing this activity.
I. Directions: With available personal protective gears, practice to use the
following:
Upper body protection
• Safety goggles - eye goggles, welding mask
• Head gears
• Dust mask
Middle body protection
• Aprons
• Hand gloves
Lowe body protection
• Safety shoes
• Coveralls
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 165
Performance Rubrics
Criteria 5 3 1
Proficiency Performs the task
with competence
and exceptional
performance
Performs the task
with competence
and with standard
performance
Performs the task
with competence but
below standard
performance
Accuracy Performs the task
with no error
Performs the task
with at least 1-2
errors
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
errors
Completeness Performs all the
steps in sequence
Performs the task
with at least 2-3
steps not met
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
steps not met
Safety Follows all the safety
practices as set in
the guidelines
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 1-2 safety
measures not met
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 3-5 safety
measures not met
T O T A L __________
RATING SCALE: Points Earned (S) Numerical Rating (PL) Descriptive Rating
(PL)
21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding
16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good
11 – 15 81 - 85 Good
06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair
01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? _____
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely.
Remember it is your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 166
Directions: Perform one of the following 5S andanswer the space with I CAN if you are able
to do it. Leave the space blank if you cannot but state your reason why.
1. _____ sorting
Why?
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
2. _____ setting in order, straightening, Simplifying
Why?
_________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
3. _____ sweeping, Shining, Systematic cleaning
Why?
__________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
4. _____ standardizing
Why?
__________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
5. _____ sustaining
Why?
__________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 167
 Sample chemical substance /materials
 Flammable, corrosive, toxic, reactive
 Sample waste/used substance/materials
 Sample chemical /safety labels
Materials
Dispose waste/ used lubricants
LEARNING OUTCOME 3
 Waste and used materials are disposed in accordance with the standard
operational procedures and environmental regulations.

 Personal safety in disposing waste and used materials is are observed
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 168
Directions: Write the letter of the correct answer on the space provided.Use your Activity
Notebook for your answers.
1. Government institutions like the DENR have local policies that protect the citizens from
______________ of these hazardous materials and substance.
A. harmful effects C. neutral effects
B. good effects D. balance effects
2. The effects of hazardous waste materials to human and environment can be
A. managed C. rented
B. bought D. loaned
3. Industrial ____________is a great concern of environmentalists
A. waste materials C. waist substance
B. waist materials D. ways products
4. A separate container or trash bin for disposable materials is a _________ habit.
A. bad C. not so bad
B.good D. not so good
5. Problems on waste materials can be solved if proper attention, information dissemination,
training, and __________ is adequately provided in the workplace.
A. compliance C. observation
B. hearing D. styling
6. The harmful effect of waste materials is so huge that it even affects our
A. earth C. ocean
B. environment D. space
7. Used _______ oil is a good example of waste material.
A. air compressor C. soap
B. lubricating D. tool
8. ________ material can immediately change the composition of an object.
A. flammable C. reactive
B. toxic D. corrosive
9. Toxic material is
A. allergen C. irritating
B. comforting D. lethal
What Do You Already Know?
Pretest LO 3
Let us determine how much you already know about the disposing waste/used
lubricants. Take this test.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 169
10. An inventory of waste materials and substance that can be found in the workshop will be
of great help in finding out their
A. condition C. serviceability
B. purpose D. type
۩ WASTE MANAGEMENT
Industrial waste materials are a great concern of environmentalists. Their harmful
effect is so huge that it even affects our environment and climate. This is due to improper
management of waste materials such as cleaning chemicals used in automotive like solvent,
used lubricating and flushing oil, paint remover, and thinners. Problems like these can be
solved if proper attention, information dissemination, and training are adequately provided in
the workplace.
Government institutions like the Department of Environment and Natural Resources
(DENR) have local policies that protect the citizens from harmful effects these hazardous
materials and substance may bring. Hazardous materials are those that can be found in the
workshop such as toxic materials like hydrochloric use in cleaning metal surface and
sulfuric acid use in the battery, and Turco or metal conditioner for neutralizing rust.
Flammable materials like fuel gasoline and thinners are also used in cleaning engine parts.
They can give harmful fumes that can generate respiratory and skin irritation. Materials that
can easily dissolve metal like anti-rusts are corrosive materials. Acid, soldering paste, and
Turco can be classified as reactive materials that can immediately changethe composition
of an object.
What Do You Need To Know?
Information Sheet 3.1
Read the Information Sheet 3.1 very well then find out how much you can
remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 3.1.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 170
All of these hazardous, waste materials and substance can paralyze human and
definitely lethal if not given serious attention in managing them.
The following are some guidelines to follow when disposing waste and used
materials and substance.
1. Have a separate container or trash bin for disposable materials. Different waste
materials like used, empty plastics, bottles, cans must not be mixed in one container for easy
disposal and segregation.
2. Have a separate container for used and unused materials and substance.
Used oil must not be disposed in the drainage. Doing so will harm the eco-system. This will
endanger the lives of water life species and plant life. This must be stored in a container with
proper label. Unused oil and other chemical materials must be properly labeled and covered
to avoid escape of fumes that may cause instant fire.
In the United States the Environment Protection Agency (EPA) is very strict in
implementing protection against careless and improper use and disposal of hazardous waste
products. Breaking this law may lead to prosecution.
3. Have an appropriate amount ofuse of chemical materials or substance. Many
unused chemical materials and substance are due to overfill. That is why the excess
chemicals cannot be returned back to its container especially if already mixed with other
chemicals and cannot be stored for a period of time. This overfill when stored and dried tend
to form into another composition and thereby unsafe to use. Disposal of this kind is a
problem.
۩ EFFECTS OF AUTOMOTIVE WASTE TO MEN AND ITS ENVIRONMENT
The effects of hazardous waste materials to human and environment in
inconceivable. Just imagine the amount spent by the government in services for managing
this problem. Aside from this, the audio and print media release they have paid just to
promote waste management literacy.
Millions of automobile are on the road every day. Toxic exhaust gas fumes may lead
to respiratory disease, and even death. Heat produced may cause skin irritation and
respiratory allergy , and other by-products of automotive wastes can cause physical, mental
and financial stress.
An inventory of waste materials and substance that can be found in the workshop will
be of great help in finding out their condition .
Managing the hazardous waste materials and substance is a great contribution to the
nation‟s economy. Health and safety are preserved. Injury is lessened and harmful effect to
environment is reduced if not totally removed.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 171
MATERIALS/SUBSTANCE IN THE WORKSHOP
Materials / Substance Effects
Condition Remarks
(1)
Used
(2)
Unused
A. TOXIC Materials Liver/ kidney cancer,
illness, lung irritation,
lethal
 Acid
 Battery solution
 Contact cement
 Paint
B. FLAMMABLE Materials Explosive, volatile,
combustible, burns,
irritation, toxic fumes,
foul odor, lethal
 Brake/Clutch fluids
 Gasoline
 Oil
 Solvent
 Thinner
C. CORROSIVE Materials Skin irritation, foul
odor, allergy
 Anti-rust spray
 Moist and rusty metals
 Turco or Metal conditioner
D. REACTIVE Materials Burns, toxic fumes,
explosive, skin
irritation, allergy
 Acid
 Soldering paste
 Turco
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 172
Directions: Fill-in the blank space by selecting the correct answer. Use your Activity
Notebook by writing the letter of your answer.
1. Industrial ____________are a great concern of environmentalists
A. waste materials C. waist substance
B. waist materials D. ways products
2. Problems on waste materials can be solved if proper attention, information dissemination,
training, and __________ are adequately provided in the workplace.
A. compliance C. observation
B. hearing D. styling
3. Government institution like the DENR have local policies that protect the citizens from
______ _______ these hazardous materials and substance.
A. balance effects C. harmful effects
B. good effects D. neutral effects
4. A separate container or trash bin for disposable materials is a _________ habit.
A. bad C. not so bad
B.good D. not so good
5. The effects of hazardous waste materials to human and environment can be __________.
A. bought C. managed
B.loaned D. rented
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 3.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 173
I. Directions: Perform the following competencies and assess yourself using
the Performance rubrics.
PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT
Name : _______________________________ Year & Section: ______________
Course: ______________________________ Time Allotment: ______________
Module Title: __________________________ Grading Period _______________
Unit of
Competency
Tasks Date
Time
Score
Performance
Level
Use of Hand
tools
Begun Finished
LO1
Inspect/Clean
Tools and
Shop
Equipment
Inspect/Clean
workshop
tools and
equipment
LO2
Store/Arrange
Tools and
Shop
Equipment
Store/Arrange
tools and
shop
equipment
LO3 Dispose
Waste/Used
Lubricants
Dispose
waste and
used
lubricants
Average: _______
_________
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
Operation Sheet 3.1
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 174
Performance Rubrics
Criteria 5 3 1
Proficiency
Performs the task
with competence
and exceptional
performance
Performs the task
with competence
and with standard
performance
Performs the task
with competence but
below standard
performance
Accuracy Performs the task
with no error
Performs the task
with at least 1-2
errors
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
errors
Completeness
Performs all the
steps in sequence
Performs the task
with at least 2-3
steps not met
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
steps not met
Safety
Follows all the safety
practices as set in
the guidelines
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 1-2 safety
measures not met
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 3-5 safety
measures not met
T O T A L _________________________
RATING SCALE : Points Earned ( S ) Numerical Rating ( PL ) Descriptive
Rating ( PL )
21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding
16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good
11 – 15 81 - 85 Good
06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair
01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs
Improvement
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? ____
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely.
Remember it is your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 175
Directions: Below is a puzzle interconnected with one another. List down names of
automotive waste materials/substance and their effects to human and environment. Use
your Activity Notebook in answering the activity.
Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and
relax a while then move on to the next lesson.
Good luck!
TOXIC
FLAMMABLE
CORROSIVE
REACTIVE
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 176
LO1
 Swing Crispin, Frederic, Dictionary of Technical TermsThe Bruce
Publishing Co.: 1948.
 Chilton‟s Easy Car Care. Chilton Book Company. 3rd
Ed. Chilton Way,
Radnor, PA 19089
 Stockel, Martin W. Auto mechanics Fundamentals. The Goodheart -
Willcox Company, Inc. 1978
 The Oxford Dictionary of Current English. New Revised Ed. Oxford
University Press, 1998.
 Popular Mechanics Guide To Auto Basic Repair and Maintenance. Book
Division The Hearst Corporation, New York, NY
 www.google.com.ph
 en.wikipedia.org
LO 2
 Swing Crispin, Frederic, Dictionary of Technical TermsThe Bruce
Publishing Co.: 1948.
 Chilton‟s Easy Car Care. Chilton Book Company. 3rd
Ed. Chilton Way,
Radnor, PA 19089
 Stockel, Martin W. Auto mechanics Fundamentals. The Goodheart -
Willcox Company, Inc. 1978
 The Oxford Dictionary of Current English. New Revised Ed. Oxford
University Press, 1998.
 Popular Mechanics Guide To Auto Basic Repair and Maintenance. Book
Division The Hearst Corporation, New York, NY
LO 3
 Swing Crispin, Frederic, Dictionary of Technical TermsThe Bruce
Publishing Co.:1948.
 Chilton‟s Easy Car Care. Chilton Book Company. 3rd
Ed. Chilton Way,
Radnor, PA 19089
 Stockel, Martin W. Auto mechanics Fundamentals. The Goodheart -
Willcox Company, Inc. 1978
 The Oxford Dictionary of Current English. New Revised Ed. Oxford
University Press, 1998.
 Popular Mechanics Guide To Auto Basic Repair and Maintenance. Book
Division The Hearst Corporation, New York, NY
 www.google.com.ph
 en.wikipedia.org
REFERENCES
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 177
Practice Occupational Health and Safety
Procedures
LESSON 5
LO 1.identify hazards and risks;
LO 2. evaluate hazards and risks;
LO 3. control hazards and risks; and
LO 4. maintain occupational safety and awareness
LEARNING OUTCOMES:
At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to
do the following:
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 178
Avalanche - also called a snow slide or snow slip. It is a sudden, drastic flow of snow down
a slope, occurring when either natural triggers, such as loading from new snow or rain, or
artificial triggers, such as snowmobilers, explosives or backcountry skiers, overload the
snowpack
Capacitor- formerly known as condenser.It is a passivetwo-terminalelectrical component used to store
energy in an electric field. Capacitors are widely used as parts of electrical circuits in many common
electrical devices
Cliff -is a significant vertical, or near vertical, rock exposure
Colleagues - a person with whom one is associated in a profession or occupation
Combustibility-a measure of how easily a substance will set on fire, through fire or combustion.
Dermatitis- derives from Greek derma "skin" + -itis "inflammation". Dermatitis symptoms vary with all
different forms of the condition. They range from skin rashes to bumpy rashes or including blisters.
Although every type of dermatitis has different symptoms, there are certain signs that are common for
all of them, including redness of the skin, swelling, itching and skin lesions and sometimes oozing and
scarring
Earmuffs - objects designed to cover a person's ears for protection. They consist of a thermoplastic or
metal head-band, that fits over the top of the head, and a pad at each end, to cover the external ears
Electrode- an electrical conductor used to make contact with a nonmetallic part of a circuit (e.g. a
semiconductor, an electrolyte or a vacuum). The word was coined by the scientist Michael Faraday from
the Greek words elektron (meaning amber, from which the word electricity is derived) and hodos, a
way
[1]
Fatigue - the decreased capacity or complete inability of an organism, an organ, or a part to
function normally because of excessive stimulation or prolonged exertion
Fumes - vapor, gas, or smoke, especially if irritating, harmful, or strong
Glare - to express by staring angrily
Glazing - also (less commonly) used to describe the insertion of ophthalmic lenses into an eyeglass
frame
Hazardous fumes- to expose to the action of fumes; to treat with vapors, smoke, etc.; as, to
bleachstraw by fuming it with sulfur; to fill with fumes, vapors, odors, etc, as a room. She fumed
the temple with an odorousflame
Hazards- a term used to describe something that has the potential to cause harm
Hierarchy - a series in which each element is graded or ranked
Hydrazine -also called diazane. It is an inorganic compound with the formula N2H4. It is a colorless
flammable liquid with an ammonia-like odor. Hydrazine is used within both nuclear and conventional
electrical power plant steam cycles to control concentrations of dissolved oxygen in an effort to reduce
corrosion
Illness - sometimes referred to as ill-health or ailment. It is a state of poor health. Illness is
sometimes considered another word for disease
Isolating - to set apart (a component, circuit, or system) from a source of electricity or to set
apart or cut off from others
Definition of Terms
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 179
Jeopardy - in a situation in which someone or something is exposed to possible injury, loss,
or in danger
Jerky movement - a condition which is associated with unintentional erratic or irregular
movements
Legislation - the act or process of making laws; enactment
Pedestrians - a person traveling on foot, whether walking or running. In some communities, those
traveling using roller skates or skateboards are also considered to be pedestrians
Risks- a measure of the possibility of a specific harmful effect in given circumstances
Severity - used of the degree of something undesirable e.g. pain or weather
Tendinitis - is informally also tendonitis, It is theinflammation of a tendon (the suffix -itis denotes
diseases characterized by inflammation), is a type of tendinopathy often confused with the more
common tendinosis, which has similar symptoms but requires different treatment.
[1]
The term tendinitis
should be reserved for tendon injuries that involve larger-scale acute injuries accompanied by
inflammation
Triggered - a device that activates or releases or causes something to happen
Ventilation- the process of "changing" or replacing air in any space to provide high indoor air quality
(i.e. to control temperature, replenish oxygen, or remove moisture, odors, smoke, heat, dust, airborne
bacteria, and carbon dioxide). Ventilation is used to remove unpleasant smells and excessive
moisture, introduce outside air, to keep interior building air circulating, and to prevent stagnation of the
interior air
Workplace - applies to a wide range of premises including shops, offices, schools, hospitals
and places of entertainment. It also includes the common parts of shared buildings and
temporary work sites (but not construction sites)
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 180
 Hazard signs and symbols in home, school, workplace
 Radio
 Thinner and acid
Materials
Identify hazards and risks
LEARNING OUTCOME 1
 Workplace hazards and risks are identified and clearly explained.
 Hazards/risks and its corresponding indicators are identified with the company
procedures.
 Contingency measures are recognized and established in accordance with
organizational procedures.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 181





Directions: Write the letter of the correct answer on the blank space provided. Use your
Activity Notebook for your answers.
1. A hazardis any source of potential damage, harm or adverse effects on properties or
someone‟s health under certain conditions at
A. leisure B. play C.rest D. work
2. Hazards are classified into ___ different types.
A. Two B. four C. six D. eight
3. Manual handling includes any activity that requires a person to lift, push, pull, carry, hold
or move an object, person or
A. animal B. race C. thing D. tool
4. Welding operations generate hazardous
A. air B. fumes C. steam D. vapor
5. A hazardous substance is any substance, which can potentially harm the health and
safety of workers. Hazardous substance must be
A. advertise B. insured C. labeled D. promoted
Criteria for Evaluating Results of Pre-Test
100%-skip the Learning Outcome and proceed to the next Learning Outcome
99%-below – Go through the Learning Outcome
What Do You Already Know?
Pretest LO 1
Let us determine how much you already know about identifying hazards and
risks. Take this test.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 182
In any place, or corner, hazard could be present. At home, on the street, in school or
in the workplace, anything could happen and may cause some damage to an individual or to
property. Example: anything could happen with an extension cord lying on a floor, from a
simple tip-off to electric shock or even more.
WHAT IS HAZARD?
A hazard is any source of potential damage, harm or adverse effects on properties or
someone‟s health under certain conditions at work. Workplace hazards can come from a
wide range of sources. General examples include any substance, material, process,
practice, etc that have the ability to cause harm or adverse health effect to a person under
certain conditions. See table below
Examples of Hazards and Their Effects
Workplace Hazard Example of Hazard Example of Harm Caused
Object/tool Knife Cut
Substance Benzene Leukemia
Material Asbestos Mesothelioma
Source of Energy Electricity Shock, electrocution
Condition Wet floor Slips, falls
Process Welding Metal fume fever
Practice Hard rock mining Silicosis
What Do You Need To Know?
Information Sheet 1.1
Read the Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can
remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 183
As shownin the table above, workplace hazards also include practices or conditions
that release uncontrolled energy like:
 an object that could fall from a height (potential or gravitational energy),
 a run-away chemical reaction (chemical energy),
 the release of compressed gas or steam (pressure; high temperature),
 entanglement of hair or clothing in a rotating equipment (kinetic energy), or
 contact with electrodes of a battery or capacitor (electrical energy).
3 Modes / Forms of a hazard
 Dormant – The situation has the potential to be hazardous, but no people, property,
or environment is currently affected by this. For instance, a hillside may be unstable,
with the potential for a landslide, but there is nothing below or on the hillside that
could be affected. For a shop work area, dormant hazard is an undetected hazard
created by the design of equipment or layout of the workshop area.
 Armed – The situation has the potential to be hazardous and there are people,
property, or environment that is in potential harm's way. This is a dormant hazard that
has become armed and ready to cause harm during certain work circumstances.
 Active - A harmful incident involving the hazard has actually occurred. Often this is
referred to not as an "active hazard" but as an accident, emergency, incident, or
disaster. This is an armed hazard triggered into action by the right combination of
factors. At this point it is too late to take any preventive action to escape injury or
avoid death.
Classes of hazard
Example of forms / modes of hazard
Dormant Armed Active
Snowy cliff
Anytime Avalanche
could take place while
no one on its base
Skiers are on the base
of the snowy cliff
An avalanche occur
while some skiers are
on the base of the cliff
Auto
repair
shop
An engine is hooked-
up by a chain block
(hoist)
The engine is raised-off
from the car’s engine
compartment
The chain snaps and
the engine knocks
down on the car.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 184
Hazards are classified into six different types. They are
 Physical - includes floors, stairs, work platforms, steps, ladders, fire, falling objects,
slippery surfaces, manual handling (lifting, pushing, pulling), excessively loud and
prolonged noise, vibration, heat and cold, radiation, poor lighting, ventilation, air
quality
 Mechanical and/or electrical - includes electricity, machinery, equipment, pressure
vessels, dangerous goods, forklifts, cranes, hoists
 Chemical - includes chemical substances such as acids or poisons and those that
could lead to fire or explosion, cleaning agents, dusts and fumes from various
processes such as welding
 Biological - includes bacteria, viruses, mould, mildew, insects, vermin, animals
 Psychosocial environment - includes workplace stressors arising from a variety of
sources.
 Ergonomic- repetitive movements, improper set up of workstation, etc.,
WHAT IS RISK?
Risk is the chance or probability that a person will
be harmed or experience an adverse health effect if
exposed to a hazard. In an auto repair shop, doing most
of the jobs place a technician in risky situation. Example,
the mechanic is exposed to danger while performing
underchassis repairs, he is at risk. There are dangers
that may actually become an accident like a bolt snaps
while loosening and the mechanics hand strikes hard on
other component. It may also apply to situations with
property or equipment loss, like the engine in above example would experience damage
from a knock down, and the car itself would be damaged too.
Hazard VS Risk
Mostly these two words are used interchangeably with one another. From above
statements in this lesson, hazard and risk have its own identity which areclosely related to
one another. Hazard is the possible danger that could occur when some factors would
trigger such event 2hile risk is the possible harm which may result if given danger becomes
active. Simply hazard is a possible cause while risk is a possible negative effect.
“hazard is a possible cause while risk is a possible negative effect”
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 185
IDENTIFYING HAZARDS AT WORK
The process of identifying and fixing potential hazards in the workplace is called
hazard management - a simple procedure where you assess and control the risk of hazards
to workers. A workplace hazard is something that has the potential to harm the health and
safety of people at work.
Some identified workplace hazards:
 Manual Handling
Manual handling includes any activity that requires a person to lift, push, pull, carry,
hold or move an object, person or thing. The weight of the object, frequency of manual
handling, avoiding sudden or jerky movements, planning the move or lift, lighting and
surfaces all need to be considered.
Lifting and moving equipment and materials, panel beating, and working in awkward
postures (such as removing or replacing engine parts under car bonnets) are some
examples of manual handling tasks you may have to do in the automotive industry.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 186
At times, your tasks may involve bending and
stretching as well as twisting sideways, or working
with materials and equipment above shoulder height.
All of these increase the risk of manual handling
injury. Many engine parts are too heavy to lift safely,
and storage of items such as vehicle tires on racking,
while it may be easy at ground level where they can
be rolled in, presents a manual handling risk if you
attempt to lift them.
 Machinery and Equipment
Poor design, poor maintenance, inexperience and
lack of training increase the risk of injury from tools and
equipment and its operators.
Hoists are used to elevate vehicles so repairs can be made
safely by people working beneath the vehicle. The safe
operation of hoists is essential, and depends upon competent
operators and strict maintenance and inspection routines.
Every hoist must be subjected to a pre-operation check, and routine inspection and
maintenance must be carried out at least every three months.
Air compressors are dangerous and should never be used to blow dust or dirt from
clothing or work materials. Compressed air accidentally blown
into an open wound can be fatal because air can be forced
into bloodstream. Asbestos has been used in some vehicle
components such as brake lining, there is the possibility that
asbestos fibre may be found in automotive workshops:
compressed air should never be used to blow what may
appear to be dust from these items.
Engines have exposed moving parts (fans and belts)
which could catch fingers, and exhaust emissions can be fatal if they build up in an enclosed
area.
If a vehicle moves while a
worker is beneath it, a fatality or
serious injury could result.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 187
 Powered Tools and Hand Tools
Many of the tools used in the automotive industry are
powered by electricity. Your employer must make sure all electrical
machinery and equipment are kept in good working order. Electrical
plugs and switches must be checked regularly to make sure they are
not damaged. Leads can become split or frayed, and these too must
be inspected for wear each time they are used. Electrically powered
tools must be tested and tagged regularly.
Hand tools – such as spanners, wrenches and
screwdrivers – will be used in every job. The most
common injuries from use of hand tools are to the hands
and fingers. Using the correct tools is an important way to
avoid these injuries.
Welding operations generate hazardous fumes
and should be separated from other workshop activities
and from workers who may not be protected by fume
extraction systems, ventilation or appropriate PPE. It may be possible to weld out of doors in
good weather; at times, risk controls will be needed to prevent exposing the welder and
other workers to risk.
 Slips, Trips and Falls
A slip or fall can cause injury to the arms, legs, back,
neck or head. Neck and head injuries can cause damage to
the spinal cord and nervous system. Many employees have
suffered permanent disabling injuries as a result of a fall.
Poor „housekeeping' in the automotive industry leads
to slips, trips and falls. Engine parts, air lines and hoses left
on the workshop floor can all result in preventable accidents.
Metal bins should be provided for waste disposal. These
should not be allowed to overflow.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 188
 Confined Spaces
Some automotive workshops have pits to enable work to be done if a hoist is not
available. The vehicle is driven over the pit, and the mechanic works from beneath. This
work should never be done by someone working alone: a second person should be on hand
(outside the pit) to monitor the work and to provide assistance. Because carbon monoxide
(from the vehicle exhaust) is heavier than air, the fumes may build up in the 'confined space'
under the vehicle. These fumes need not be only from the vehicle being worked on: if other
engines are running nearby, there is still a significant risk of exhaust emissions collecting in
the pit. Good ventilation is essential in automotive workshops. Engine bay doors should be
fully open at all times. If weather conditions prevent this, the work must be evaluated and
tasks such as spray painting, which could result in a build-up of fumes, should be postponed.
Respirators will be necessary for a number of jobs in an automotive workshop. Dust
masks do not provide protection against vehicle fumes and gases, or paint drift from
spraying operations. Employers must find out what kind of breathing protection is needed
and make sure all workers are issued with it and instructed in its correct use.
 Noise
Excessive noise can cause permanent hearing
loss and is probably the most common cause of
hearing loss in adult males. Hearing loss limits a
person's ability to communicate at work, home and
socially. There is no medical treatment and hearing
aids offer limited benefit.
Employees in the automotive industry work with noisy
tools and machinery such as wheel removers,
compressors, grinders and drills. While in an
automotive workshop, you may be exposed to noise
levels exceeding 85 decibels or dB(A) that could lead to hearing loss.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 189
 Hazardous Substances
A hazardous substance is any substance, which can potentially harm the health and
safety of workers. Labels and material safety data sheets (MSDS) provide OHS
information about the substance.
1. Hazardous substances and dangerous goods. The automotive industry
requires the use of dangerous goods (such as petrol and gas) and hazardous
substances (such as acids, oils, diesel and solvents).
2. Petrol containers and gas cylinders must be stored securely, away from heat sources
and out of the path of vehicle traffic. These are highly flammable substances and
could cause fatality and serious injury if not carefully handled and stored.
3. Solvents are often used as cleaners or degreasers. They can enter the body when a
person breathes in their vapor, through skin contact, or through the mouth from
contact with food or fingers.
Solvents can impair memory and cause headaches, dizziness, fatigue, mood
changes or nausea. Exposure to high levels of solvents can cause liver damage,
unconsciousness, death and cancers.
4. Spray paints contain harmful substances. Inhaling paint fumes may cause
occupational asthma. Long term exposure can affect the brain, damage the
reproductive system and cause kidney or liver damage. Contact with the skin may
cause dermatitis (an inflammation of the skin).
5. Batteries contain acid and must be treated with caution. If you are asked to handle
batteries, you must be given instruction and provided with appropriate PPE - rubber
gloves, eye protection (you may need goggles to avoid splashes), overalls and solid
work boots. (You should always wear work boots - not sneakers or soft shoes - in the
automotive industry, no matter what job you are doing.)
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 190
DIFFERENT HAZARDOUS MATERIAL / SUBSTANCE AND ITS EFFECT
CORROSIVE MATERIAL
Corrosive materials can attack (corrode) metals or cause
permanent damage to human tissues such as the skin and eyes on
contact. Burning, scarring, and blindness may result from skin or eye contact. Corrosive
materials may also cause metal containers or structural materials to become weak and
eventually to leak or collapse. Ammonia, fluorine, and hydrochloric acid are examples of
corrosive substances.
FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL
Flammable or combustible materials will ignite and continue
to burn if exposed to a flame or source of ignition. Materials are
classified as a flammable gas, flammable aerosol, flammable liquid, combustible liquid,
flammable solid, or reactive flammable material. Methane, acetone, aniline, and lithium
hydride are examples of flammable materials.
OXIDIZING MATERIAL
An oxidizing material may or may not burn itself, but will
release oxygen or another oxidizing substance, and thereby causes
or contributes to the combustion of another material. Ozone, chlorine, and nitrogen dioxide
are oxidizing materials. These chemicals wil support a fire and are highly reactive.
DANGEROUSLY REACTIVE MATERIAL
Dangerously reactive materials may undergo vigorous
polymerization, decomposition or condensation. They may react
violently under conditions of shock or an increase in pressure or
temperature. They may also react vigorously with water to release a
toxic gas. Ozone, hydrazine, and benzoyl peroxide are examples of dangerously reactive
materials.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 191
COMPRESSED GAS
A compressed gas is a material which is a gas at normal room
temperature (20 C) and pressure but is packaged as a pressured gas,
dissolved gas or gas liquified by compression or refrigeration.
The hazard from these materials, aside from their chemical
nature, arises from sudden loss of integrity of the container. A
compressed gas cylinder is usually quite heavy and when ruptured
can become a projectile with the potential to cause significant
damage. Acetylene and oxygen are examples of compressed gases.
POISONOUS AND INFECTIOUS MATERIALS
1- Materials Causing Immediate and Serious Toxic Effects
These materials may be classified as toxic or very toxic based on
information suchas LD50 or LC50.
Examples: Styrene, hydrogen cyanide are very toxic substances.
2 - Materials Causing Other Toxic Effects
A pure substance or mixture that may be any one of the following: a
carcinogen, teratogen, reproductive toxin, respiratory tract sensitizer,
irritant or chronic toxic hazard.
Examples: Asbestos causes cancer, ammonia is an irritant.
3 - Biohazardous Infectious Material
This classification includes any organisms and the toxins produced by
these
organisms that have been shown to cause disease or are believed to
cause
disease in either humans or animals.
For example, a blood sample containing the Hepatitis B virus is a biohazardous
infectious material. It may cause hepatitis in persons exposed to it.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 192
Directions: Select the best answer. Use your Activity notebook in writing your answer.
1. It is a term used in workplaces that defines a possible source of harm to person, damage
to property or environment.
A. risk B. hazard C. accident D. danger
2. The probability of getting harmed or damaged occurring from exposure to a hazard.
A. risk B. hazard C. accident D. danger
3. What form of hazard is the situation that has a potential to be hazardous, but no people,
property, or environment is currently affected by this?
A. armed B. active C. dormant D. hidden
4. What materials/substances can attack metals or cause permanent damage to human
tissues?
A. oxidizing materials B. compressed Gas C. corrosive materials D. solvent
5. This material has been used as the component of the brake lining of some vehicles, which
when in dust form become hazardous to health when inhaled.
A. Hydrazine B. asbestos C. spray paint D. solvent
6. This can cause permanent hearing loss and is probably the most common cause of
hearing loss in adult males working in a very busy industrial plant like automotive industry.
A. Hazardous substance B. Slips, Trips and fall C. Noise D. solvent
7. What infectious materials/substances are produced by organism and toxins?
A. biohazardous infectious materials C. oxidizing materials
B. materials causing other toxic effects D. corrosive materials
8. What materials which ignite and continue to burn if exposed to a flame or source of
ignition?
A. corrosive materials B. flammable and combustible material
C. oxidizing materials D. compressed gas
9. Used as a cleaner or degreaser, which is considered hazardous if it enters the body when
a person breathes in their vapour, through skin contact, or through the mouth from contact
with food or fingers.
A. spray paints B. solvents C. batteries D. petrol
container
10. This equipment is hazardous when not properly used like if accidentally points to an
open wound could force air to blood stream and can be fatal.
A. fan blades B. solvent C. hand tools D. compressor
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 1.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 193
C
Cr
ro
os
ss
sw
wo
or
rd
d
Task: Follow the clues below to fill in the blanks:
1 2 3 4 5
6
7
8
9 10
11
12
Across
4. Power _____ used in workplaces can be noisy
6. Unit of measuring noise levels
7. If you are unsure, ___ your supervisor
8. One kind of personal protective equipment (PPE) for hearing
9. Of advanced age
11 Loud sound
12. Operating machinery without hearing protection can ______ hearing
Down
1. A noise _____ of 85 dB(A) and above can cause hearing loss.
2. Noise is a constant hazard at a construction ____
3. The sense by which sound is perceived
5. Hearing ____ can be prevented
7. Once more
10. Abbreviation for “decibel”
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? _____
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
Activity Sheet 1.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 194
Score Rating:
10 points – Proceed to the next lesson.
8 points – Proceed to the next lesson but accomplish incomplete
competency.
6 points – Accomplish the incomplete competency before taking the
next lesson.
4 points – Retake the task.
2 points – Retake the task.
Directions: Visit your nearest industrial shop. Introduce yourself as automotive servicing
student. Interview a worker on the following:
1. The effects of hazardous substance in health and environment.
2. The importance of safety in the workplace.
3. Discuss your findings in the class.
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely.
Remember it is your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 195
 Picture of effects of hazards
 Picture of different hand movements
Materials
Evaluate hazards and risks
LEARNING OUTCOME 2
 Effects of hazards are determined.
 OHS /ECC issues and concerns are identified in accordance with workplace
requirements and legislation.
 OHS procedures for controlling hazards and risk are strictly followed.
 OHS personal records are filled up in accordance with workplace requirements.
 5.Design of facilities/fixture to human facility is recognized
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 196
Directions: Write the letter of the correct answer on the space provided. Use your Activity
Notebook for your answers.
1. What is the health problem when a person‟s ability to control the demands of works is
threatened?
A. heart disease B. stress C. musculoskeletal disorder D. allergies
2. What is the health problem when a worker tries to overcome an existing workload in
excess of his ability?
A. heart disease B. stress C. musculoskeletal disorder D. allergies
3. It is a group of painful disorder of muscles, tendons, and nerves.
A. heart disease B. stress C. musculoskeletal disorder D. allergies
4. Locate the area of pain in the repetitive, horizontal movement of the wrist to the extreme
range.
A. elbow B. wrist and palm C. neck and shoulder D. feet
5. Locate the areas of pain while extending the forearm in a repetitive bending from the
elbow.
A. elbow B. wrist and palm C. neck and shoulder D. feet
6. Locate the pain in reaching movements where in the shoulder is reaching above level.
A. elbow B. wrist and palm C. neck and shoulder D. feet
What Do You Already Know?
Pretest LO 2
Let us determine how much you already know about evaluating hazards and risks
Take this test.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 197
7. Locate the area of pain in reaching movements where in the trunk is reaching behind.
A. elbow B. wrist and palm C. neck and shoulder D. feet
8. What health problem is the most common cause of occupational disease and accounts
for most workdays lost?
A. heart disease B. stress C. musculoskeletal disorder D. allergies
9. What provide the workers with minimum standards of health and safety in the workplace?
A. legislation B. stress C. musculoskeletal disorder D. allergies
10. What are the four terms used in health and safety legislation?
A. act, regulation, code of practice and allergies
B. act, regulation, allergies and stress
C. act, regulation, code of practice and guide
D. act, regulation, code of practice and musculoskeletal disorder
Criteria for Evaluating Results of Pre-Test
100% - skip the Learning Outcome and proceed to the next Learning Outcome
99 % - below – Go through the Learning Outcome
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 198
A. EFFECT OF HAZARD ON HEALTH
Exposure to
hazards in
the
workplace
can lead to
serious
illness.
In any workplace, hazard is built-in with it. We cannot deny the existence of danger
since a workplace is a site where there are many risky conditions, materials or substances,
tools and equipment, and practices which may bring jeopardy to humans,health, property or
environment. In the previous topics you have identified the different sources of hazard
present in a workplace.
Hazards are threat to human life or health whenever a person is performing his or her
job in the workplace. Simply, a mechanic is exposed to threat most of the time from simple
tools to equipment, from fumes to solvent.
Some occupational diseases have been recognized for many years, and affect
workers in different ways depending on the nature of the hazard, the route of exposure, the
dose, etc. Some well known occupational diseases include:
 Asbestosis (caused by asbestos, which is common in insulation, automobile brake
linings, etc.);
 Silicosis (caused by silica, which is common in mining, sandblasting, etc.);
 Lead poisoning (caused by lead, which is common in battery plants, paint factories,
etc.);
What Do You Need To Know?
Information Sheet 2.1
Read the Information Sheet 2.1 very well then find out how much you can
remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 2.1.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 199
 Noise-induced hearing loss (caused by noise, which is common in many
workplaces, including airports, and workplaces where noisy machines, such as
presses or drills, etc. are used).
ASBESTOSIS DISEASE SILICOSIS DISEASE LEAD POISONING
There are also a number of potentially crippling health problems that can be associated with
poor working conditions, including:
 Stress-related disorders.
 heart disease;
 musculoskeletal disorders such as permanent back injuries or muscle disorders;
 allergies;
 reproductive problems;
Stress occurs in many different circumstances, but is particularly strong when a person‟s
ability to control the demands of work is threatened. The stressful experience is
intensified if no help is available from colleagues or supervisors at work.
Heart disease related to work, sometimes a result of
stressful condition that a worker tries to overcome an
existing workload in excess of his ability. Stress is
becoming more hazardous when it is associated to
difficulties with work relationship with bosses or with co-
worker. This may result to less concentration to work which
may lead into poor practice, eventually creating more
hazards. And according to studies that high level anger
and stress contributes to the development of heart
diseases.
The more hours people worked in a day, the higher their risk of developing coronary heart
disease, the results of the study suggested. People who worked 10 hours a day had a 45 percent
higher risk of heart disease and those who worked 11 hours a day had a 67 percent higher risk of
heart disease than people who worked 7 to 8 hours a day, according to the study.( Long Work
Hours Raise Heart Disease Risk Dramatically - MyHealthNewsDaily Staff , Apr 2011)
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 200
Work-related musculoskeletal disorders (WMSDs) are a group of painful disorders of
muscles, tendons, and nerves. Carpal tunnel syndrome, tendonitis, thoracic outlet
syndrome, and tension neck syndrome are examples. Work activities which are frequent
and repetitive, or activities with awkward postures cause these disorders which may be
painful during work or at rest.
Almost all work requires the use of the arms and hands. Therefore, most WMSD
affect the hands, wrists, elbows, neck, and shoulders. Work using the legs can lead to
WMSD of the legs, hips, ankles, and feet. Some back problems also result from
repetitive activities.
WMSDs are recognized as leading causes of significant human suffering, loss of
productivity, and economic burdens on society.
WMSDs arise from ordinary arm and hand movements such as bending,
straightening, gripping, holding, twisting, clenching and reaching. These common
movements are not particularly harmful in the ordinary activities of daily life. What makes
them hazardous in work situations is the continual repetition, often in a forceful manner,
and most of all, the speed of the movements and the lack of time for recovery between
them. WMSDs are associated with work patterns that include:
 Fixed or constrained body positions
 Continual repetition of movements
 Force concentrated on small parts of the body, such as the hand or wrist
 A pace of work that does not allow sufficient recovery between movements
Generally, none of these factors acts separately to cause WMSD. WMSDs commonly
occur as a result of a combination and interaction among them.
Heat, cold and vibration also contribute to the development of WMSD. Poor layout of the
workstation and improper selection of equipment and tools can lead to these hazardous
body movements.
Hazardous movements of the hand
Areas of Pain: wrist and palm
Body Movement:
 repetitive, horizontal or vertical movements of the wrist to the
extreme ranges
 moving fingers while the wrist is in an extreme position
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 201
Exerting force while extending forearm
Areas of Pain: elbow
Body Movement:
 repetitive bending or straightening of the elbow from its neutral
position (at a right angle)
 twisting the wrist and forearm
Hazardous reaching movements - reaching forward
Areas of Pain: neck and shoulder
Body Movement:
 reaching above shoulder level
Hazardous reaching movements - reaching above shoulder level
Areas of Pain: neck and shoulder
Body Movement:
 reaching far out in front of the body
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 202
Hazardous reaching movements - reaching behind the trunk
Areas of Pain: neck and shoulder
Body Movement:
 reaching behind the trunk
 twisting the arm
Allergies. Occupational Dermatitis is by far the most common cause of occupational
disease and accounts for most workdays lost. Contact dermatitis makes up the majority
of work related diseases, mostly in the form of non-allergic irritant dermatitis. Allergic
contact dermatitis is becoming more prevalent and accounts for 20% of work related skin
disease.
SOME HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES THAT CAUSE LOCAL AND SYSTEMIC
EFFECTS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 203
B. EFFECT OF HAZARD ON WORKER AND EMPLOYER
How much does
an occupational
disease or
accident cost?
Direct cost Indirect cost
Worker
 the pain and suffering of
the injury or illness;
 the loss of income;
 the possible loss of a job;
 Health-care costs.
 can be four to ten times greater than
the direct costs, or even more
 human suffering caused to workers'
families, which cannot be
compensated with money.
Employer
 payment for work not
performed;
 medical and compensation
payments;
 repair or replacement of
damaged machinery and
equipment;
 reduction or a temporary
halt in production;
 increased training
expenses and
administration costs;
 possible reduction in the
quality of work;
 negative effect on morale
in other workers.
 the injured/ill worker has to be
replaced;
 a new worker has to be trained and
given time to adjust;
 it takes time before the new worker
is producing at the rate of the original
worker;
 time must be devoted to obligatory
investigations, to the writing of
reports and filling out of forms;
 accidents often arouse the concern
of fellow workers and influence
labour relations in a negative way;
 poor health and safety conditions in
the workplace can also result in poor
public relations.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 204
LEGISLATION
Government legislation is what provides workers with minimum standards of
health and safety in the workplace. Minimum standards, however, can always be
made more protective with stronger legislation. Historically, many trade unions have
been successful in pressuring governments to enact health and safety legislation, to
make legislation more protective and to enforce the laws. Today it is still important
for unions to organize and fight for stronger and more protective occupational health
and safety legislation at the national, state or provincial levels.
Workers,
industry
officials,
health
professionals
and
government
officials all
have
responsibilities
for health and
safety.
How legislation is structured
The terms used in health and safety legislation may vary in different countries. However,
there are some common international terms that you may see in your country's legislation.
Four of these terms are: act, regulation, code of practice, guide.
Act
Acts are fully supported by law, therefore potentially they have a great deal of power, but
generally that power is only effective with adequate enforcement.
Regulations
Once a health and safety act is passed, then a minister (usually the Minister of Labour), the
Cabinet or the state, provincial or even national government will develop detailed
regulations. Regulations are fully supported by law so employers are required to comply
with them, just like the overall act which they accompany.
Codes of practice
Codes of practice provide general guidance to employers (and workers) on how to comply
with the minimum standards and objectives that are detailed in the regulations.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 205
Guides
Guides or notes of guidance provide official detailed technical information and
recommendations to help employers comply with health and safety regulations. Guides
provide practical “how-to” information for getting into compliance.
THE OHS RECORDS
It‟s not good enough just to comply with OHS laws – employers must be in a position to
prove that they comply. The following are the list of records which might help the employer to
provide safe systems of work and safe worksite.
1. Operating manuals and maintenance records for plants and equipments.
2. Risk assessments and hazard identification processes.
3. Records of instruction and training of managers, supervisors, employees and
contractors about their obligations to take reasonable care of themselves and others.
4. Records of induction and regular refreshers courses for managers, supervisors,
employees and contractors
5. Emergency response manuals allocating responsibility for incident notification,
management, legal advice and stakeholder relations
ERGONOMIC DESIGN
Two
examples of
good
workstations
When you think about how to improve a workstation, remember this rule: If it feels right, it probably
is right. If it feels uncomfortable, there is probably something wrong with the design, not the worker.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 206
On some jobs
arm supports
and rests may
reduce arm
fatigue
The working position should be as comfortable as possible. The arrows indicate areas that need to be
improved to prevent potential injuries from developing. To improve the sitting position for the worker
on the right, the chair height should be lowered, tilted slightly forward and the worker should be
provided with a footrest.
The job should be designed to allow
the worker to keep the arms low and
the elbows close to the body
A chair, footrest, a mat to stand
on, and an adjustable work
surface are essential components
for a standing workstation
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 207
These pictures
illustrate how tool
design can prevent
you from having to
work with a bent wrist
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 208
Task: Find these words in the grid below
acid deaf fuel ladder power solvents
bending decibel gas lift roof strain
chemical depth glue loud scaffold switch
climb electrocution heavy noisy shock trip
current Earplug hoist poison slip trolley
C Y R R A C E A R P L U G
H E A V Y E T F K O D F L
E D I C A L B R R C O T O
M C U R R E N T O A O F U
I G W D E C I B E L Y H D
C H O I S T R A I N L E S
A D H E F R C D B F A E D
L L P I S O L V E N T S Y
H O L I V C P A N G L U E
C F X Q R U M O D E P T H
T F U E L T U K I D J B N
I A Z C L I M B N S E F S
W C R E W O P O G N O R A
S S L I P N O I S Y T N G
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 2.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 209
Directions: Perform the following body movements and assess the area of hazard.
1. Exerting force while extending forearm
1.1 Loosening and tightening screw.
1.2 Driving a hammer.
1.3 Operating a hand drill.
1.4 Reaching an object forward.
1.5 Reaching an object above the shoulder.
1.6 Reaching behind the trunk.
1.7 Lifting an object
100 % performance with 25% area of pain - Very satisfactory
75% performance with 50 % area of pain - Satisfactory
50% performance with 75 % area of pain - Good
25% performance with 75 % area of pain - Poor
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? _____
Directions: Interview at least 3 0r 5 drivers and ask what part of his/her body easily gives in
to pain when driving. Share your findings in the class.
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely.
Remember it is your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
Activity Sheet 2.1
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 210
 Video clips of hazard and risk
 Sample workstation
Materials
Control Hazards and Risks
LEARNING OUTCOME 3
 Procedures in dealing with workplace accidents, fire and emergencies and
provision of appropriate assistance in the event of workplace emergencies are
identified and followed in accordance with the organization‟s OHS policies.
 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is correctly used and maintained in
accordance with organization‟s OHS procedures and practices.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 211
Directions: Select the best answer. Write the letter only in your Activity Notebook.
1. Hazard identification must be conducted in close consultation with the ______ performing
the activity.
A. animal B. person C. plant D. thing
2. Once the hazards have been identified, the next step is to assess the
A. game B. play C. risks D. time
3. The _____ is the probability (likelihood) of harm or damage occurring from exposure to a
hazard, and the likely consequences of that harm or damage.
A. damage B. destruction C. hazard D. risk
4. Risk level can be ______, high , medium or low.
A. critical B. intentional C. logical D. magical
5. The risk score at critical level is _____.
A. 1-2 B. 3-6 C. 8-14 D. 15-25
Criteria for Evaluating Results of Pre-Test
100% - skip the Learning Outcome and proceed to the next Learning Outcome
99 % - below – Go through the Learning Outcome
What Do You Already Know?
Pretest LO 3
Let us determine how much you already know about controlling hazards and
risks. Take this test.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 212
This is the most important step in
the risk management process. A
hazard which is not identified
cannot be controlled. Accordingly,
it is crucial that this step is as
comprehensive as possible.
Hazard identification must be
Step 1. IDENTIFY THE
HAZARDS
(LO 1)
Step 2. ASSESS THE
RISKS
(LO 2)
Step 3. CONTROL THE
RISKS
Step 4. MONITOR
and
REVIEW
Have the
control
measures
eliminate
d or
reduced
the risks?
Have the
control
measures
introduce
d any
new
hazards?
Is the
process
working
effective
ly to
identify
hazards
and
manage
risks?
WhatDo You Need To Know?
Information Sheet 3.1
Read the Information Sheet 3.1 very well then find out how much you can
remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check.
Step 1. IDENTIFY THE HAZARDS
(LO 1)
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 213
Step 2. ASSESS THE RISKS
(LO 2)
conducted in close consultation with the people performing the activity. The following are
used to assist staff to identify hazards in the workplace:
Based on your knowledge in identifying hazard you have learned from the LO 1: Identifying
Hazard and Risk , complete the first two column (Identify Hazards and Location) on the
table below
Identified
Hazard
Location Severity
Probability/
Likelihood
Risk
Score
Identified
Control
Who
Manage
the
Hazard
Date
Complete
d
Once the hazards have been
identified, the next step is to
assess the risks. The Risk is the
probability (likelihood) of harm or
damage occurring from exposure
to a hazard, and the likely
consequences of that harm or
damage. The greater the
consequences, the greater the
risk, similarly the more certain the event, the greater the risk. Risk assessment is a process
of analysis and evaluation.
Based on your knowledge you have learned from LO 2: EVALUATE HAZARD AND RISK,
supply the necessary value for the next two column (Severity and probability). Refer your
scoring on the equivalent value for Severity and Probability on the table below.
Value Severity Probability/Likelihood
1 Insignificant Rare
2 Minor Unlikely
3 Moderate Possible
4 Major Likely
5 Catastrophic Almost Certain
The value of the risk score is equal to the product of Severity and Probability Values, to
determine RISK LEVEL check the risk score with the table below
RISK LEVEL RISK SCORE
CRITICAL 15 - 25
HIGH 8 - 14
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 214
MEDIUM 3 - 6
LOW 1 - 2
On the table above, the risk matrix will help identify the RISK SCORE and RISK LEVEL.
Equivalently on the illustration below that encircled requires some attention.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 215
Major accidents by their nature are rare events, which may be beyond the experience
of many employers. These accidents tend to be low frequency, high consequence
events as illustrated in Figure 1 below. However, the circumstances or conditions that
could lead to a major accident may already be present, and the risks of such incidents
should be proactively identified and managed.
Risk Control must be achieved by
using a predetermined hierarchy
of controls. The primary aim of risk
control is to eliminate the risk and
the best way of achieving this is to
remove the hazard. If this is not
possible the risk must be
minimized by using one or more of
the other control options from the hierarchy. The risk control measure selected must be the
highest possible option within the hierarchy to minimize the risk to the lowest level as
reasonably practicable. Existing controls should be re-evaluated to determine if the most
appropriate control measure is in place. The hierarchy of controls includes:
Step 3. CONTROL THE RISKS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 216
Preference Control Example
1. Eliminate
Removing the hazard, eg taking a hazardous piece of
equipment out of service.
2. Substitute
Replacing a hazardous substance or process with a
less hazardous one, eg substituting a hazardous
substance with a non-hazardous substance.
3. Isolation
Restricting access to plant and equipment or in the
case of substances locking them away under strict
controls.
4. Engineering
Redesign a process or piece of equipment to make it
less hazardous. Isolating the hazard from the person
at risk, eg using a guard or barrier.
5. Administrative
Adopting standard operating procedures (SOPs) or
safe work practices or providing appropriate training,
instruction or information.
6.
Personal
Protective
Equipment
The provision and use of personal protective
equipment could include using gloves, glasses,
earmuffs, aprons, safety footwear, dust masks.
Hazard management should be an
ongoing and constantly improving process.
To ensure the effectiveness in eliminating
or minimizing risk, the process must be
continuously reviewed and steps taken to
implement revised control measures,
where appropriate. It ensures that new
hazards and those overlooked in the
original exercise are identified and controlled. The monitoring and review process involves:
• systematically checking existing risk control measures to assess their effectiveness;
• collecting data on any new hazards which have arisen;
• formulating new control measures.
Here are some general suggestions for an ergonomic workstation:
 Accommodate both right- and left-handed workers by providing a good work layout
and tools which suit their needs.
 Provide each workstation with a chair even if the work is done standing up. Periodic
rests and changes in body position reduce the problems of standing for too long.
 Eliminate glare and shadows. Good lighting is essential.
Points to remember about workstation design
1. The workstation is the place a worker occupies when performing a job.
2. A well designed workstation is important for preventing diseases related to poor
working conditions, as well as for ensuring work is productive.
3. Every workstation should be designed with both the worker and the task in mind.
4. A properly designed workstation should allow the worker to maintain a correct and
comfortable body posture.
5. There are a number of ergonomic factors to consider when designing a workstation,
including head height, shoulder height, arm reach, elbow height, hand height, leg
length, and hand and body size.
Step 4. MONITOR
and
REVIEW
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 217
If lifting equipment is not available, the job may require a 'two-person lift'.
Directions:Put a check ( /) mark if “ I CAN” and an ( X ) if “ I CANNOT” on the
corresponding
competency.
Competency I CAN I CANNOT
1. Identify the hazards
2. Assess the risks
3. Control the risks
4. Review and Monitor
the hazards and
risks
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 3.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 218
Directions: Inspect the shop room. Make reports of the findings and apply necessary
solutions
to the problem. Be guided with the risks management process.
1. Identify the hazards.
2. Assess the risks.
3. Control the risks.
4. Monitor and review the hazards and risks.
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
Activity Sheet 3.1
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 219
Performance Rubrics
Criteria 5 3 1
Proficiency
Performs the task
with competence
and exceptional
performance
Performs the task
with competence
and with standard
performance
Performs the task
with competence but
below standard
performance
Accuracy Performs the task
with no error
Performs the task
with at least 1-2
errors
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
errors
Completeness
Performs all the
steps in sequence
Performs the task
with at least 2-3
steps not met
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
steps not met
Safety
Follows all the safety
practices as set in
the guidelines
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 1-2 safety
measures not met
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 3-5 safety
measures not met
T O T A L __________
RATING SCALE :
Points Earned (S) Numerical Rating (PL) Descriptive Rating (P
21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding
16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good
11 – 15 81 - 85 Good
06- 10 76 - 80 Fair
01- 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? ____
Directions: Visit your nearest business industry and introduce yourself as automotive
servicing student. Ask the owner/manager permission for you to observe how people
work in relation to occupational hazards and risks. Discuss your observation in the
class.
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely.
Remember it is your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 220
 Sample sitting and chair design
 Video clips of heavy physical work
 Sample workstation in the shop
Materials
Maintain Occupational Safety and Awareness
LEARNING OUTCOME 4
 Procedures in emergency related drills are strictly followed in line with the
established organization guidelines and procedures.
PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 221
Directions: Select the best answer. Write the letter of your answer in your Activity
Notebook.
1. Manual work must be _______ properly so that workers will not overexert themselves
and develop muscle strain, especially in the back.
A. assigned B. designated C. designed D. resigned
2. Choose tools with an evenly balanced weight and make sure they are used in the proper
A. partition B. position C. precision D. promotion
3. Hand tools should be designed according to _______ requirements.
A. economic B. entrance C. ergonomic D. equal
4. Avoid holding a tool continuously in a _______ position or gripping a heavy tool to
reduce muscle pain.
A. correct B. easy C. lax D. raised
5. When determining the appropriate height of the work surface, the following factors are
considered except
A. the elbow height of the worker
B. the shape of tools and equipment being used
C. the size of the product being worked on
D. the type of work being performed
Criteria for Evaluating Results of Pre-Test
100%-skip the Learning Outcome and proceed to the next Learning Outcome
99%-below – Go through the Learning Outcome
What Do You Already Know?
Pretest LO 4
Let us determine how much you already know about maintaining occupational
safety and awareness. Take this test.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 222
۩ GUIDELINES IN MAINTAINING OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND
HEALTH AWARENESS
A. Sitting and Work chair design
 Sitting
If a job does not require a great deal of physical strength and can be done in a limited
space, then the work should be done in a sitting position.
Note: sitting all day is not good for the body, especially for the back. Therefore, there should
be some variety in the job tasks performed so a worker is not required to do sitting work
only. A good chair is essential for sitting work. The chair should allow the worker to change
the leg and general working positions easily.
The following are some ergonomic guidelines for sitting work:
 The worker needs to be able to reach the entire work area without stretching or
twisting unnecessarily.
 A good sitting position means that the individual is sitting straight in front of and close
to the work.
 The work table and the chair should be designed so that the work surface is
approximately at the same level as the elbows.
 The back should be straight and the shoulders relaxed.
 If possible, there should be some form of adjustable support for the elbows, forearms
or hands.
 Work chair
A proper work chair needs to satisfy certain ergonomic requirements. Use the
following guidelines when choosing a chair:
 The work chair should be appropriate for the job being performed and for the height
of the
work table or workbench.
What Do You Need To Know?
Information Sheet 4.1
Read the Information Sheet 4.1 very well then find out how much you can
remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 4.1.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 223
 Ideally the seat height and the backrest height should be adjustable separately. The
backrest tilt should also be adjustable.
 The chair should allow the worker to lean forward or backward easily.
 The worker should have adequate leg room under the work table and should be able
to
change the position of the legs easily.
 The feet should be flat on the floor. When this is not possible, the worker should be
provided with a footrest. A footrest will also help to eliminate pressure from the back
of
the thighs and knees.
 The chair should have a backrest which supports the lower back.
 The seat should curve slightly downward at the front edge.
 Ideally, the chair should have five legs for stability.
 It is preferable if arm rests are removable since some workers do not find them
comfortable. In any case, arm rests should not prevent the worker from getting close
enough to the work table.
 The chair should be covered with a breathable fabric to prevent slipping off the chair.
B. Standing workstation
Standing for long periods of time to perform a job should be avoided whenever
possible. Long periods of standing work can cause back pain, leg swelling, problems with
blood circulation, sore feet and tired muscles. Here are some guidelines to follow when
standing work cannot be avoided:
 If a job must be done in a standing position, a chair or stool should be provided for
the worker and he or she should be able to sit down at regular intervals.
 Workers should be able to work with their upper arms at their sides and without
excessive bending or twisting of the back.
 The work surface should be adjustable for workers of different heights and for
different job tasks.
 If the work surface is not adjustable, then provide a pedestal to raise the work
surface for taller workers. For shorter workers, provide a platform to raise their
working height.
 A footrest should be provided to help reduce the strain on the back and to allow the
worker to change positions. Shifting weight from time to time reduces the strain on
the legs and back.
 There should be a mat on the floor so the worker does not have to stand on a hard
surface. A concrete or metal floor can be covered to absorb shock. The floor should
be clean, level and not slippery.
 Workers should wear shoes with arch support and low heels when performing
standing work.
 There should be adequate space and knee room to allow the worker to change body
position while working.
 The worker should not have to reach to do the job tasks. Therefore the work should
be performed 8 to 12 inches (20 to 30 centimeters) in front of the body.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 224
When determining the appropriate height of the work surface, it is important to
consider the following factors:
 the elbow height of the worker;
 the type of work being performed;
 the size of the product being worked on;
 the tools and equipment being used.
Follow these guidelines to ensure a good body position for standing work:
 Face the work.
 Keep the body close to the work.
 Move the feet to face in a new direction instead of twisting your back or shoulders.
C. Hand tools and controls
 Hand tools
Hand tools should be designed according to ergonomic requirements. Poorly
designed hand tools, or tools that do not fit the individual worker or the task can cause
negative health effects and decrease a worker's productivity. In order to prevent health
problems, as well as to maintain the worker's productivity, hand tools should be designed so
that they fit both the individual and the task. Well designed tools can contribute to good body
positions and movements and can increase productivity. Use the following guidelines when
selecting hand tools:
 Avoid poor quality hand tools.
 Choose tools that allow the worker to use the larger muscles in the shoulders, arms
and legs, rather than the smaller muscles in the wrists and fingers.
 Avoid holding a tool continuously in a raised position or gripping a heavy tool.
Properly designed tools allow the worker to keep the elbows next to the body to
prevent damage to the shoulder or arm. Additionally, properly designed tools do not
require the worker to bend the wrists, stoop or twist.
 Choose handles that are long enough to fit the whole hand. This will help to reduce
uncomfortable pressure on the palm of the hand or on the joints of the fingers and
hand.
 Do not use tools with spaces where fingers and skin can get caught.
 Choose double-handled tools, such as scissors, pliers or clippers. These should have
a span that does not overstretch the hand.
 Do not select tools with contoured handles; they fit only one size of hand and put
pressure on hands they do not fit.
 Make tool handles easy to grip. Handles should also have good electrical insulation
and they should not have any sharp edges or sharp corners. Put soft plastic covers
on handgrips to reduce slipperiness.
 Avoid using tools that force the wrist to bend or to be in an awkward position.
Redesign tools so that the tool bends and not the wrist.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 225
Choose tools with an evenly balanced weight and make sure they are used in the proper
 Position.
 Make sure tools are properly maintained.
 Tools should be appropriate for right- or left-handed workers.
D. Heavy physical work
Manual work must be designed properly so that workers will not overexert
themselves and develop muscle strain, especially in the back. Performing heavy physical
work for long periods causes the rate of breathing and the heart beat to increase. If a worker
is not in good physical condition, he or she is likely to get tired easily while doing heavy
physical work. Whenever possible, it is helpful to use mechanical power to do the heavy
work. This does not mean that employers should replace workers with machines, rather, that
workers can use machines to perform the most arduous tasks. Mechanical power reduces
the risks to the worker and at the same time provides more work opportunities for people
with less physical strength. Use the following guidelines for designing jobs that require heavy
physical work:
 Heavy work should not exceed the capacity of the individual worker.
 Heavy physical work should be varied throughout the day at regular intervals with
lighter work.
 Rest periods must be included in the day's work.
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 226
Directions: Below is a puzzle interconnected with one another. Give at least four (4)
important guidelines in maintaining occupational safety and awareness. Use your Activity
Notebook for your answers.
Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
How Much Have You Learned?
Self-Check 4.1
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 227
Directions: Answer the following competencies in the column below to assess your
knowledge in Maintaining Occupational Safety and Awareness. Which of the
following do you know about? Put a check ( ⁄ ) on the appropriate box.
Maintaining Occupational Safety and
Awareness
Yes No
1. Sitting and Work chair task
2. Standing workstation
3. Hand tools and controls
4. Heavy physical work
Show that you learned something by doing this activity.
Activity Sheet 4.1
HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 228
Performance Rubrics
Criteria 5 3 1
Proficiency
Performs the task
with competence
and exceptional
performance
Performs the task
with competence
and with standard
performance
Performs the task
with competence but
below standard
performance
Accuracy Performs the task
with no error
Performs the task
with at least 1-2
errors
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
errors
Completeness
Performs all the
steps in sequence
Performs the task
with at least 2-3
steps not met
Performs the task
with at least 3-5
steps not met
Safety
Follows all the safety
practices as set in
the guidelines
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 1-2 safety
measures not met
Follows the safety
practices with at
least 3-5 safety
measures not met
T O T A L __________
RATING SCALE:
Points Earned (S) Numerical Rating (PL) Descriptive Rating (PL)
21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding
16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good
11 – 15 81 - 85 Good
06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair
01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement
WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? ____
Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely.
Remember it is your learning at stake!
How Well Did You Perform?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 229
1. Make a parallel evaluation of your household furniture/equipment inrelation with the
one
use in the workshop in terms of:
a. Ergonomic design
b. Safety
2. Discuss your findings in the class
Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and
relax a while then move on to the next lesson.
Good luck!
How Do You Extend Your Learning?
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 230
REFERENCES
LO1
 Workplace hazards and risks
http://jessicawebber.hubpages.com/hub/Hazards-and-Risks-in-the-Workplace
 Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment and Risk Control
http://www.education.vic.gov.au/safe@work/modules/general/risks.asp
 Hazard and Risk - Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and safety
http://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/hazard_risk.html
 Hazard - Wikipedia
http://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/hazard_risk.html
 AEF Companies Crane Safety and Preventive Measures
http://www.aefcompanies.com/safety.htm
 PROTECT YOUR HEARING!!! – IMPACT
CILhttp://impact.books.officelive.com/ProtectYourHearing.aspx
 Your health and safety at work - YOUR BODY AT WORK –
International Labour Organization
http://actrav.itcilo.org/actrav-english/telearn/osh/body/bmain.htm
LO 2
INTERNATIONAL LABOR ORGANIZATION
 http://actrav.itcilo.org/actrav-english/telearn/osh/legis/lemain.htm
The Legal informant
 http://johnhodgkinson.wordpress.com/2010/10/20/ohs-record-keeping/
LO 3
 Swing Crispin, Frederic, Dictionary of Technical TermsThe Bruce
Publishing Co.:1948.
 Chilton‟s Easy Car Care. Chilton Book Company. 3rd
Ed. Chilton Way,
Radnor, PA 19089
 Stockel, Martin W. Auto mechanics Fundamentals. The Goodheart -
Willcox Company, Inc. 1978
 The Oxford Dictionary of Current English. New Revised Ed. Oxford
University Press, 1998.
 Popular Mechanics Guide To Auto Basic Repair and Maintenance. Book
Division The Hearst Corporation, New York, NY
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 231
LO 4
 Workplace hazards and risks
http://jessicawebber.hubpages.com/hub/Hazards-and-Risks-in-the-Workplace
 Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment and Risk Control
http://www.education.vic.gov.au/safe@work/modules/general/risks.asp
 Hazard and Risk - Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and safety
http://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/hazard_risk.html
 Hazard - Wikipedia
http://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/hazard_risk.html
 AEF Companies Crane Safety and Preventive Measures
http://www.aefcompanies.com/safety.htm
 PROTECT YOUR HEARING!!! – IMPACT CIL
http://impact.books.officelive.com/ProtectYourHearing.aspx
 Your health and safety at work - YOUR BODY AT WORK – International
Labour Organization
http://actrav.itcilo.org/actrav-english/telearn/osh/body/bmain.htm
REFERENCES
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 232
KEY TO CORRECTIONS
LESSON1. USE OF HANDTOOLS
ANSWER KEYS
LO 1. Plan and Prepare for Tasks to be Undertaken.
PRE TEST
1. A - careful and proper
2. A - confidence
3. B - safety
4. C - loosening and tightening tools
5. B - measuring tools
SELF-CHECK #1.1
1. B d C ▲
2. B e C ▼
3. B a C ►
4. B b C ▲
5. B c C◄
LO 2. Prepare and Use Hand tools.
PRE TEST
1. D – tools
2. C – identify and select
3. B – practice
4. C – injury
5. A – checking and inspection
SELF-CHECK #2.1
1. f
2. c
3. e
4. j
5. g
6. d
7. a
8. h
9. b
10.i
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 233
LO 3. Create Report of Malfunctioning Hand Tools
PRE TEST
1. A - effectiveness
2. A - frequently
3. C - marked
4. C - serviceability
5. D - reduces
SELF-CHECK #3.1
1. Assess self-reflection on Minute Paper
LO4. Maintain Hand tools
PRE TEST
1. Self-Assessment
SELF-CHECK
1. Check self reflection on Minute Paper
LESSON2. PERFORM MENSURATION AND CALCULATION
ANSWER KEYS
LO 1. Select Measuring Instrument and Carry out Measurement and
Calculations
PRE TEST
1. C- measuring tool
2. B- hit and miss
3. D- vernier caliper
4. A- manual
5. D-torque
6. A-backlash
7. C-tolerance
8. D-strobe light
9. A- formula
10. A-kilometer (km)
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 234
SELF-CHECK #1.1
I.
1. B - dishonesty
2. D- scientific
3. A- foot
4. A- kilometer (km)
5. B- 212o
F
II.
A. MECHANICAL USE
1. Vernier caliper
2. Micrometer caliper
3. Dial gauge
B. ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONICS USE
1. V.O.M. Tester
2. Clamp ammeter
3. Megger tester
4. Engine analyzer
5. Strobe/Timing light
C. PNEUMATIC USE
1. Vacuum gauge
2. Compression gauge
3. Radiator pressure tester
D. HYDRAULIC USE
1. Fuel pressure gauge
2. Oil pressure gauge
3. Temperature gauge
E. Check Personal Reflection
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 235
LO2. Maintain Measuring instruments
PRE TEST
A. Why a measuring instruments get out of calibration?
1. Low charge/ discharge battery
2. Miscarriage/ sudden, heavy impact
3. Accidental drop
4. Accidental use
5. Unprotected covering
B. Basic rules to consider in managing your measuring instruments.
1. Always keep your receipt of purchase
2. Always follow safety instructions.
3. Always match the type of job with your instruments.
4. Always handle your measuring instruments safely.
5. Always store in safe and clean place
SELF-CHECK # 2.1
A. Why a measuring instruments get out of calibration?
1. Low charge/ discharge battery
2. Miscarriage/ sudden, heavy impact
3. Accidental drop
4. Accidental use
5. Unprotected covering
B. Basic rules to consider in managing your measuring instruments.
a. Always keep your receipt of purchase
b. Always follow safety instructions.
c. Always match the type of job with your instruments.
d. Always handle your measuring instruments safely.
e. Always store in safe and clean place
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 236
LESSON3. INTERPRETING PLANS AND DRAWINGS
ANSWER KEYS
LO 1. ANALYZE SIGNS, SYMBOLS AND DATA
PRE TEST
A.
1. C
2. D
3. B
4. A
5. A
6. B.
7. C
8. A
9. B
10. A
B.
1. F
2. A
3. C
4. B
5. E
SELF- CHECK #1.1
1. B
2. C
3. C
4. B
5. A
6. B
7. A
8. B
9. A
10. B
SELF- CHECK #1.2
A. IDENTIFICATION:
1. NO PARKING
2. KEEP LEFT
3. SPEED LIMIT
4. NO U-TURN
5. CHILDREN AHEAD
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 237
B. CLASSIFICATION:
1. Information
2. Warning
3. Regulatory
4. Warning
5. Regulatory
SELF-CHECK #1.3
A.
1. A
2. B
3. D
4. B
5. D
B.
1. A
2. D
3. B
4. C
5. B
LO2. Interpret Technical Drawings and Plans
PRE TEST
1. D. Plan
2. B. semi schematic
3. A. pictorial diagram
4. A.
5. D.
6. B. drawing
7. D. schematic
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 238
8. A. layout diagram
9. C. ground
10. B. technical drawing
11. D. battery
12. C. bulb
13. C. horn
14. B. motor
15. A. relay
SELF- CHECK #2.1
1. D
2. E
3. B
4. C
5. A
SELF- CHECK #2.2
Matching Type:
1. D
2. A
3. B
4. E
5. F
Draw and Identify:
1. Fuse
2. Connection
3. Relay
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 239
LESSON4. PERFORM SHOP MAINTENANCE
ANSWER KEYS
LO 1. Inspect/Clean Tools, Materials and Shop Equipment
PRE TEST
1. B - mistakes
2. A - caught by the machine
3. A - hard shoes or boots with rubber soles.
4. C - scratch machines or car finishes.
5. D - all of the above
SELF-CHECK #1.1
I
1. A - workshops
2. C - safety
3. C – followed
4. A – protective
5. C – person-in-charge
II
1. A - kept clean and free of dust and oil or grease.
2. A - marked as defective
3. C - returned to the tool room or put back in their drawers, cabinets or racks.
4. C - kept closed.
5. A - get lost.
III
1. S – Strong alkali
2. S – Strong acid
3. H – Heavy duty alkali
4. M – Mild acid
5. S – Soft acid
LO 2. Store/Arrange Tools, Materials and Shop Equipment
PRE TEST
1. C - others
2. D – well-ventilated
3. C – upper body
4. A – habits
5. D – protect
6. C – gloves
7. B – face mask
8. A – signs
9. D – symbols
10. C – personal safety
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 240
SELF-CHECK # 2.1
I
1. D - protect
2. D - self
3. A - habits
4. C - upper body protection
5. D - well-ventilated
II
1. A - These are the ones that need sustainable training in the shop and workshop
environment.
2. D - having uniform procedures of work or
placement of things in proper place.
3. B - management of workshop facilities like the tools, materials, equipment /
machineries
including facilities like furniture, lighting, water, and furniture.
4. C - maintaining a continuous and consistent implementation of doing the 5 S.
5. E - making things easy to see, easy to get, and easy to return.
LO 3. Dispose Waste/Used Lubricants
PRE TEST
1. A - harmful effects
2. A - managed
3. A - waste materials
4. B - good
5. A - compliance
6. B - environment
7. B - lubricating
8. C - reactive
9. D - lethal
10. A - condition
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 241
SELF-CHECK # 3.1
6. A – waste materials
7. A – compliance
8. C – harmful effects
9. B – good
10. C - managed
LESSON 5:.PRACTICE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROCEDURES
LO 1. IDENTIFY HAZARDS AND RISKS
PRE TEST
1. D – work
2. C – six
3. C – thing
3. B – fumes
4. C – labeled
SELF-CHECK # 1.1
1. B. hazard
2. A. risk
3. C. dormant
4. C. corrosive materials
5. B. asbestos
6. C. noise
7. A. biohazardous infectious materials
8. B. flammable and combustible material
9. B. solvents
10. D. compressor
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 242
Crossword Puzzle
1
L
2
S
3
H
4
T O O
5
L S
6
D E C I B E L O
V T A
7
A S K
E
8
E A R P L U G S
9
O L
10
D I A
B N
11
N O I S E
12
D A M A G E N
LO2. EVALUATE HAZARDS AND RISKS
PRE TEST
1. B - stress
2. A – heart disease
3. C – musculosketal disorder
4. B – wrist pain
5. A - elbow
6. C – neck and shoulder
7. C – neck and shoulder
8. D - allergies
9. A - legislation
10.B – stress, act, regulation, code of practice and guide
SELF-CHECK # 2.1
Task: Find these words in the grid below
acid deaf fuel ladder power solvents
bending decibel gas lift roof strain
chemical depth glue loud scaffold switch
climb electrocution heavy noisy shock trip
current earplug hoist poison slip trolley
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 243
C Y R R A C E A R P L U G
H E A V Y E T F K O D F L
E D I C A L B R R C O T O
M C U R R E N T O A O F U
I G W D E C I B E L Y H D
C H O I S T R A I N L E S
A D H E F R C D B F A E D
L L P I S O L V E N T S Y
H O L I V C P A N G L U E
C F X Q R U M O D E P T H
T F U E L T U K I D J B N
I A Z C L I M B N S E F S
W C R E W O P O G N O R A
S S L I P N O I S Y T N G
LO3. CONTROL HAZARDS AND RISKS
PRE TEST
1. B - person
2. C - risks
3. D - risks
4. A - critical
5. D – 15-25
SELF-CHECK # 3.1
1. Check Self-Reflection
LO4. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND AWARENESS
PRE TEST
1. C - designed
2. B - position
3. C - ergonomic
4. D – raised
5. B - the shape of tools and equipment being used
SELF-CHECK # 4.1
1. Sitting and Work chair design
2. Standing workstation
3. Hand tools and controls4. Heavy physical work
AUTOMOTIVE
K to 12 –Technology and Livelihood Education 244
Acknowledgement
This Learning Module was developed for the Exploratory Courses in Technology and
Livelihood Education, Grades 7 and 8 of the K to 12 Curriculum with the assistance of the
following persons:
This Learning Module on Automotive Servicing NC I was developed by the
following personnel:
MODULE WRITERS
ROBERTO S. DAQUIL
Head Teacher VI DepED-Manila
REVIEWERS
GIL P. CASUGA
Chief TESD Specialist
REYNALDO S. DANTES
Senior TESD Specialist
MARIA A. ROQUE
Senior TESD Specialist
BERNADETTE S. AUDIJE
Senior TESD Specialist
VICTORIO N. MEDRANO
Principal IV, SPRCNHS
PARALUMAN R. GIRON, Ed.D.
Chair, Sub-TWG on K to 10
BRENDA B. CORPUZ, Ph.D.
TA for K to 12 Curriculum
OFELIA O. FLOJO
Retired Assistant Chief, EED, Region IV-A
BEATRIZ A. ADRIANO
Principal IV, ERVHS
AIDA T. GALURA
VSA II, ACNTS
DOMINGA CAROLINA F. CHAVEZ
Principal II, MBHS
DOCUMENTORS /SECRETARIAT
PRISCILLA E. ONG
K to 12 Secretariat
FREDERICK G. DEL ROSARIO
Head Teacher III, BNAHS
EMMANUEL V. DIONISIO
Head Teacher III, AFGBMTS
LYMWEL P. LOPEZ
Teacher I, AFGBMTS
DANTE D. VERMON JR.
Teacher I, AFGBMTS
CHERLYN F. DE LUNA
Teacher I, AFGBMTS
JOANNA LISA C. CARPIO
Teacher I, BNAHS
ROMANO T. LOPEZ
Teacher I, BNAHS
Dir. IMELDA B. TAGANAS
Executive Director, Qualifications Standards Office
K to 12 Learning Area Team Convenor, TLE/TVE

Grade 7/8 IA - Automotive Servicing Learning Module

  • 1.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education Page 1 K to 12 Basic Education Curriculum Technology and Livelihood Education Learning Module AUTOMOTIVE SERVICING EXPLORATORY COURSE Grades 7 and Grade 8 Republic of the Philippines DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
  • 2.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page What Is This Module About? ................................................................................................3 How Do You Use This Module .............................................................................................5 LESSON 1 – Use Hand tools ............................................................................................6 LESSON 2 – Perform Mensuration and Calculations .................................................57 LESSON 3 – Interpret Plans and Drawings .................................................................86 LESSON 4 – Perform Shop Maintenance...................................................................143 LESSON 5 – Practice Occupational Health and Safety Procedures.....................187 ANSWER KEYS…………………………………………………………... ……………...............246 Acknowledgment ..............................................................................................................261
  • 3.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 3 Welcome to the course of Automotive! This Module is an exploratory and introductory course which leads you to Automotive Servicing National Certificate Level I ( NC I)1 . It covers 5 common competencies that a Grade 7/Grade 8 Technology and Livelihood Education (TLE) student like you ought to possess, namely: 1). Use Hand Tools 2). Perform Mensuration and Calculations 3). Interpret Plans and Drawings 4). Perform Shop Maintenance 5). Practice Occupational Health and Safety Procedure These 5 common competencies are covered separately in 5 Lessons. As shown below, each Lesson is directed to the attainment of one or more learning outcomes: Lesson 1 – Use Hand Tools LO 1 - Plan and prepare for tasks to be undertaken. LO 2 - Prepare and use hand tools. LO 3 - Prepare report of malfunctioning tools. LO 4 - Maintain hand tools. Lesson 2 – Perform Mensuration and Calculations LO 1-Select measuring instrument and carry out measurement and calculations. LO 2 - Maintain measuring instruments. Lesson 3 – Interpret Plans and Drawings LO 1 - Analyze signs, symbols and data. LO 2 - Interpret technical drawings and plans. Lesson 4 – Perform Shop Maintenance LO 1 - Inspect and clean tools and shop equipment. LO 2 - Store and Arrange tools and shop equipment. LO 3 - Dispose waste/ used lubricants. Lesson 5 – Practice Occupational Health and Safety Procedures LO 1 - Identify hazards and risks. LO 2 - Evaluate hazards and risks. LO 3 - Maintain occupational health and safety awareness. Your success in this exploratory course on Automotive is shown in your ability to perform the performance standards found in each lesson. 1NATIONAL CERTIFICATE (NC) is a certification issued to individuals who achieved all the required units of competency for a national qualification as defined under the Training Regulations. NCs are aligned to specific levels within the PTQF. (TESDA Board Resolution No. 2004-13, Training Regulations Framework) NATIONAL CERTIFICATE LEVEL refers to the four (4) qualification levels defined in the Philippine TVET Qualifications Framework (PTQF) Where the worker in: a. NC I performs a routine and predictable tasks; has little judgment; and, works under supervision; b. NC II performs prescribe range of functions involving known routines and procedures; has limited choice and complexity of functions, and has little accountability; What Is This Module About?
  • 4.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 4 This Module has five Lessons. Each Lesson has the following parts:  Learning Outcomes  Performance Standards  Materials/Resources  Definition of Terms  What Do You Already Know?  What Do You Need to Know?  How Much Have You Learned?  How Do You Apply What You Have Learned?  How Well Did You Perform?  References To get the most from this Module, you need to do the following: 1. Begin by reading and understanding the Learning Outcome/s and Performance Standards. These willtell you what you should know and be able to do at the end of this Module. 2. Find out what you already know by taking the Pretest then check your answer against the Answer Key. If you get 99 to 100% of the items correctly, you may proceed to the next Lesson. This means that you need not go through the Lesson because you already know what it is about. If you fail to get 99 to 100% correctly, go through the Lesson again and review especially thoseitems which youfailed to get. 3. Do the required Learning Activities. They begin with one or more Information Sheets.An Information Sheet contains important notes or basic information that you need to know. After reading the Information Sheet, test yourself on how much you have learned by means of the Self-check. Refer to the Answer Key for correction. Do not hesitate to go back to the Information Sheet when you do not get all testitems correctly. This will ensure your mastery of basic information. 4. Demonstrate what you learned by doing what the Activity / Operation /Job Sheet directs you to do. 5. You must be able to apply what you have learned in another activity or in a real life situation. 6. Accomplish the Scoring Rubrics for you to know how well you performed. Each Lesson also provides you with references and definition of key terms for your guide. They can be of great help. Use them fully. How Do You Use This Module? If you have questions, ask your teacher for assistance.
  • 5.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 5 Use Hand Tools LESSON 1 LO 1.prepare hand tools; LO 2 use appropriate hand tools and test equipment; LO 3 prepare record of malfunctioning tools; and LO 4 maintain hand tools. LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to do the following:
  • 6.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 6 Adjusting - an activity or task done to arrange parts in relation to position or regulate a clearance in relation to accuracy Air cleaner - apaper or cellulose element that filters the air before entering the engine Assembling - an activity or task of putting together of parts or mechanism in correct and complete position Bolt - a round rod metal with external threads. The external thread can be screwed in an internally threaded stock or nut. It usually has square or hexagonal head where wrench a can be inserted to loosen and tighten Checking - a process of verifying and confirming the condition of parts by observation or inspection Fault - a condition of flaw or imperfection Hand tools - a portable devices that are guided and operated by hands Hose - a flexible and heat resistant rubber that serves as a passage of coolant in the cooling system Inspection - examining or looking closely as a course of action Loosen - release from tightness or free from restraint Major task - a work which is reasonably great in scope Malfunction - a condition where a part or system does not function normally Measuring - an activity or task of getting the amount, size or quantity of a certain thing or stock/parts Nuts - a usually square or hexagonal shape block of metal with internal threaded hole where an externally threaded bolt can be screwed Overhauling - a process of examining and repairing of condition if necessary Principle - a fundamental truth or law as the basis of reasoning or action Repairing - restoring a faulty condition after damage or wear Safety - freedom from danger or risk Standard procedure - an established, prescribed way of doing a task or series of action Technique - a method of skillful manipulation of activity for efficient and time saving task Definition of Terms
  • 7.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 7 Testing - a process of determining the working condition of a system or mechanism Tighten - to give additional twisting force to make it tighter Tune-up - an orderly process of inspection, diagnosis, testing, and adjustment that is periodically necessary to maintain peak engine performance Underchassis- the underparts of a vehicle. It is composed of different systems such as the power trains, steering, suspension, wheels, and tires. It aids the vehicle in performing its duties
  • 8.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 8 1. Table 2. Pencils 3. Rugs 4. Screw driver 5. Fire extinguisher 6. Steel rule 7. Drill bit Materials/Resources Plan and prepare for tasks to be undertaken LEARNING OUTCOME 1  Tasks to be undertaken are properly identified.  Appropriate hand tools are identified.  Hand tools are selected according to the task requirement. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 9.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 9 Directions: Answer the question by writing the letter of the best answer on a separate sheet of paper. 1. A successful task can be achieved through _____ planning and preparation. A. careful and proper C. constant B. courageous D. seldom 2. Good preparation will boost your _____. A. confidence C. intelligence B. skill D. weakness 3. One of the factors to consider when planning and preparing for the task in order to avoid accident is _____. A. materials C. place B. safety D. waste disposal 4. When the task calls for the removal of parts, use _____. A. cleaning tools C. loosening and tightening tools B. marking tools D. measuring tools 5. Measuring is a task that needs _____. A. cleaning tools C. cutting tools B. measuring tools D. tightening and loosening tools What Do You Already Know? Pretest LO 1 Let us determine how much you already know about planning and preparing for task to be undertaken. Take this test.
  • 10.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 10 What Do You Need To Know? Plan and prepare for the tasks to be undertaken Planning is part and parcel of achieving a successful task. Your ability to plan will enable you to attain your purpose. Many successful automotive entrepreneurs have realized their success through proper and careful planning. Likewise, aside from planning, you should also give importance to preparation. Good preparation will boost your confidence because it means that you are ready to do the task because you have sufficient knowledge about it. The following are some factors to be considered when you plan and prepare for the tasks: 1. PLACE. See to it that the place for doing the task is conducive to work, well- ventilated, clean, and has good lighting. A space provided for freedom to move is important. A place chosen will give you idea on what task is to be done. 2. MATERIALS. Be sure that aside from tools and equipment, necessary materials and fixtures to be used such as bench work and manual of specifications must be available and ready for use. 3. WASTE DISPOSAL. Used parts or compound substance such as oil, grease and used chemical bottles must be disposed in proper storage bin or container. Non- disposal of used chemical substance invites hazard to environment and poses danger to health. Information Sheet 1.1 Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well; then, find out how much you can remember and how much you have learned by doing Self-check.
  • 11.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 11 4. TOOLS/EQUIPMENT. Tools and equipment must match with the task to be done. You should be careful enough to choose tools and equipment that are worthy of use. They must be in good condition so that it can be easily utilized without damaging the parts. 5. SAFETY. Always prioritize safety. Remember that accident is not an excusable incident. It can be avoided. Always remember the motto “Safety first”. 6. SERVICE PROCEDURE/TASK. Identify what task to perform before identifying materials and tools to use.The service procedure/task to employ will tell you the corresponding tools and materials needed. Appropriate tools to use with the task will enhance your ability to provide a competitive and efficient service. Removing Installing Adjusting Cleaning Measuring Repairing
  • 12.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 12 The following service procedure/tasks will help you identify and select tools required when performing a job. SERVICE PROCEDURE/ TASKS TOOLS NEEDED  Adjusting  Checking  Inspecting  Measuring Cutting tools Loosening and tightening tools Measuring tools  Assembling  Installing Loosening and tightening tools Marking tools Measuring tools  Cleaning Cleaning tools  Disassembling  Removing Cleaning tools Loosening and tightening tools Marking tools  Reconditioning  Repairing Cleaning tools Loosening and tightening tools Marking tools Measuring tools  Testing Loosening and tightening tools Measuring tools
  • 13.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 13 Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? Directions.Match the pictures in Column A with the corresponding tasks in column B and thetools to be used in Column C. Write your best answer on the space provided. Column A Column B Column C 1. B. ___ C. ___ a. measuring ▲ loosening and tightening tools 2. B. ___ C. ___ b. assembling ► measuring tools 3. B. ___ C. ___ c. cutting ▼ cleaning tools 4. B. ___ C. ___ d. removing ◄cutting tools 5. B. ___ C. ___ e. cleaning ♦ holding tools How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 1.1
  • 14.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 14 Directions: Given are the following factors to consider when planning and preparing for the tasksto be undertaken. Make a plan on how tasks are prepared by placing the following factors in thechart. A. Factors to consider: 1. – lighting, ventilation, space of work 2. – fixtures, bench work, manual of specifications 3. – trash bin 4. – –cabinet, tools shelf 5. – Emergency kit, fire extinguishers, safety signs and symbols SERVICE SHOP B. Demonstrate one of the service procedures/tasks HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Service Procedure/Tasks 1. _________________________ 2. _________________________ 3. _________________________ 4. _________________________ 5. _________________________ 6. _________________________ 7. _________________________ Place Materials Waste disposal Tools and equipment Safety
  • 15.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 15  Brush  Pliers – Combination  Allen  Scraper  Crimping  Flat  Wiping cloth  Splicer  Offset  Chisel  Cutting  Phillips  Hacksaw  Long nose  Stubby  Electric drills  Vise-grip  Center punch  Hole saw  Bench vise  Scriber  Machinist  Wrenches – Allen  Caliper  Pliers  Box  Metal tape measure  Side cutting pliers  Combination pliers  Steel rule  Tin snip  Side cutting pliers  Torque wrench  Hammers  Open  Utility rug  Ball peen  Socket  Multi tester  Brass/Plastic  Spark plug  Vanier caliper  Starting  Torque wrench  Drift punch  Screwdrivers Materials Prepare and use hand tools LEARNING OUTCOME 2  Appropriate hand tools are checked for proper operation and safety.  Unsafe or faulty tools are identified.  All tools are marked for repair according to standard company procedures. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 16.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 16 Direction: Answer each question by writing the letter of the best answer. 1. When you want to make things done with less effort and efficiency, use _______. A. bench work C. lights B. space D. tools 2. Possessing basic knowledge will help you __________ tools for the tasks. A. guess C. identify and select B. presume D. replace 3. Choosing the right tool is easy but requires a lot of _____________. A. assumption C. deduction B. practice D. presumption 4. Using incorrect tools for the job will result in _____________. A. efficiency C. injury B. good performance D. good values 5. Basic level of competency involves _____________. A. checking and inspection C. disassembling B. overhauling D. major job What Do You Already Know? Pretest LO 2 Determine how much you already know about preparing and using hand tools. Take this test.
  • 17.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 17 Prepare hand tools When doing any kind of work, tools are needed to have things done. When fixing furniture, repairing home appliances, or doing simple repair, tools help you make work easy, with less effort but with efficient result. Without the needed tools, much time is consumed and more effort is required to accomplish your task. In order for you to accomplish a task efficiently, you must possess basic knowledge on how to identify and select tools that are usable, of good quality and free from faults. The task required calls for the right kind of tools to prepare. Simple jobs usually need simple tools to use. Heavy jobs need the use of heavy tools. Through constant practice, and simple observation, you become skillful in selecting the right tool for the job. In automotive application, it is important that the needed tools are not defective and must be perfect for the job to finish on time. The use of faulty tools might result in injury and damage to you and the parts you are working on. Preparing hand tools to use is easy but requires a lot of practice. Depending on the level of work to be done, whether it is basic level which involves inspection and checking, cleaning and simple fixing of parts; the common level for replacing of basic parts such as air cleaner, fuel filter, hoses; and the core level when performing major tasks such as tune-up, overhauling and underchassis work. The extent of work will give you information to identify and select the size, shape and type of tools needed to accomplish the task. The following tools for the specific task have corresponding name of specific tools in performing the task. TOOLS FOR A SPECIFIC PROCEDURE/TASK NAME OF SPECIFIC TOOLS  Cleaning tools Brushes ( fiber and wire), Scraper, Wiping cloth  Cutting Tools Chisel, File, Hacksaw, Electric drills, Hole saw, Machinist pliers, Side cutting pliers, Tin snip  Driving tools Hammers - Ball peen, Brass/Plastic, Starting and Drift punch What Do You Need To Know? Information Sheet 2.1 Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well. Then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check.
  • 18.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 18  Bending /Holding/ Twisting/ Crimping Tools/Gadget Pliers – Combination, Crimping and Splicer, Cutting, Long nose, Vise-grip, Bench vise  Loosening and tightening tools Wrenches - Allen, Box, Combination, Open, Socket, Spark plug, Torque wrench Screwdrivers – Allen, Flat, Offset, Phillips, Stubby,  Marking tools Center punch, Scriber  Measuring tools Caliper, Metal tape measure, Steel rule, Torque wrench Operation of hand tools To gain more knowledge about the tools, you must know its basic functions so that you will be able to identify its use. I. CLEANING TOOLS 1. Scraper is a flat thin sheet of metal with wooden or plastic handle. It is used to scrape hard to remove dirt or stubborn grime or plastic sticker. 2. Steel/Wire brush are thin strips of metal inserted in a wooden or plastic stock. It is used to remove rust, hard to remove dirt and grime with sweeping action. 3. Utility rag is a fibrous cloth used in cleaning and wiping dirt and dust. II. BENDING/HOLDING/TWISTING/CRIMPING TOOLS 1. Pliers are generally used as all-around tools. They have the capability for bending, crimping, cutting, holding, stripping and twisting. They are available in various shapes and sizes. Generally, pliers used for electrical job are insulated, whereas those for mechanical work are not insulated but sometimes equipped with rubber for gripping. Pliers are not used as substitute for wrenches. Side cutting pliers are tools having a broad, flat, and rough jaw. They have a pair of nipper-like blades used for cutting and bending wires. Combinationpliers are equipped with adjustable opening by means of a slip joint. It is used for gripping object because of its inner notch and also used for cutting and bending small wires. Long- nose pliers have a needle-nose ends used for holding or picking small object. They have a razor-like blade on its jaw for stripping, cutting and bending wires. Stripping and crimping pliers have two-half round edges used to strip electrical wire and a crimping nose to fold and lock wire connector. Vise grip or locking jaw pliers are specially- designed pliers used for holding work pieces together. They have a variety of uses such Utility rag Scraper Steel/Wire brush
  • 19.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 19 as inserting a fastener, holding bolts while tightening or loosening the nut and removing rounded head bolts and nuts. Machinist pliers have adjustable and cutting jaws with tooth-edged nose used for holding, bending and cutting wires. 2. Bench vise is a device for holding and bending pieces of metal. It consists of one fixed and one movable jaw operated by a clamping action of the screw. III. CUTTING TOOLS 1. Chisel is a hand tool essentially used for cutting bolts, nuts and rivets. It comes in different types and sizes. A flat cold chisel is used for general cutting. Special chisels like a diamond point are used for cutting sharp-bottomed groove and a round-end chisel for cutting oil grooves. Side cutting pliers Combination pliers Long nose pliers Stripping and Crimping pliers Vise grip / locking jaw pliers Machinist pliers Flat edge cold chisel Diamond edge cold chisel
  • 20.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 20 Tin snip Flat file 2. Electric Drill is a tool for boring holes. It is made of either carbon steel which requires frequent sharpening or high speed steel which requires less sharpening. Electric drill is designed for slow and high speed drilling. It can be hand operated for slow drilling or electrically operated portable or heavy duty machine for high speed drilling with replaceable drill attachment at the end. Drills come in various diameter sizes. Electric drill can also be used as a portable grinding machine by attaching a handy grinder on its end. Electric drill Drill bits 3. File is a hard steel tool used for smoothening metal. It comes in various shapes such as flat, round, half-round, and triangular. It also comes in different fine-to-coarse cutting edges. A single- cut file has a single series of cutting edges parallel to each other whereas a double-cut file has two sets of cutting edges that cross at an angle. 4. Hacksaw is an excellent tool for cutting bolts, tubing and light to fairly thick metal. It has a light frame handle with blade connected to both ends of the frame. Depending on the type of work to be cut, a hacksaw blade tooth per inch (TPI) determines the extent of metal to be cut. It comes in 14, 18, 24, 32 teeth per inch. The lower the number, the lesser the number of TPI and the greater its cutting ability. A special hacksaw such as hole saw is used when boring thin and large diameter sheet of metal. It is electrically operated by an electric drill 5. Tin Snip is a scissor- shaped tool used for cutting thin sheets of metal. Electric drill Drillbits
  • 21.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 21 Brass hammer IV. DRIVING TOOLS 1. Hammers are generally used for driving or striking work. It comes in various sizes, weights, and kinds .Ball peen hammer is basically used by machinists as in automotive applications. It has a weighty ball-shaped metal at the end of the handle with flat surface on one side for striking a chisel or appropriate work and a rounded shaped for riveting or penning. The brass or plastic-tipped hammers are used for striking soft and delicate part such as aluminum or plastic to avoid danger of breakingor marring the surface. 2. Puncher is a tool made of steel. It is used to cut or drive outa bolt or lock needle pin out of a hole. Starting punch is a punch with tapered portion used for initially starting a pin or rivet removal. After initially starting the pin, the drift punch or pin punch is used to complete the job of removing the pin. A hole punch is used in cutting a paper gasket in making holes. V. LOOSENING AND TIGHTENING TOOLS 1. Wrenches are tools for loosening and tightening of bolts and nuts. It comes in different forms and number in Metric or in English sizes. 1.1 Allen wrench is used in a type of screw bolt with a hexagonal hole on the head. 1.2 Box end wrench is an enclosed end tool used for moderate application for loosening and tightening bolts and nuts. 1.3 Combination wrench is a tool with an open-end on one side and box-end on the opposite side. It has the same size on both ends and used in loosening and tightening bolts and nuts. 1.4 Oil filter wrench is a circular-shaped steel with internal tooth and handle. It is inserted to the oil filter body, tightened as it is turned for removal. 1.5 Open end wrench is a tool with open end used for light application in loosening and tightening bolts and nuts. 1.6 Socket wrench is a tubular-like tool with an enclosed end used for heavy application for loosening and tightening bolts and nuts. 1.7 Spark plug wrench is a socket-like wrench intended for removing and installing spark plugs. 1.8 Tire wrench is a cross-like or sometimes L-shaped piece of round bar used to remove the wheels of the vehicle. Starting punchDrift punch Hole punch
  • 22.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 22 Philips screw drivers Offset screw drivers Flat screw drivers Stubby screw drivers 2. Screwdriver is a piece of long metal rod made of hardened steel and tempered at the tip. It is used to loosen and tighten screws. It usually comes in different sizes and forms of tips. An Allen screwdriver has hexagonal sides at the tip and used for hexagonal slot head of the screws. A flat screw driver has flat tip at the end and used in a single groove screws. A Philips screw driver has cross-like tip at the end and used in a cross groove head of the screws. Depending on the kind of application used, a screwdriver can be of special types such as stubby screwdriver that has a short shank and handle. It is used for tight space where a typical screwdriver cannot be used. An offset screwdriver has a shank bent in opposite direction several distance just before the end of the tip. It is used to loosen and tightened screws in difficult areas VI. MARKING TOOLS 1. Center punch is a tool made of hardened steel with conical tip point on its end. It is about 3 to 4 in. long in length and used for marking the material before drilling. It is also used for marking two parts so that after removing, it can be easily replaced by aligning the marks together. Allen wrench Box wrench Combination wrench Oil filter wrench Open wrench Spark plug wrench Tire wrench Socket wrench
  • 23.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 23 2. Scriber is a thin steel rod with pointed tip on its end. It is used for marking fine lines on metal for layout work. 3. Pencil is a thin strip of graphite enclosed in a wooden case and used for making drawings and marking lines. Center punch Scriber Pencil VII. MEASURING TOOLS 1. Torque wrench is a special service tool for measuring the twisting force applied when tightening bolts and nuts. 2. Steel rule is a measuring strip of steel available in various lengths in metric and English system. It is available in 12, 24, 36 and 48 inches size. It is used in linear measurement of short length or height. 3. Caliper is a tool used in measuring the diameter of a circular work. The Inside caliper is used in measuring the inside diameter whereas the outside caliper is used in measuring the outside diameter of an object. The caliper is adjustable. The Vernier caliper is a good example that is capable to measure both the inside and outside diameter of an object with accuracy. It can also measure the thickness and thinness in thousandths of an inch. 4. Metal tape measure is a push and pull, long strip of thin sheet of metal with corresponding increments in millimeter and inches graduation. It is used for measuring stock and can be bought in different sizes of length. 5. Feeler gauge is a thin strip of metal with different thickness used to measure or set gap and clearance between parts of mechanism. Torque wrench Steel rule Vernier Caliper Steel tape measure Feeler gauge
  • 24.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 24 Common faults of hand tools A hand tool is the best friend of every serviceman. With it, work becomes easy and efficient. But, if tools are not given careful attention they will easily give up without maximizing its usefulness. If this condition continues, it will result in a faulty condition. This faulty condition results from ineffective use which eventually might create the risk of danger and accident. Common faults of hand tools are usually blamed on manufacturer’s defect. However, it doesn‟t mean that whenever hand tools become faulty or defective, the manufacturer always carries the responsibility. Metal fatigue is one of the usual causes of faulty hand tools specially those that are made from steel. Like human body that sometimes needs rest, metal fatigue is developed from overuse of tools. It can also result from too much imposition of force on tools which is less than its capacity to endure. It will render the tools unserviceable. Because of wrong habits or attitudes, human error also contributes to faulty hand tools. Wrong use of tools for the job will create bad effect on the tools. A screwdriver which is intended for loosening and tightening screws becomes defective and reduces its usefulness when used like cold chisel. Natural tear and wear causes tools to widen or reduce its size. A slack is noticeable when a box wrench for removing the bolt becomes loose when the internal sides of the wrench is bigger than the external sides of the bolt‟s head. If used in this condition, both the bolt and the wrench will develop fault. Tools not kept, not maintained, and unused will become rusty. Tools with jaws become difficult to operate. It will take time cleaning and removing the corrosion before it becomes functional. To become more aware of the condition of hand tools, it is good to know some of its specific faults. 1. Cleaning tools. Wire and fiber brush must be tightly fit and securely intact on its recess. Frayed brushes indicate overuse. Bristles can easily be removed and may splatter. They can pose danger to the eyes and skin. Likewise, dirty rags can create dust and affect the respiratory system. 2. Bending/ Cutting/ Holding/Twisting tools.Overused, dulled teeth cutting edge of tools such as hacksaw, tin snip and cutter pliers will reduce time and work performance. Loosehacksaw blade to frame must be repaired or replaced at once. Dulled teeth and loose pivot lever of holding tools such as machinist and combination pliers lessen the grip and reduces its holding power. As a consequence, it will result in slippage. Pliers‟ teeth and its cutting edge must be reconditioned or must be replaced. Mushroom- headed cold chisel can cause danger when driven with a hammer. The driving force of a hammer may change direction due to the mushroom-like contusion Frayed brushes
  • 25.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 25 Dulledhacksaw teeth Dulled marking tool Rounded striking edge and loose hammer head on the head of the chisel. If this happens, body part is hammered rather than the object itself. Thus, injury is certain. 3. Driving tools. A swollen striking edgeand loose hammer head handle can create a very devastating injury and fatal blow when the head flies out of its handle and hits a delicate part of the body. 4. Loosening and tightening tools. A slacked wrench or screwdriver is a product of overused or wrong sized tool when forcefully used. Incorrect position of tools or the person doing the job will create an unbalanced force. When force is applied, the possibility of accident may happen. There is also a tendency of slippage when the surrounding sides of the wrench don‟t fit squarely with the sides of the bolt or nut being removed or tightened. Therefore, this kind of fault must be addressed right away and the wrench or screwdriver be replaced at once. 5. Marking tools. A bent and dulled tip of marking tool will not give accurate marking. A dulled tip creates blurred lines; therefore, interpretation of lines and dimensions are not precise.
  • 26.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 26 Creased measuring tool This must be corrected at once. Sharpen tools with the use of an appropriate sharpening gadget. 6. Measuring Tools. A measuring tool must be always kept clean. Dirty, bent, and creased measuring tools like measuring tape, steel rule, and caliper will give inaccurate reading if the gradation lines are not readable. Safety requirements of hand tools Hand tools come in different sizes, shapes, weights, brands, and designs. These characteristics of hand tools are very important because they give us technical data about their production. These technical data will enable us to know the capacity of tools if subjected to the degree of use. The standard requirements of tools for use and safety are very important on the part of the buyer as well as the user. Without them, they have no bearing at all if not assured with safety features. Tools are engineered and designed to numerous sequence of events when used within the normal working range. To use a tool appropriately, know its safety requirements, to be guided accordingly when you purchase one. Tools produced in the industry must pass the Work Equipment Law. In this law, procedures on the extent, fitness, correctness, and usability of tools and equipment are provided in accordance with specified task. This ensures safety standards before tools are released in the market. The following are some of the information you need to know about the safety requirements of hand tools: 1. Technical data. This will give information about the manufacturer‟s specifications of the tools produced. The size, weight, production code number, and the brand are usually marked on the body of the item. Pictures of tools with technical data on the surface
  • 27.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 27 2. User’s manual. It tells where, when and how the tools are to be used. It also gives information on the limitation of tools if subjected to constant use. In this manual, users are given warning on the possible injury one may get if used incorrectly. It also gives detailed information on how tools are maintained and stored. If tools need to be assembled, the manual gives a step-by-step instructions on how to do the task. 3. Physical requirements. Physical requirements of tools have bearing on how they are manufactured. Their good quality must be: a. Tensile strength. Tools must belight but durable so that excessive forcein using them is not necessary. In this manner, strain on hands and shoulders are reduced. A tool must be strong and reliable to stand the stress of constant use. Tooth edge of hacksaw and chisel must be tempered and so with a screw driver. b. Powerful. Tools must not be heavy on the hand side rather than on the end portion of the driving force, as in a hammer. They must be considerably long to give a powerful twisting force as in a wrench and screw or a heavy blow when using hammer. This reduces muscular effort and efficiency of work is achieved. c. User- friendly. Tools must be easy and comfortable to use. They must be hand-fit and oval or cylindrically shaped. A square-shaped handle creates discomfort on palms because of the edge area. Tools with cylindrically-shaped handle Pictures of user‟s manual of specifications
  • 28.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 28 d. Safe Toolsmust have gripping surface on their handles to assure holding power and avoid slip that may lead to injury. Stopper must also be on pointed and sharp-bladed/edged tools. Driving tools must be provided with appropriate length of grip. e. Functionally Accurate. Tools are especially made to measure like torque wrench. Vernier caliper and feeler gauge must be technically and functionally accurate.They must give correct reading of division and sub-division of their fractional value or scale. Inaccurate reading gives wrong data or information and may result in severe damage to parts. Tools with gripping surface Functionally accurate tool
  • 29.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 29 How Much Have You Learned? Direction: Match Column A with Column B. Write the letter of the best answer. Column A Column B 1. Hacksaw 2. Ball peen hammer 3. Long nose pliers 4. Metal tape measure 5. Open wrench 6. Drift punch 7. Scriber 8. Feeler gauge 9. Steel rule 10. Screw drivers a. used in marking lines in sheet metal b. used in linear measurement of short length or height c. generally used for driving or striking work. d. used to complete the job of removing the pin e. used for holding or picking small object f. used for cutting pipes, tubing and fairly thick metal g. used for light application of loosening and tightening bolts and nuts h. used to measure or set gap and clearance between parts of mechanism i. used to loosen and tighten screws j. used for measuring stock of different sizes of length Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? Self-check 2.1
  • 30.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 30 Show that you have learned something by doing this activity. I. Directions: Group yourselves. Get your set of tools in your group tool box. Identify the faults of the tools by attaching the “fault slip of paper” Leave a tool without any fault unmarked or clean. Exchange with another group for evaluation. 1. ________________________ 2. ________________________ 3. _______________________ 4. ________________________ 5._______________________ 6. _______________________ HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
  • 31.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 31 7.________________________ 8._______________________ 9. _____________________ 10. _______________________ II. Directions: Reflect on the following questions. Write your answers in your Activity Notebook 1. Which of the following safety requirements of hand tools do you find the easiest? Which one do you find the most difficult? State your reason. 1.1 I Like best…. ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ 1.2 I Do not like…. ________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ 1.3 I suggest some requirements…. ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________
  • 32.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 32 Direction.Fill-up the corresponding service procedure with the right tools for the job. 1. Classify the tools by using the Classification Organizer. Activity Sheet 2.2 HANDTOOLS TIGHTENING AND LOOSENING TOOLS ___________________ CUTTING TOOLS _______________ MARKING TOOLS ______________ DRIVING TOOLS MEASURING TOOLS ______________ DRIVING TOOLS ______________________ ______________________ ________________ BENDING, CRIMPING, HOLDING, STRIPPING AND TOOLS ___________________
  • 33.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 33 Directions: Make a cut out of the different faulty tools and classify them according to the condition of each one. Tools Bent Creased Dirty Dulled Frayed Loosed Slacked Swelled 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Activity Sheet 2.3
  • 34.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 34 Title of Job : Cutting a steel bar with a hacksaw. Materials Required: Mild carbon steel round bar Tools and Equipment Needed: Bench work, bench vise, hacksaw Procedure: 1. Select a hacksaw blade suited for the job. 2. Place the hacksaw blade on the frame. Be sure that teeth of the blade is away from the handle. 3. Tighten the hacksaw blade. Be sure that no amount of slack is felt to prevent it from breaking. 4. Set the steel round bar in a vise and clamp. 5. Measure the cutting point and mark the surface with a pencil or any appropriate marker. A loose hacksaw blade will easily break and a too tight blade will result in frame bending. Find out by accomplishing the following job. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform? Job Sheet 2.1
  • 35.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 35 6. Grasp the hacksaw handle securely with your right hand and the left hand on the front end of the frame. 7. Position your body in front of the vise with your left foot toward the bench and your right foot steady to provide needed balance. 8. With the front end of the hacksaw blade placed on the steel bar, start to cut the bar by applying slight pressure on forward stroke. Release the pressure on the backward stroke. 9. Repeat the process by adding additional pressure on the succeeding stroke. 10. Lessen the pressure when the steel bar is nearly cut to avoid blade from breaking. 11. Clean the hacksaw by wiping it with dry cloth, wipe with a drop of oil. Return the hacksaw in its proper storage. Be sure to have at least 40-50 strokes per minute. Be sure that full length stroke is applied.
  • 36.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 36 1. Inventory sheet 4. Broken wrench 2. Drill bit 5. Hack saw 3. Grinding wheel 6. Record book Materials Prepare report of malfunctioning tools LEARNING OUTCOME 3  Malfunctioning tools in unplanned or unusual event are reported. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 37.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 37 Directions: Answer the question by writing the letter of the best answer. 1. Tools must be used to their maximum_________. A. effectiveness C. elasticity B. enablement D. endurance 2. A tool that has __________ been defective creates headache and irritation. A. frequently C. once a month B. once a year D. seldom 3. Faulty tools must be recorded, ________ and reported at once. A. condemned C. marked B. thrown D. used 4. Tools must be set apart according to its ____________. A. design C. serviceability B. shape D. style 5. A faulty tool once used ____________ work efficiency. A. drives C. increases B. precedes D. reduces What Do You Already Know? Let us determine how much you already know about preparing a report of malfunctioning tools. Take this test. Pretest LO 3
  • 38.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 38 Checking and recording the list of tools Drill biton the process of sharpening its cutting edge Preparing report for malfunctions of hand tools in unplanned or unusual events Tools are made for use. Its life cycle must be used to its maximum effectiveness. It is designed to give its purpose so that work becomes easy and efficient. A tool that is 100 percent usable brings joy to the one using it but a faulty tool is unsafe to use. It is not recommended for use because of its risk to workplace activities. A faulty tool creates headache and irritation. That is why; faulty tools must be recorded, marked, and reported at once. Defective tools can be repaired according to company procedure. This is essential in restoring back their technical specifications. A good example is the drill bit‟s angular cutting edge. If standard procedure is not followed in sharpening its edge, it will not cut effectively compared to the original specifications. Partially defective tools can be reconditioned for another form of use. Heavily damaged tools not fit for human use are condemned and disposed. Tools must be set apart according to their serviceability. It is important that defective or faulty tools must be marked. Markings will mean that they are not to be used and are intended for repair or reconditioning. What Do You Need To Know? Read Information Sheet 3.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing the Self-check 3.1. Information Sheet 3.1
  • 39.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 39 Below are some effects of a defective tool that can result in the following consequences: 1. Reduces work efficiency. It decreases work effectiveness and additional time allotment is needed to finish the work. Therefore, delay of work is sure. 2. Lessens the concentration of the user. Frequent breakdown or change of tools because of its faulty condition affects the mental focus of the user. It creates anxiety and apprehension thus delaying the work instead of finishing it on time. 3. Decreases credibility. Competitiveness is the language of service. Once the customer perceives that a worker or a serviceman uses faulty tools without giving notice of it, it lessens their trust and confidence. In order to avoid these situations, proper inventory of tools must be conducted, recorded and updated. Reporting the condition of good, faulty and damaged tools will give an account of their present condition. It will give a basis for disposal, if damage is severe or beyond recovery; for recycling, if the fault can be corrected and repaired and reused to another form of service. A broken hacksaw can be recycled to another form like converting it to a sharp blade for stripping electrical wire. Maintenance of tools entails cleaning and doing simple repair in order to prolong their use. To give you an idea of what an inventory, requisition and account of tools are, a basic sample of forms are given.
  • 40.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 40 Form 1- IT Form SAMPLE INVENTORY OF TOOLS Item No. Source of Fund Description Quantity Remarks 001 National Open wrench, mm. drop forged, Sakura, Japan 1 set, 12 pcs 002 -do- Box wrench, in. drop forged, Sakura, Japan 1 set, 12 pcs. 003 -do- Screwdriver, flat, hardened steel, Stanley, U.S.A. 1 set, 6 pcs. 004 -do Screwdriver, Phillips , hardened steel, Stanley, U.S.A. 1 set, 6 pcs. 005 SEF Hammer, ball peen 16 oz., high grade steel, Proto, U.S.A. 6 pcs. This is to certify that inventory of tools have been made on April 25, 2011. Prepared and Submitted by: _________________________ Property/Supply Officer Conferred: _________________________ Department Head CERTIFIED TRUE AND CORRECT: _________________________ Principal
  • 41.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 41 Form 2 - ATC SAMPLE ACCOUNT OF TOOL CONDITION Item No. Source of Fund Description Remarks / Condition Good Defective Condemnable 001 National Open wrench, mm. drop forged, Sakura, Japan 002 -do- Box wrench, in. drop forged, Sakura, Japan 003 -do- Screwdriver, flat, hardened steel, Stanley, U.S.A. 004 -do Screwdriver, Phillips , hardened steel, Stanley, U.S.A. 005 SEF Hammer, ball peen 16 oz., high grade steel, Proto U.S.A. This is to certify that inventory of tools have been made on April 25, 2011. Prepared and Submitted by: _________________________ Property/Supply Officer Conferred: _________________________ Department Head CERTIFIED TRUE AND CORRECT: _________________________ Principal
  • 42.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 42 Directions: On your activity notebook, answer the following self-reflection and discuss it in the class. How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 3.1 MINUTE PAPER Today, I have learned that: 1. __________________________________________ 2. __________________________________________ 3. __________________________________________ But, I‟m a little bit confused with: 1. __________________________________________ 2. __________________________________________ 3. __________________________________________ I still want to learn more on: 1. __________________________________________ 2. __________________________________________ 3. __________________________________________ After this lesson, I feel: ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________
  • 43.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 43 Directions: Visit an automotive shop in your community. Introduce yourself as an Automotive Servicing student. Request for a copy of their inventory of tools. Discuss it with your classmates. Show that you learned something by doing this activity. How Do You Apply What You Have Learned? Activity Sheet 3.1
  • 44.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 44 1. Goggles 2. Adjustable wrench 3. Vise grip 4. Drill bit 5. Grinding wheel 6. Fire extinguisher Materials Maintain hand tools LEARNING OUTCOME 4  Routine maintenance of tools are undertaken according to standard operational procedure, principles and techniques.  Tools are stored safely in appropriate locations in accordance with manufacturer‟s specifications or standard operating procedure. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 45.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 45 Directions: Put a check (√) mark in the appropriate column that best describes your present level of knowledge of each enlisted competency. Knowledge I do not know it I am learning to know it I want to learn more I know it very well 1. Know the routine maintenance of Tools 2. Know how to maintain tools 3. Know how to store tools 4. Know the standard operating procedures in storing tools 5. Know the principles and techniques in keeping tools What Do You Already Know? Let us determine how much you already know about maintaining hand tools. Take this test. Pretest LO 4
  • 46.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 46 Standard operational procedure, principles and techniques in maintaining tools Tool management is a manifestation of a good serviceman or any person working with tools. The way a person manages his tools has bearing on the way he manages his personal property. Much to say, a good tool manager is efficient in listing and keeping records. Up-to- date records of tools both the old and newly bought must be entered to the roster of tools. Basically, fundamental principles and techniques in maintaining tools at the minimum level is good enough but the more routine schedule you make , the better. It will only take a matter of one to two hours to maintain tools. Sometimes, it takes more than what expected time is consumed depending on the extent of the number and size. One of the maintenance schemes of the Provision and Use of Work Equipment Regulations 1998 (PUWER) under the Law on Tools and Maintenance is to ensure the safekeeping and securing of the equipment including tools. This law helps in identifying safety procedure before it grows into a severe hazard. In order to avoid these problems, some principles must be followed. Neglect of these principles opens a doorstep to risk and danger to life and property.  OPERATIONAL PROCEDURE IN TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE 1. SAFE USE. Assurance of safe use is expected. This can be done by knowing the purpose, application, and requirement of tools and equipment. Without this knowhow, the user will only be guessing and wrong use is expected. Risk of injury is more likely to happen. Shop / industry owners are expected to train their workers. This will build morale and reduce danger. 2. 2. SAFEKEEPING. Regular maintenance of tools and equipment through safekeeping must be a part of the health and safety of users and owners. Dangers to theft and exposure to moisture is avoided, property is taken care of, and risk is evaded. Putting the tools, equipment and paper documents such as manual of specifications in a very protected but easy to retrieve place is a good habit of safekeeping. Storage room must be properly locked and ventilated. What Do You Need To Know? Read Information Sheet 4.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing the Self-check 4.1. Information Sheet 4.1
  • 47.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 47 Safety signs and symbols 3. SAFETY SIGNS AND SYMBOLS. By putting safety signs and symbols, users are informed and warned of what to do and what not to do. Risk is limited and put in control. Specific safety signs for mechanical, electrical, pneumatic, and hydraulic must be clearly defined and placed in a visible area. 4. SAFETY PROTECTION. The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is necessary. Safety gears must be worn properly. Suitability of PPE to the workplace must conform with the work being done. It must be comfortable so that user will not be irritated. The PPE can control health risk and decrease possibility of threat or injury. For face protection, eye wear, goggles, and safety shield used in welding are used. The body protection such as aprons or cover- all garment serves as protection for the frontal body. High grade, heat and chemical resistant hand gloves protect the hands and a simple dust mask or respirator can ward off chemical fumes and dust for the respiratory system. Appropriate shoes can also protect from accidental fall of metallic parts. Not only that, safety in the workplace is also included. Fire extinguishers play a vital role in reducing and totally putting out the fire. Saw dust is a good cleaner for spilled oil on the floor.
  • 48.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 48 Directions: Get a partner. Choose one of the competencies you would like to demonstrate. 1. Safe use of hand tools. 2. Proper safekeeping and storage of hand tools. 3. Interpreting safety signs and symbols. 4. Using safety Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Show that you learned something by doing this activity. How Do You Apply What You Have Learned? Activity Sheet 4.1
  • 49.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 49 PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT Name : __________________________________ Year & Section: ______________ Course: _________________________________ Time Allotment: ______________ Module Title: _____________________________ Grading Period _______________ Unit of Competency Tasks Date Time Score Performance Level Use of Hand tools Begun Finished LO1 Using Hand tools Classify tools according to use. LO2 Prepare and Use Hand tools Use Hand tools. LO3 Create Report of Malfunctioning Tools Prepare Report of Malfunction Tools. LO4 Maintaining Hand tools Clean and store tools in safe place. Average: _______________ Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform?
  • 50.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 50 Performance Rubrics Criteria 5 3 1 Proficiency Performs the task with competence and exceptional performance Performs the task with competence and with standard performance Performs the task with competence but below standard performance Accuracy Performs the task with no error Performs the task with at least 1-2 errors Performs the task with at least 3-5 errors Completeness Performs all the steps in sequence Performs the task with at least 2-3 steps not met Performs the task with at least 3-5 steps not met Safety Follows all the safety practices as set in the guidelines Follows the safety practices with at least 1-2 safety measures not met Follows the safety practices with at least 3-5 safety measures not met T O T A L __________ RATING SCALE: Points Earned ( S ) Numerical Rating ( PL ) Descriptive Rating ( PL ) 21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding 16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good 11 – 15 81 - 85 Good 06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair 01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? _____ 1. Surf internet and watch video on how tools are used, cleaned and maintained. Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and relax a while then move on to the next lesson. Good luck! How Do You Extend Your Learning?
  • 51.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 51  Swing Crispin, Frederic, Dictionary of Technical TermsThe Bruce Publishing Co.: 1948.  Chilton‟s Easy Car Care. Chilton Book Company. 3rd Ed. Chilton Way, Radnor, PA 19089  Stockel, Martin W. Auto mechanics Fundamentals. The Goodheart - Willcox Company, Inc. 1978  The Oxford Dictionary of Current English. New Revised Ed. Oxford University Press, 1998.  Popular Mechanics Guide To Auto Basic Repair and Maintenance. Book Division The Hearst Corporation, New York, NY  www.google.com.ph  en.wikipedia.org REFERENCES
  • 52.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 52 Perform Mensuration and Calculations LESSON 2 LO 1. select measuring instruments andcarry out measurements and calculations; and LO 2. maintain measuring instruments. LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to do the following:
  • 53.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 53 Accuracy- the preciseness of result as in mathematical solution which is free from error Calculation - a process of working out the answer by solving mathematical problems Compression pressure gauge - an instrument for checking the compression pressure of the engine Maintain - ensure that something continues to work properly by checking it regularly and making repairs and adjustments if required Maintenance - the periodic upkeep something such as tools, equipment or workplace in a regular basis Measuring - an activity or task of getting the amount, size or quantity of a certain thing or stock/parts Oil pressure gauge - an instrument that indicates the flow of oil pressure in the engine Safety - the freedom from danger or risk Standard procedure- an established, prescribed way of doing a task or series of action Techniques - course of action of skill used in specific task Tolerance - the ability of parts or components to endure deviation from standard limit within which it is allowed without harmful effect V.O.M. tester - an instrument used in checking the resistance, voltage and current Definition of Terms
  • 54.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 54  Vernier Caliper  Micrometer caliper  Dial gauge  V.O.M. tester  Clamp ammeter  Multi tester  Megger Tester  Engine Analyzer  Timing/Strobe light  Vacuum gauge  Compression gauge  Radiator pressure tester  Fuel pump pressure tester  Oil pressure gauge  Temperature gauge Materials Select measuring instrument and carry out measurement and calculations LEARNING OUTCOME 1  Object or component to be measured is identified.  Correct specifications are obtained from relevant source.  Appropriate measuring instrument is selected in line with job requirement.  Calculations needed to complete work/task are performed and checked using the fundamental operation of mathematics.  PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 55.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 55 Directions: To determine your prior learning, answer the questions by writing the letter of the best answer. 1. Measurement can be applied by means of: A. driving tool C. measuring tool B. marking tool D. punching tool 2. Precision measuring instruments cannot be squarely compared to the one used for ____ jobs. A. electrical C. mechanical B. hit and miss D. pneumatic 3. In getting the bearing diameter or shim thickness, using _______ tool is much better. A. divider caliper C. steel rule B. inside caliper D. vernier caliper 4. Parts that need to be serviced must have a corresponding data of specifications ________. A. manual C. specifications B. sequence D. symbol 5. The bolt‟s mechanical strength or stretching point will easily give up and consequently break if it exceeds too much _________. A. data C. tensile strength B. resistance D. torque 6. A dial gauge is used to measure _________. A. backlash C. gap B. end space D. space 7. Mechanical measuring tool like torque wrench have limited_________. A. cost C. tolerance B. price D. weight 8. To check the ignition timing of ignition system, use _________. A. dim light C. headlight B. flashlight D. strobe light 9. Calculation can be solved by using mathematical _________. A. formula C. system B. strategy D. type 10. The distance travelled by a vehicle is expressed in terms of miles (mi) or _____. A. kilometer (km) C. meter (m) B. liter (L) D. yard (yd) What Do You Already Know? Pretest LO 1 Let us determine how much you already know about selecting measuring instrument. Take this test.
  • 56.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 56 The need for measuring instruments Modern measuring instruments evolved in a very fast and changing time. Year after year, from human to non-human use, new and sophisticated measuring instruments are innovated. In automotive application, vehicles are innovated and modified year after year. Measuring instruments used from engine output testing like dynamometer to engine tune-up like engine analyzer are used even in small auto shop industry. With the emerging trends of measuring instruments, the need for accurate data is very much important. In automotive servicing, the language of competition cannot be denied. Car owners go to car repair shop with updated gadgets. They thought that repair is not guessed but really gives a fast movement of digital or analogue reading of the gadget. Just one flick of a finger is needed to get the job done. Precision measuring instruments cannot be squarely compared to the one used for mechanical jobs. Tools for mechanical jobs are heavy and need strong force to operate whereas precision instruments are light, sensitive and calibrated to get accurate result. A slight difference of reading invites occurrence of error. Essentially, having a simple or sophisticated precision measuring tool is not a fad anymore but a necessity that must be seriously considered. Measuring instruments and its application Very importantly, your knowledge of the different types and applications of measuring instruments play a vital role in the development of your competency. Like any other tasks, components to be measured must first be identified before using any tools. Identification of components will determine the right tools to be used. It will make your work easier and faster without going back and forth because of wrong choice of tools. To understand it more, a precision instrument like vernier caliper is not a good in getting the diameter of oil filter. But getting the diameter of bearing or thickness of shim using this kind of precision tool is much better. What do you need to know? Information Sheet 1.1 Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check.
  • 57.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 57 In order to be clearer, the following precision instruments/tools basically used in automotive application are the following: A. For Mechanical Use 1. The Vernier and Micrometer calipers are both precision instrument that can measure even the smallest and tiniest thickness and diameter of an object. Vernier or micrometer calipers are usually used in measuring the diameter of engine crankshaft and camshaft journals pistons and valve adjusting shims. These engine parts need to be measured in a precise way. Verniers and Micrometers can be bought equipped with digital or analogue reading. This will lessen the time consumed in analyzing the reading of data because of the direct data available as you measure the part. 2. Dial gauge is an instrument that measures „thrust‟ or „backlash‟. A backlash is the result of force that comes from an abnormal clearance or gap between two parts as in the differential gears. When two parts wear-out, slack is developed and backlash is the result of it. Dial gauge is also used in getting the clearance of engine valves. It is more accurate than feeler gauge. The movement of pointer in the dial gauge determines the amount of backlash being measured. Vernier Caliper Micrometer caliper
  • 58.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 58 B. For Electrical Use 1. V.O.M. tester is a multi tester. It is an electrical instrument that measures or tests the voltage, resistance and current in a circuit. V.O.M. can be digital or analogue. Digital reading have digitized screen and a direct number of data can be read at once. Analogue reading have pointer that determines the reading on the screen. When testing for resistance, external power from the source must be disconnected because V.O.M. tester is equipped with built-in battery as source of power. If external power source is not disconnected, the tester itself will be damaged. When testing for voltage, tester is connected across the lines of the circuit. But, when the current is tested, the tester prod is connected in series of the circuit. A Clamp ammeter is also available in the market. This kind of tester is clamped in the wire itself. It measures current in amperes. Connection of tester when testing resistance Connection of tester when testing voltage V.O.M. tester Clamp ammeter
  • 59.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 59 Connection of tester when testing current 2. Megger Tester is a test instrument in finding out grounds and shorts in a motor. A good example to test is the starter motor. When the starter motor is subjected to a megger test, a flat, thin piece of metal (like a hacksaw blade) is placed above the starter motor. When the megger tester is turned „on‟ and starter motor is rotated, a spot where a hacksaw blade is attracted means that the starter motor is faulty and need to be repaired or replaced. 3. Engine Analyzer is a compact instrument that tests and measures the following: 3.1 Contact point resistance 3.2 Ignition coil resistance 3.3 Battery voltage 3.4 Ignition current flow 3.5 Engine revolution per minute (RPM) 3.6 Dwell /Cam angle 3.7 Alternator diode 4. Timing/Strobe light is a device that produces stroboscopic effect from ignition pulses. Ignition timing is achieved by aligning the timing marks on the crankshaft pulley and timing cover of the engine. Timing light in use C. For Pneumatic Use 1. Vacuum gauge is an instrument that measures the atmospheric pressure drawn by the engine. It is also used to find out the air- fuel ratio of the engine.
  • 60.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 60 2. Compression gauge is an instrument that measures the compression pressure of the engine cylinder. 3. Radiator pressure tester is used to test the cooling system for internal and external leaks and to make sure that it has the ability to hold pressure. Radiator pressure tester D. For Hydraulic Use 1. Fuel pump pressure tester is an instrument that has the capability to check the pump pressure. 2. Oil pressure gauge is an excellent indicator instrument that determines the pressure of oil flowing. 3. Temperature gauge is an instrument that determines if the engine temperature is normal or overheating.
  • 61.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 61 Techniques in measuring and determining Tolerance of parts There are many ways in measuring a part or component but there is difficulty when using precision instruments specially those that require minute data. The process in which parts are measured needs to have a corresponding data of specifications so that a clear and objective result is attained. Using specific measuring instrument for a specific part or system to be measured is highly recommended. Specific measuring instrument is designed for specific part or system. Using different instruments other than what is required will give you vague or incorrect result. For these reasons, determining to find out the tolerance will give you difficulty. In order to apply techniques and determine tolerance, some considerations are recommended for consideration: 1. Use the Manual of Specifications. The availability of specifications manual will speak for the tolerance of certain part or system. User‟s manual will tell you the procedures on how it check and the negative effect if it exceeds the standard limit value of part or system. Without this manual, the user will only be guessing on the corresponding value of measurements. If neglected or allowed in this manner, the parts or system will easily give up. A good example is the kind of bolts being used. A bolt made of high grade carbon steel has a big difference compared with a bolt made of low carbon steel even if it has the same size. When a low carbon steel bolt is tightened using the torque data used for high grade carbon steel will easily give up and break. This is due to the fact that it cannot withstand the tolerance used in high grade steel carbon steel bolt. The bolt‟s mechanical strength or stretching point easily gives up and consequently breaks. Ordinary and high grade bolt • Use the Manual of Specifications 1 • Use the Principles of General Rule 2 • Use of Professional Experience 3 High grade bolt Ordinary, low grade bolt
  • 62.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 62 Vehicle electrical component like ignition coil primary and secondary windings have specified resistance data but tolerance is also given. It means that when the resistance reading is above or below the standard reading but within the limit of its tolerance, it is said that the resistance is acceptable or tolerable. The use of precision instruments and tools has tolerance also. Mechanical measuring tool like torque wrench have tolerable life cycle. If it exceeds its cycle or length of used, a metal fatigue will be developed. Its effectiveness to accurately measure the tightness of bolts or nuts is affected. That is why it must be calibrated before and after use. Delicate precision tool like Vernier and Micrometers must be used with caution. It is made with a very light material that a sudden impact or force will damage its scale and calibration. Ignition coil on test Unlike electrical/electronics precision instruments sometimes, a wrong selection of range is unintentional. In V.O.M, a selected 110 voltage range when tested in a 220 volts line will instantly create damage to the instrument. That is why careful steps must be observed when using delicate precision instrument 2. Use the Principles of General Rule. Sometimes, a manufacturer allows a general rule when considering tolerance of parts or systems. They include plus (+) or minus ( - ) rule. Even with the availability of specifications manual, manufacturers accept it but do not tolerate using it even though it does not cross the maximum limit of tolerance. Not all parts or systems can be applied with this kind of principles. The extent of tolerable limit must be determined so that the outcome of the process can be achieved without affecting other factors. The application of piston ring end clearance is a good example. Even without the aid of specifications manual, the principle of general rule is applied by multiplying the piston diameter by three thousandths of an inch (.003 in”) and you will get the acceptable piston ring end clearance. 3. Use of Professional Experience. This can be done if a person or user has vast, wide and long experience working on the specific task. A novice worker must not involve himself in duplicating this kind of ability. An experienced one because of his long immersion in specific tasks have become expert and remember the applicable specifications of a certain part or system including the correct tolerance.
  • 63.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 63 Methods of calculation/conversion of units of measurement using mathematical formula Measurement is the process of finding out the physical quantity in terms of time, distance, quantity and economy. The word measurement comes from the Latin word mēnsūra and the science of measurement is called Metrology. Early history had no standard of measurement. It was only over time where people agreed and accepted to use it for uniformity and necessity. Later on, a means of standardizing measurement was established to avoid dishonesty and deceit. The era of measurement continued to develop into a more suitable and scientific way. Later on, methods of calculations were scientifically done as a way of solving number problems and were generally accepted in education, government offices, business and personal used. There are two widely accepted and recognized used systems of measurement. The International System (SI) and the English systems. The SI is expressed in metric system of measurement which is expressed in meter for length or distance and kilogram for mass/weight. Whereas the English system is expressed in inches or mile for length/distance and ounce or pounds for mass/weight. In automobile its systems are also measured. Whether it functions or not, its kinetic and static energy can be measured. When the vehicle runs, it is measured by the distance travelled in terms of miles(mi) or kilometers (km). When it comes to speed it is measured by miles or kilometers per hour. When it comes to engine speed it is expressed in revolution per minutes (rpm). Below is a sample Systems of Measurement chart of both English and Metric with corresponding conversion MEASUREMENT SYSTEMS L E N G T H 12 inches 1 foot 1 kilometer 1000 meters 36 inches 1 yard 1 hectometer 100 meters 3 feet 1 yard 1 decameter 10 meters 5,280 feet 1 mile 1 meter 1 meter 16.5 feet 1 rod 1 decimeter 0.1 meter 320 rods 1 mile 1 centimeter 0.01 meter 6 feet 1 fathom 1 millimeter 0.001 meter
  • 64.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 64 W E I G H T 27.34 grains 1 dram 1 tonne 1,000,000 grams 438 grains 1 ounce 1 kilogram 1,000 grams 16 drams 1 ounce 1 hectogram 100 grams 16 ounces 1 pound 1 dekagram 10 grams 2000 pounds 1 short ton 1 gram 1 gram 2240 pounds 1 long ton 1 decigram 0.1 gram 25 pounds 1 quarter 1 centigram 0.01 gram 4 quarters 1 cwt 1 milligram 0.001 gram V O L U M E 8 ounce 16 ounces 32 ounces 2 cups 2 pints 4 quarts 8 pints 1 cup 1 pint 1 quart 1 pint 1 quart 1 gallon 1 gallon 1 hectoliter 1 decaliter 1 liter 1 deciliter 1 centiliter 1 milliliter 1000 milliliter 100 liter 10 liters 1 liter 0.1 liter 0.01 liter 0.001 liter 1 liter A R E A 144 sq. inches 9 SQ. feet 43, 560 sq. ft. 160 sq. rods 640 acres 1 sq. ft. 1 sq. yard 160 sq. rods 1 acre 1 sq. mile 100 SQ. millimeters 100 SQ. centimeters 100 SQ. decimeters 10,000 sq. meters 1 sq. centimeter 1 sq. decimeter 1 sq. meter 1 hectare TEMPERATURE FAHRENHEIT CELSIUS 32 Degrees F WATER FREEZES O Degrees C 68 Degrees F REASONABLE ROOM TEMPERATURE 20 Degrees C 98.6 Degrees F NORMAL BODY TEMPERATURE 37 Degrees C
  • 65.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 65 173 Degrees F ALCOHOL BOILS 78.34 Degrees C 212 Degrees F WATER BOILS 100 Degrees C An orderly manner and systematic way of calculation is necessary. This can be done by employing some means of mathematical formula. Having this kind of system will not only simplify the job of computation but will arrive in a definite and correct answer to the problem. Aside from having a chart of conversions, it is a fundamental need that you must know how to calculate some simple computation of measurements. Although what you need can be found in the chart it is still good that you know basic use of mathematical formula in solving numerical problems. There will be time that you will be challenged to make computations. Having this knowledge is an advantage on your part. To mention are some physics applied in automotive servicing. A. Temperature – is the degree of the hotness and coldness of a body. It is expressed in degrees Fahrenheit (0 F) or in degrees Celsius (0 C) or in SI unit for temperature is Kelvin (K). TEMPERATURE CONVERSION TABLE TO CONVERT EQUATION EXAMPLE Celsius to Fahrenheit 0 C to 0 F 0 F = 9 x 0 C + 32 5 Convert 500 C to 0 F 0 F = 9 x 50 0 C + 32=1220 F 5 Fahrenheit to Celsius 0 F to 0 C 0 C = 5 x 0 F - 32 9 Convert 1220 F to 0 C 0 C = 5 x 1220 F –32 = 500 C 9 Celsius to Kelvin 0 C toK K = 0 C + 273 Convert 500 C to K K = 500 C + 273 = 323 K Kelvin to Celsius K to 0 C 0 C = K - 273 Convert 323 K to 0 C 0 C = 323 K– 273 = 50 0 C
  • 66.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 66 I. Directions: Select the best answer. Write the letter only. Use your Activity Notebook for your answers. 1. Standardizing measurement was established to avoid ___________ and deceit. A. courage C. honesty B. dishonesty D. tax 2. The era of measurement continued to develop into a more suitable and _________ way. A. logic C. magic B. physical D. scientific 3. 12 inches is equivalent to ____ foot. A. 1 C. 24 B. 12 D. 36 4. When the vehicle runs, it is measured by the distance travelled in terms of mile (mi) or _________. A. kilometer (km) C. meter (m) B. liter (L) D. Yard (yd) 5. The boiling of water in degrees Fahrenheit is A. 2000 F C. 2140 F B. 2120 F D. 2160 F How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 1.1
  • 67.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 67 II. Directions: Fill up the blanks with the tools used for each precision instrument. III. Directions: Based on the results of the activity, what is your personal reflection on measuring the ignition coil resistance using a V.O.M? Write your answer in your Activity Notebook. 1. What went right? _______________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ 2. What went wrong? ______________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________ 3. What should be done? __________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
  • 68.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 68 Show that you learned something by doing this activity Title of Job: Measure the Ignition Coil Resistance Using a V.O.M. Objective : The student will independently measure the ignition coil resistance using a V.O.M. Materials Required: Ignition coil Tools and Equipment needed: Bench work, V.O.M. tester Procedure: 1. Set the selector V.O.M. to appropriate resistance range for primary ignition coil then calibrate 2. Measure the resistance of the primary ignition coil then record the data. 3. Set the selector V.O.M. to appropriate resistance range for secondary ignition coil then calibrate. HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Operation Sheet 1.1
  • 69.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 69 Specifications Manual Primary - __________ Secondary - __________ Interpretation: Good – Use the coil Bad – Replace the Ignition coil 4. Measure the resistance of the Secondary ignition coil then record the data. 5. Compare with the specifications manual and interpret the reading.
  • 70.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 70 Performance Rubrics Criteria 5 3 1 Proficiency Performs the task with competence and exceptional performance Performs the task with competence and with standard performance Performs the task with competence but below standard performance Accuracy Performs the task with no error Performs the task with at least 1-2 errors Performs the task with at least 3-5 errors Completeness Performs all the steps in sequence Performs the task with at least 2-3 steps not met Performs the task with at least 3-5 steps not met Safety Follows all the safety practices as set in the guidelines Follows the safety practices with at least 1-2 safety measures not met Follows the safety practices with at least 3-5 safety measures not met T O T A L _________________________ RATING SCALE: Points Earned (S) Numerical Rating (PL) Descriptive Rating (PL) 21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding 16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good 11 – 15 81 - 85 Good 06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair 01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? ______ Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform?
  • 71.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 71 I. Directions: Answer the question in your activity sheet. Compute for torque and show the solution 1. A mechanic assembled the engine. He needed to tighten the bolts. He used a tool with 18 inches (in) long and applied a force of 5 pounds (lbs). What was the torque generated? How Do You Extend Your Learning? Assignment Sheet 1.1
  • 72.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 72  Instruction manual  Micrometer/Vernier caliper  Receipt of purchase  Tool holster  Torque wrench  VOM tester or equivalent Materials Maintain measuring instruments LEARNING OUTCOME 2  Measuring instruments are calibrated, safely handled and cleaned before and after using in accordance with industry standards.  Measuring instruments are kept in safe, dry place.  Proper techniques in using precise instruments are performed according to manufacturer’s standards. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 73.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 73 What Do You Already Know? Directions: Write your answers to the following questions in Column A and in Column B. Write your answers in your Activity Notebook. CALIBRATION OF MEASURING INSTRUMENTS SAFE HANDLING PROCEDURES AND CARE OF MEASURING INSTRUMENTS A. Why measuring instruments get out of calibration? B. Basic rules to consider in managing your measuring instruments. 1. 1. 2. 2. 3. 3. 4. 4. 5. 5. Pretest LO 2 Let us determine how much you already know about maintain measuring instrument. Take this test.
  • 74.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 74 Safe handling procedures and care of measuring instruments Every property must be taken care with concern. Like a good manager looking for the welfare of his duty can be compared to a person who is responsible in keeping his personal belongings. The same is true in handling your tools. Tools, like measuring instruments must be handled with great caution. Aside from their expensive cost and delicate use, they are also sensitive. Even a slight accidental bump can affect the calibration and internal parts especially those that are made of electronic. To protect your measuring instruments from mishandling, safety procedures must be followed at all times to ensure freedom from risk of danger and threat of thieves. The following are basic rules to consider in managing your measuring instruments. 1. Always keep your receipt of purchase. This is one way of ensuring your measuring tools of their warranty if something happens to your tools. This will give you a good exchange of a new one if manufacturer‟s defect is the cause of the defect. 2. Always follow safety instructions. The safety instructions in owner‟s manual will be you guiding information on what and what not to do with your instruments. This will assure you of the proper use and step-by-step procedures if calibration is needed. 3. Always match the type of job with your instruments. Matching of job with your instrument is important. Do not use your instrument if it is not intended for tough job. 4. Always handle your measuring instruments safely. Never use your tools to point at somebody or use for joke or play. Remember, measuring tools are expensive. If they accidentally fall, they may easily be damaged. Always use the tool holder. Like a careful lineman, a tool holster is always fastened in his waist to protect the instrument from falling. What Do You Need To Know? Information Sheet 2.1 Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check.
  • 75.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 75 How Much Have You Learned? I. Directions: Write your answers for the questions in Column A and in Column B. Write your answers in your activity notebook. CALIBRATION OF MEASURING INSTRUMENTS SAFE HANDLING PROCEDURES AND CARE OF MEASURING INSTRUMENTS A. Why a measuring instruments get out of calibration? B. Basic rules to consider in managing your measuring instruments. 1. 1. 2. 2. 3. 3. 4. 4. 5. 5. II. Directions: Adjust to Zero accuracy the V.O.M. tester in the following selector range: 1. R x 1 Ω 2. R x 10 Ω 3. R x 1k Ω 4. R x 10k Ω Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? Self-Check 2.1
  • 76.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 76 PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT Name: _______________________________ Year & Section: ______________ Course: _______________________________Time Allotment: ______________ Module Title: ___________________________ Grading Period: ______________ Unit of Competency Tasks Date Time Score Performance Level Begun Finished Perform Mensuration and Calculations LO1 Select Measuring Instruments and Carry out measurement and Calculations Select and use measuring tools LO2 Maintain Measuring Instruments Clean and store measuring instruments Average: ____ _______ Show that you learned something by doing this activity Activity Sheet 2.1 HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
  • 77.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 77 Performance Rubrics Criteria 5 3 1 Proficiency Performs the task with competence and exceptional performance Performs the task with competence and with standard performance Performs the task with competence but below standard performance Accuracy Performs the task with no error Performs the task with at least 1-2 errors Performs the task with at least 3-5 errors Completeness Performs all the steps in sequence Performs the task with at least 2-3 steps not met Performs the task with at least 3-5 steps not met Safety Follows all the safety practices as set in the guidelines Follows the safety practices with at least 1-2 safety measures not met Follows the safety practices with at least 3- 5 safety measures not met T O T A L __________ RATING SCALE: Points Earned (S) Numerical Rating (PL) Descriptive Rating (PL) 21 - 25 91 - 100 Outstanding 16 - 20 86 - 90 Very Good 11 - 15 81 - 85 Good 06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair 01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? ______ Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform?
  • 78.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 78 Directions: Surf internet and watch video or make research on the following: 1. Selecting and using measuring tools.  Torque wrench  Vernier and Micrometer calipers  Vacuum and Compression gauge  Engine analyzer 2. Cleaning and storing measuring tools.  Torque wrench  Vernier and Micrometer calipers  Vacuum and Compression gauge  Engine analyzer How Do You Extend Your Learning?  Swing Crispin, Frederic, Dictionary of Technical TermsThe Bruce Publishing Co.: 1948.  Chilton‟s Easy Car Care. Chilton Book Company. 3rd Ed. Chilton Way, Radnor, PA 19089  Stockel, Martin W. Auto mechanics Fundamentals. The Goodheart – Willcox Company, Inc. 1978  The Oxford Dictionary of Current English. New Revised Ed. Oxford University Press, 1998.  Popular Mechanics Guide To Auto Basic Repair and Maintenance. Book Division The Hearst Corporation, New York, NY  www.google.com.ph  en.wikipedia.org REFERENCES Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and relax a while then move on to the next lesson. Good luck! Assignment Sheet 2.1
  • 79.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 79 Interpret Plans and Drawings LESSON 3 LO 1.analyze signs, symbols and data; and LO 2. interpret technical drawings and plans. LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to do the following:
  • 80.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 80 ABS or Anti-lock Brake System - a safety system that allows the wheels on a motor vehicles to continue interacting with the road surfaces as directed by driver steering inputs while braking, preventing the wheels from locking up and therefore avoiding skidding Airbag- a vehicle safety device. It is an occupant restraint consisting of a flexibleenvelope designed to inflate rapidly during an automobile collision Cell - a device that produces electrical energy by the chemical action of electrodes in an electrolyte Charging system - to generate enough current to keep the battery fully charged, and to satisfy the demands of ignition and electrical system and it includes the alternator, voltage regulator which often a part of the alternator itself, the battery and the indicator gauge or warning light on the dash CurrentA flow of electric charge through a medium. This charge is a typically carried by moving electrons in a conductor such as wire ECU or Engine Control Unit- a type of electronic control unit that controls a series of actuators on an internal combustion engine to ensure the optimum running Electrical device - any physical entity in an electronics system used to affect the electrons or their associated fields in a desired manner consisted with the intended functions of the electronics components Engine - a machine designed to convert energy into useful mechanical motion Fabrication - an industrial term refers to building metal structure by cutting bending, and assembling Fog beam - provide a wide, a bar shaped beam of light with a sharp cutoff at the top and are generally aimed and mounted low Frame - a structural system that supports other components of a physical construction Ignition Coil - an induction coil in an automobile‟s ignition system which transforms the batteries low voltage to the thousands of volts needed to create an electrical spark Ignition- a spark in an internal-combustion engine that ignites and explodes a mixture of fuel and air Information notice - a publicly displayed notice or board bearing directions, instructions, or warnings Layout - the way component parts or individual items are arranged Mandatory - needing to be done, followed, or complied with, usually because of an official Definition of Terms
  • 81.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 81 requirement. Motorize- to fit something with motor: to fit something with a motor Pavement- the layered structured that forms the surfaces of path, road, highway, or aircraft runway Plans- drawing or diagram on a horizontal plane of the layout or arrangement Power train - the portion of a vehicles drive mechanism that transmits power the engine to the wheels, tracks, or propellers PPE or Personal Protective Equipment- the protective clothing, helmets, goggles, or other garments or equipment designed to protect the wearer‟s body from injury Roundabout - a type of circular intersection, a junction in which road traffic flows in one direction around a central island Schematic (diagram) - used extensively n repair manuals to help users understand the interconnections of parts, and to provide graphical instruction to assist in taking apart and rebuilding mechanical assemblies Signage- any kind of visual graphics created to displays Splice - to join two pieces of rope or wire by weaving the strands of each into the other Symbol- written or printed sign or character (image) that can represents something in a specific context Taillight- a part of lighting system of the vehicle usually mounted at the rear of the vehicles and usually come in pairs Traffic signs or road signs - signs erected at the side of roads to provide information to road users Transmission - it provides controlled applications of the power Unification - the act of identifying two terms with a suitable substitution. the act or process of uniting or joining together
  • 82.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 82  Traffic Signs - Safety signs and symbols  Warning signs  Regulatory signs- Mandatory and Prohibition  Information signs  Priority signs  Road map  Vehicle dashboard Materials Analyze signs, symbols and data LEARNING OUTCOME 1  Signs, symbols, and data are identified according to job specifications.  Sign, symbols, data and abbreviations are determined according to classification or as appropriate in drawing. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 83.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 83 A. Directions:Encircle the letter of the correct answer. 1. Which sign represents “KEEP LEFT”? A. B. C. D. 2. Which sign represents “NO STOPPING”? A. B. C. D. 3. Among the signs which of these is categorized as WARNING sign? A. B. C. D. 4. Which one is an INFORMATIVE sign? A. B. C. D. 5. Which sign represents a “PEDESTRIAN CROSSING”? A. B. C. D. 6. Which of the following signs is indicating a high risk circumstances is present . What Do You Already Know? Pretest LO 1 Let us determine how much you already know about analyzing signs, symbols and data. Take this test.
  • 84.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 84 A. B. C D. 7. If you see this, , what should you do? A. Maintain speed and just go, because you have the right of way. B. Stop right away. C. Slow down or stop if necessary and wait until it‟s clear to go. D. Must turn right and always keep on the right side of the road. 8. Identify which is the opposite sign of. A. B. C. D. 9. Categorize these signs , , , and A. Mandatory B. Regulatory C. Warning D. information 10. Categorize these signs: , and . A. Mandatory B. Regulatory C. Warning D. information B. Directions: Write the letter of the correct answer on the space provided in eachnumber. A. B. C. C. E. F. ______1.Indicates that one of the doors is not properly closed ______ 2.Charging system problem is detected ______3.The engine is experiencing low oil pressure. ______ 4.Excessive engine cooling system temperature. ______ 5.Hand brake is engaged. Criteria for Evaluating Results of Pre-Test 100%-skip the Learning Outcome and proceed to the next Learning Outcome 99%-below – Go through the Learning Outcome
  • 85.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 85 What Do You Need To Know? Know?Know? KKNowKnow? Analyze Signs, Symbols And Data Signs and Symbols are visuals that communicate idea, process or warning. Uses of signs and symbols are the following: 1. Draw attention to health and safety hazards. In any place, preservation of life is the most important, whether it is in the workplace or on the road for both the worker and visitors alike. 2. Point out hazards that may not be obvious. Extra precautions are reminded at some places or instances to avoid some risks that may not be obvious. 3. For poor observance of proper use of equipments. Tools and equipments are designed for some specific purpose and proper use, keep in mind that these tools and equipments may not perform well and may fail or even break when not properly used. A single failure ofequipments will result to decreased productivity. Even worst may cause harm to a worker himself. 4. Provide general information and directions. In a workplace, signages provide information of the different tools and equipments‟ location as well as emergency exits. 5. Remind employees where and when personal protective equipment must be worn. Workers sometimes forget to wear personal protective equipments though it is part of their daily routine. 6. Show where emergency equipment is located. Though safety is observed and accident-free environment is monitored. Workers should be familiarized with the emergency equipments location and how to use it. 7. Indicate where certain actions are prohibited. Certain actions are restricted in some equipment because of very high potential to cause injury. Information Sheet 1.1 Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1.
  • 86.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 86 Basic Sign Categories Regulatory signs are symbols in circle intended to instruct on what one must do (or not do) under a given circumstance. It is also used to reinforce laws, regulations or requirements which apply either at all times or at specific times or places. Ignoring these signs may result to a violation of existing law or regulation. Warning: Used to warn the public of a hazard or mark a hazardous site or area. Also of actions or potential situations which could lead to danger. Information: This sign is a very legibly printed and very noticeable placard that informs people of the purpose of an object, or gives them instruction on the use of something. Prohibition: Safety signs with a black symbol with a white background inside a red circle with a red diagonal line across the circle. Used to state actions, dress or machinery which must not or should be used. Mandatory: Safety signs with a white symbol in a blue circle. Indicate actions, dress or precautions which must be used. Caution: Indicates a potential hazard,which is a low level risk that could lead to minor or moderate injury. (Black on yellow) Danger: Indicates a definite hazard, which is a high level risk that could result in death or serious injury. (White on red) Emergency: Indicates first aid, health, fire protection and emergency equipment (White on green). Warning signs are best used to show unnoticeable hazards Implementing agency may apply penalties when regulatory signs are disregarded.
  • 87.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 87 Common Safety Signs General Information – Indicates permission or public information (White on blue). Information Signs FIRST AID EQUIPMENT GENERAL WATER TAP FIRE EXIT STAIRS GOING UP INFORMATION MANNED FIRST-AID STATION MAIN ELECTRICAL SWITCH EMERGENCY STOP ACCESSIBLE TELEPHONE Warning Signs CORROSION HAZARD HIGH VOLTAGE FLAMMABLE MATERIAL TIP HAZARD INDUSTRIAL VEHICLE SLIPPERY FLOOR RISK OF FALLING TOXIC MATERIAL Is it really necessary to use specific color and background for each group of signs?
  • 88.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 88 Regulatory - Mandatory Signs WEAR EYE PROTECTION KEEP AREA CLEAN WEAR HAND PROTECTION LIFT CORRECTLY WEAR FACE SHIELD SWITCH OFF WHEN NOT IN USE WEAR FOOT PROTECTION WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING WEAR FOOT AND LEG PROTECTION POSITION GUARDS BEFORE STARTING Regulatory – Prohibition Signs SMOKING PROHIBITED NO ENTRY DO NOT TOUCH NO EATING OR DRINKING LITTERING PROHIBITED ALCOHOL PROHIBITED USE OF MOBILE PHONE PROHIBITED OPEN FLAMES PROHIBITED COMPRESSED AIR NOT FOR CLEANING NO UNAUTHORIZE ENTRY
  • 89.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 89 Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? Directions: Encircle the letter of the correct answer. 1. Signs and symbols provide information and direction in a workplace for easy access to the services or information. What is the required color and background used for these informative symbols? A. White on Red B. White on Blue C. White on Black 2. Which is an example of informative sign? A. B. C. 3. Which is an example of sign that gives emphasis to hazards that is not obvious? A. B. C. Signs with the symbol is categorized as… A. Mandatory sign B. Prohibition sign C. Caution sign 4. Signs in white color in a blue rectangular or square background is A. Mandatory sign B. Prohibition sign C. Information sign 5. Signs enclosed in a triangle is A. Regulatory sign B. Warning sign C. Information sign 6. Sign for “ Warning: HOT SURFACE” is A. B. C. 7. It is a symbol which reinforces an existing law or order which, should never be ignored. A. B. C. 8. Which symbol is requiring the worker to use PPE? A. Regulatory sign B. Warning sign C. Information sign 9. Which category of symbols is best used to show a health hazard that is not obviously seen? A. Regulatory sign B. Warning sign C. Information sign How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 1.1
  • 90.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 90 Common Safety Signs 1.______ 2.______ 3.______ Show that you have learned something by doing this activity. Directions: On the space provided in the box, fill-up the blank with the correct answer and explain to the class your views about them. Basic Sign Categories 1.______ 2.______ 3. ______ HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
  • 91.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 91 Performance Rubrics Criteria 3 ( Better ) 2 ( Good ) 1 ( Needs Improvement) Knowledge of the topic The topic was very satisfactory, clear and well-defined The main idea and major points were correctly stated The topic was satisfactory, clear and defined The main idea was stated satisfactorily and some major points were all included The topic was unclear and there was no main idea at all Delivery Presentation was completed on time, and the manner of speaking was steady throughout Some corrections were needed to complete presentation on time and manner of speaking was neither too fast nor too slow Presentation was not completed on time and manner of speaking was too fast or too slow Communicatio n Spoke clearly and distinctively; and explanation of information was easily conveyed Spoke clearly but explanations could be more detailed Spoke unclearly with inadequate and incomplete explanation Completeness of information All the following information were included: - technical issue - statement of the problem - conclusion - recommendations Three (3) out of four (4) information were included: - technical issue - statement of the problem - conclusion - recommendations Only two(2) out of four (4) information were included: - technical issue - statement of the problem - conclusion - recommendations Find out by accomplishing the following job. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform?
  • 92.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 92 Rating Scale: 9 - 12 – Better 5 - 8 – Good 1 - 4 – Needs Improvement WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? _____ Directions: Introduce yourself to the traffic police/aide as automotive servicing student. Interview him about the importance of traffic signs and symbols to the pedestrians. How Do You Extend Your Learning?
  • 93.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 93 Analyze Signs, Symbols And Data Automotive servicing doesn‟t end on finishing the job in an auto repair shop. When necessary, a road test is performed to conduct a closer observation on a vehicle. To do this, the one who performs the job must be knowledgeable in driving, a holder of a driver‟s license and knows by heart the meaning of different traffic signs and symbols. Traffic signs not just provide information but guide and keep safe the motorist and the community from accident. Common Traffic Signs Regulatory – Mandatory Signs White symbol on blue circular background TURN RIGHT TURN LEFT KEEP LEFT AHEAD ONLY KEEP RIGHT Regulatory – Prohibition Signs Mostly black symbol on white circular background background with red border NO ENTRY NO STOPPING NO LEFT TURN NO PARKING NO U-TURN SPEED LIMIT NO OVERTAKING NO RIGHT TURN HORN MOTORCYCLE PROHIBITED The marking or figure in the SPEED LIMIT sign is in kilometer per hour What Do You Need To Know? Read Information Sheet 1.2 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing the Self-check 1.2. Information Sheet 1.2
  • 94.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 94 Warning Signs Mostly black symbol on white triagular background with red border or Black symbol in yellow diamond. BEND WARNING T-JUNCTION AHEAD TRAFFIC SIGNAL AHEAD JUNCTION AHEAD UNEVEN ROAD SERIES OF BENDS QUARYSIDE AHEAD STEEP HILL UPWARD SLIPPERY ROAD CHILDREN AHEAD PEDESTRIAN CROSSROAD AHEAD SHARP CURVE MERGING TRAFFIC TUNNEL AHEAD For traffic signs, according to the “Vienna Convention on Road Signs and Signals”, the symbol in yellow diamond with black border is another warning sign in addition to the white triangle in red border.
  • 95.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 95 Information, Facilities or Service Signs are signs that use white symbol on blue or green rectangular background. PARKING PORT HOSPITAL HOME ZONE Priority signs Other provision stated in the “Vienna Convention on Road Signs and Signals” YIELD or GIVE WAY SIGN Inverted equilateral triangle in a white background with red border. It means you must let traffic in the intersection or close to it go first. Stop if necessary and go only when the way is clear. STOP SIGN White text “STOP” in red octagon. It means you must come to a complete stop. Stop at the stop line if it is marked on the pavement. If there is no stop line, stop at the crosswalk. If there is no crosswalk, stop at the edge of the sidewalk. If there is no sidewalk, stop at the edge of the intersection. Wait until the way is clear before entering the intersection. PRIORITY ON ONCOMING Priority on the traffic flow on the black arrow direction which gives them the “right of way”. While in red arrow direction must yield. PRIORITY FOR ONCOMING Priority on the traffic flow on the white arrow direction, which has the privilege of the right of way, than in red arrow direction For complete information on traffic signs please follow the link to: Vienna Convention on Road Signs and Signals at Wikipedia http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vienna_Convention_on_Road_Signs_and_Signal s
  • 96.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 96 Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? A. IDENTIFICATION:Identify the symbol and write your answer on the space provided. 1. _____________________________ 2. _____________________________ 3. _____________________________ 4. _____________________________ 5. _____________________________ B. CLASSIFICATION: Put a check on the correct classification of the symbols given below. 1. [ ] Regulatory [ ] Warning [ ] Information 2. [ ] Regulatory [ ] Warning [ ] Information 3. [ ] Regulatory [ ] Warning [ ] Information 4. [ ] Regulatory [ ] Warning [ ] Information 5. [ ] Regulatory [ ] Warning [ ] Information How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 1.2
  • 97.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 97 Show that you have learned something by doing this activity. Hazard Reduction Road Plan A. Designing a hazard reduction road plan. 1. Copy road map of your city or town. 2. Be sure to indicate the roads or streets on your map. 3. Place some landmarks. 4. Create 5 to 10 pieces small (about 1cm X 1cm) traffic and road sign a. Use 1 or more regulatory sign. b. Use 2 or more warning signs. c. Use 1 or more information sign. 5. Based on your map, place your traffic and road signs on your map to keep it safe for the motorists and the community. B. Answer the following questions 1. Where should you place your signs, left or right side of the road? 2. Why do you have to place your signs distance ahead of the actual location of its information? 3. What would happen if signs are not properly placed? 4. If you are to work in a large shop without any signs and symbol, what are the possibilities that might happen to you, shop and the job? HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 1.2
  • 98.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 98 Performance Rubrics Criteria 3 ( Better ) 2 ( Good ) 1 (Needs Improvement ) Accuracy of information All information were clear with no questionable ideas Two (2) information were unclear/questionable Three (3) or more information were unclear/questionable Evidence of understanding Demonstrated a clear and complete understanding of information Demonstrated a good understanding of the information Inadequate and incomplete information indicating poor understanding Variety of information Have wide variety of information with few repetitions Have a few variety of information with some repetitions Have little or no variety of information with lots of repetitions Rating Scale: 9 - 12 – Better 5 - 8 – Good 1 - 4 – Needs Improvement WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? _____ Find out by accomplishing the following job. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform?
  • 99.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 99 Directions: Move around your nearest barangay. Observe the visibility of traffic signs and symbols in the community. Report your findings in the class. DASHBOARD SYMBOLS The dashboard, particularly the instrument panel, represents the easiest way a vehicle talks back to its driver, allowing him to stay up to date with the status of the car and provide him with prior notice on potential mechanical problems. Common Dashboard symbols and meaning. ABS warning light It is turned on every time there's something wrong with the Anti-lock Brake System. Note that the ABS symbol is activated once the driver starts the engine but it's automatically turned off after a few seconds. What Do You Need To Know? How Do You Extend Your Learning? Read Information Sheet 4.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing the Self-check 4.1. Information Sheet 1.3
  • 100.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 100 Low fuel notification This panel is switched on if the fuel level gets very low and refuel is required. Seat belt reminder The symbol appears and remains active as long as the engine is started and the seat belt remains unfastened; depending on the car manufacturer and car model, the seat belt reminder is combined with an audio notification. Brake system alert The notification is powered on if the ECU detects a problem to the brake system Tire pressure monitor The warning is turned on in case of low tire pressure which could raise the fuel consumption or affect the grip. Front airbag The light monitors the front airbag and, in case it is turned on, signals a problem with it; it usually requires professional assistance. Fog beams indicator It is activated and remains on once the driver turns on the fog beams Battery warning If this light is turned on while driving, it reveals a malfunction concerning the battery charging system. Emergency indicator The notification is activated once the driver pushes the emergency button Power train malfunction If on, this light shows that the power train has been damaged and the car needs to be serviced as soon as possible.
  • 101.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 101 Open doors indicator This symbol is usually turned on just after the driver starts the engine and informs him that one or more doors are closed incorrectly Temperature warning light It warns the driver of the possibility of engine overheating and usually demands the driver to stop the vehicle High beam light It is turned on once the driver activates the high beam mode of the headlights. Oil pressure warning This notification is turned on if the ECU detects a problem with the oil pressure; the driver is usually recommended to stop the vehicle and service it as soon as possible. Turn signals Surely the most known instrument panels, the turn signals are activated once the driver changes direction and uses the signal lever Follow the link to learn how to read dashboard instrument gauges: http://www.familycar.com/Classroom/dashboard.htm
  • 102.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 102 Directions: Encircle the letter of the correct option for each given condition. A. 1. Not charging A. B. C. D. 2. Over heating A. B. C. D. 3. Running out of gas A. B. C. D. 4. High beam on A. B. C. D. 5. Emergency indicator A. B. C. D. B. Multiple Choice: Write the letter of your answer to identify the signs and symbols. How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 1.3
  • 103.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 103 Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? 1. This symbol lit up as soon as the ignition key is switch on then, later after the engine runs it lit off. A. Charging system is normal and functional. B. Charging system needs repair C. Ignition system is malfunctioning D. Ignition system is normal and functional. 2. If this symbol is ignored A. The engine will last long. B. The engine is overheating. C. Transmission gear oil is too low. D. This could lead to damaging wear and tear of the engine bearing. 3. When both of these are blinking up A. Left turn or right turn lever jammed B. Emergency button has been activated C. Turn signal experiencing short circuit D. It‟s a parking light. 4. The ignition key is on and the seat belt warnig does no lit up even though not fastened correctly A. Driver is not on the steering wheel B. Hand brake is activated. C. The engine has not started yet D. It will lit up when fastened correctly 5. Tire pressure monitor lit up A. The tire is over pressurized. B. The tire is under pressure. C. All of the above D. None of the above
  • 104.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 104 Show that you have learned something by doing this activity. “GIVE ME A SIGN” Where else are the warning signs? Have you seen all warning signs inside your shop? Can you now identify road signs and their meanings? Here are some more signs and symbols to learn. Never drive if you don‟t know these, you might get into a trouble. Service mechanic should know these signs and symbols very well, these help a lot in diagnosing a problem. Are you ready to meet your new set of signs and symbols? If yes, 1. Ready your paper and pencil. 2. Proceed to the nearest auto shop or garage (jeepneys are not recommended, cars are recommended). 3. Ask politely the owner for the assistance (never do this on your own), to turn on the ignition. See and observe the front panel in front of the driver‟s seat. 4. You must be seeing some symbols that lit-up in the front panel instrument. On your paper, draw those symbols that you have observed. It is an advantage if you can take a picture of it. 4. You may ask the owner what are those symbols for? Take note of its purpose. Answer the following questions. 1. Why is it necessary to have the front panel instrument? ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ____________ 2. What does the symbol that lit is trying to convey? ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ____________ 3. How will these symbols help you in performing diagnosis in that vehicle? ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ____________ HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
  • 105.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 105 Performance Rubrics Criteria 3 ( Better ) 2 ( Good ) 1 ( Needs Improvement ) Mastery of the concept Manifested a working knowledge of the concept with no error Manifested some working knowledge of the concept with few errors Manifested few working knowledge of the concept with many errors Level of competence Performed the skill/process accurately and automatically Performed the skill/process accurately but not automatically Performed the skill/process with significant errors and cannot actually do the skill/process Level of confidence Demonstrated the skills correctly and easily with confidence Demonstrated the skills correctly but not easily Demonstrated the skills but made some mistakes Completeness of work Demonstrated a level of completion at 100% Demonstrated a level of completion at 85% Demonstrated a level of completion at 65% Rating Scale: 9 - 12 – Better 5 - 8 – Good 1 - 4 – Needs Improvement WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? __________ Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform?
  • 106.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 106 1. Using the internet, download the different signs and symbols found on the dashboard panel of a vehicle. How Do You Extend Your Learning?
  • 107.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 107  Sample drawing  Schematic diagram of electrical circuit  Pictorial diagram of electrical circuit  Wiring diagram of a vehicle  Layout diagram  Sample plan  Technical drawing Materials Interpret Technical Drawings and Plans LEARNING OUTCOME 2  Necessary tools, materials and equipment are identified according to the plan.  Components, assemblies or objects are recognized.  Dimensions and specifications are identified according to job requirements. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 108.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 108 Directions: Encircle the best answer for each question. 1. An illustration of clutch system wherein each component is arranged in a manner of proper assembly. This presentation is A. Pictorial B. Semi-schematic C. Schematic D. Plan 2. In the Ignition System Diagram wherein symbols and images are used to represent the components, what kind of diagram is drawn on this presentation? A. Pictorial B. Semi-schematic C. Schematic D. Plan 3. A presentation of the ignition system wherein all components are represented by simple images. A. Pictorial B. Semi-schematic C. Schematic D. Plan 4. It is a circuit protecting device that melts and cuts off a circuit. What is the symbol? A. B. C. D. 5. Which of the following is NOT used in schematic diagram? A. B. C. D. M What Do You Already Know? Pretest LO 2 Let us determine how much you already know about interpreting technical drawings and plans. Take this test.
  • 109.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 109 6. A picture of something made with a pencil or pen usually consisting of lines generally without color. A. Diagram B. Drawing C. Pictorial D. Plan 7. Uses simplified standard symbols. A. Layout Diagram B. Pictorial C. Semi-schematic D. Schematic 8. Also known as “Physical design” which shows the actual connection being used. This is more artistic than schematic and pictorial diagram. A. layout diagram B. pictorial C. semi-schematic D. schematic 9. Represents an electrical connection to the metal body or frame of the vehicle. A. Pictorial B. Plan C. ground D. Schematic 10. Used to present some components precisely with dimension. A. Plan B. Technical drawing C. semi-schematic D. pictorial 11. The source of electricity in an automobile. A. ground B. terminals C. fuse D. battery 12. Which of the following isconsider as load? A. battery B. wire C. bulb D. ground 13. Electrically operated noise makers used by the driver to warn the pedestrian of an approaching vehicle. A. relay B. headlight C. horn D. tail light
  • 110.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 110 14. An electrical device that converts electrical energy to mechanical energy in a rotary motion. A. resistor B. motor C. relay D. bulb 15. A device that allows a small current to control a switch of a much larger current circuit. A. relay B. engine C. park light D. switch Criteria for Evaluating Results of Pre-Test 100%-skip the Learning Outcome and proceed to the next Learning Outcome 99%-below – Go through the Learning Outcome
  • 111.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 111 What Do You Need To Know? DIAGRAMS, PLANS AND DRAWING A drawing is a picture of something made with a pencil or pen usually consisting of lines generally without color. Plan is used to communicate fabrication instruction. A diagram is a “simple drawing” which uses a symbolic presentation of information according to some visualization technique. In automotive servicing, a graph-based diagram is commonly utilized in expressing information such as schematic, pictorial, semi-schematic, and a layout diagram. Common schematic diagrams 1. A pictorial diagram uses simple images of components, 2. A schematic diagram uses simplified standard symbols 3. A semi-schematic diagram combines some of the standard symbols with other elements displayed as simple images. Information Sheet 2.1 Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well; then, find out how much you can remember and how much you have learned by doing Self-check.
  • 112.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 112 Observe that all lamps use standard symbols except the head light (sealed beam) which uses an image. Spark plugs are displayed as images. Advantage of the Semi-Schematic diagram in wiring diagram is making the diagram easy to realize than a pure standard symbol.
  • 113.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 113 4. A layout diagram or the “physical design” which shows the actual connection being used. This is more artistic than schematic and pictorial diagram. Plans are a set of drawings or two-dimensional diagrams used to describe a place or object, or to communicate building or fabrication instructions. The purpose of a plan is to capture all the geometric features of a component. This is also for presentation or orientation purposes.
  • 114.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 114 Common to industrial purposes like in automotive, a technical drawing is use to present some components precisely with dimension. In this drawing, English System is used for all dimensions except the dimension for the thread given in “12x8 Metric (1.25 pitch)”. Design specification is well illustrated in a technical drawing such those in times when necessary replacement has to be considered, the drawing will be the basis of requirement.
  • 115.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 115 How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 2.1
  • 116.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 116 Directions: Write the letter of the correct answer for each number below. 1. Technical Drawing: _____ 2. Schematic Diagram _____ 3. Pictorial Diagram _____ 4. Lay out Diagram _____ 5. Drawing Plan _____ Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
  • 117.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education Page 131 What Do You Need To Know? COMMON ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS BATTERY. The pair of long and short lines represent a cell. A series of cells make up a battery. Long lines represent the positive plates while the short lines represent the negative plates The GROUND symbol represents the electrical connection to the metal body or frame of the vehicle. In turn, the negative cable of the battery is connected between the negative battery terminal and the body/frame of the vehicle. The FUSE is a circuit protection device. If the current exceeds the maximum rating for the circuit, the fuse element melts, thereby opening the circuit. Information Sheet 2.2 Read Information Sheet 2.2 very well; then, find out how much you can remember and how much you have learned by doing Self-check.
  • 118.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 132 The BULB (light bulb) symbol can represent any type of light bulb (headlight, taillight, etc). If there is no dot at the intersection of the lines, then those wires are not connected. A dot at the intersection of wires is a permanent CONNECTION point, or splice This symbol represents a MALE-FEMALE CONNECTOR. If it is a one piece multiple wire connector (harness), the connectors will be surrounded by a box. MALE FEMALE
  • 119.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 133 COMMON DRAWING SYMBOLS A fixed RESISTOR is an electrical device that is used to reduce current flow. M MOTOR is an electrical device that converts electrical energy to mechanical energy in a rotary motion HORN is an electrical device that converts electrical energy into sound.
  • 120.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 134 How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 2.2
  • 121.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 135 A. Directions: Match Column A with Column B. Write only the letter of the correct answer on a separate sheet of paper. Column A Column B 1. It is a circuit protecting device which melts and opens a circuit when a current exceeds its maximum rating. 2. Which symbol represents the connection of a load to the frame or body of the vehicle? 3. What symbol is used to represent the source of electrical energy? 4. Which symbol represents a device the opens and closes the circuit? 5. Which symbol stands for joining pair of male and a female connector A. B. C. D. E. F.
  • 122.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 136 Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? B. Draw and Identify: Draw the missing symbol on the box and write the name of the symbol on the space provided. 1. ________________________ 2. _______________________ 3. _______________________
  • 123.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 137 Directions: Answer the following question: 1. Since most component of a vehicle is readily available in the auto supply, explain why is it necessary for automotive servicing to have a technical drawing? ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ____________________ 2. In technical drawing, explain why dosome components need to be sectioned? ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________ ____________ Show that you learned something by doing this activity. How Do You Apply What You Have Learned? Activity Sheet 2.2
  • 124.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 138 Performance Rubrics Criteria 3 ( Better ) 2 ( Good ) 1 ( Needs Improvement ) Knowledge of the topic The topic was very satisfactorily clear and well-defined The main idea and major points were correctly stated The topic was satisfactorily clear and defined The main idea was stated satisfactorily and some major points were all included The topic was unclear and there was no main idea at all Delivery Presentation was completed on time, and the manner of speaking was steady throughout Some corrections were needed to complete presentation on time and manner of speaking was neither too fast nor too slow Presentation was not completed on time and manner of speaking was too fast or too slow Communication Spoke clearly and distinctively; and explanation of Information was easily conveyed Spoke clearly but explanations could be more detailed Spoke unclearly with inadequate and incomplete explanation Completeness of information All the following information were included: - technical issue - statement of the problem - conclusion - recommendations Three (3) out of four (4) information were included: - technical issue - statement of the problem - conclusion - recommendations Only two(2) out of four (4) information were included: - technical issue - statement of the problem - conclusion - recommendations Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform?
  • 125.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 139 Rating Scale: 9 - 12 – Better 5 - 8 – Good 1 - 4 – Needs Improvement WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? __________ 1. Using the internet, download the common traffic and drawing symbols used in a vehicle. Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and relax a while then move on to the next lesson. Good luck! How Do You Extend Your Learning? LO1  Manual of Traffic Sign http://www.trafficsign.us/signshape.html  Transportation Engineering Philippines http://engineer-einjel.blogspot.com/2009/10/traffic-signs.html  Vienna Convention on Road Signs and Signals http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Vienna_Convention_on_Road_Signs_and_Signal s LO 2  Automotive Technology Studies http://rsandas.com/P1_Session_2-1.html  How to Read Dashboard Lights http://www.autoevolution.com/news/how-to-read-the-dashboard-lights- 1370.html#image2  Picture Symbol http://dashboardsymbols.com/the-symbols/  Understanding your dashboard gauges http://www.familycar.com/Classroom/dashboard.htm  The Different Safety Signs and Symbols http://safetysignsandsymbols.com/ REFERENCES
  • 126.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 140 Perform Shop Maintenance LESSON 4 LO 1.inspect/clean tools, materials and shop equipment; LO 2. store/arrange tools and shop equipment; and LO 3. dispose waste/used lubricant. LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to do the following:
  • 127.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 141 Apron-a garment for covering the front of the clothes Automotivewaste- any harmful, discarded automotive byproducts Cleaning- a process of removing dirt by wiping or by brushing Corrosives - those chemicals that pose risk to organic material, especially human flesh. Corrosive materials and most cleaners are composed of acids and bases Coveralls- a protective clothing that provides full body protection Flammable- a condition capable for easy combustion Gloves- a rubber or leather-made hand protecting device Goggles- a transparent or dark eyeglass that protect the welders‟ eyes from injury Hand tools- portable devices that are guided and operated by hands Hazardous material- any material that can cause bodily injury or pose a threat to the environment Inspection- examining or looking closely as a course of action Lubricant -a substance applied to a surface to reduce friction Protection -prevention from being harmed or injured Safety- freedom from danger or risk Service procedures - an established method of work or task Signs and symbols- a mark that expresses information to warn or to give direction Toxic material- any poisonous material that can cause illness or death Waste management- activities that deal with proper disposal of waste Waste material -any discarded or unusable byproducts or materials Workshop -a workplace where activities of service procedures are done Definition of Terms
  • 128.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 142  Personal Protective Equipment  Goggles, welding mask, dust mask/respirator, hand gloves, coveralls Materials  Rags, engine oil, diesel oil, gasoline , container, trash bin  Picture of safety signs and symbols  Sample chemicals/compound  Lacquer thinner. Paint remover, turco, acid, cleaners  Electric machines, connectors, plugs Materials Inspect/clean tools, materials and shop equipment LEARNING OUTCOME 1  Tools, equipment and work area are inspected and cleaned, free from dust, grease and other substance.  Cleaning solvent as per workshop cleaning requirements is observed.  Work area is checked and cleaned. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 129.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 143 Directions: Choose the letter of the option that will best complete the sentence. 1. Accidents are usually caused by: A. fate C. nature B. mistakes D. haste 2. Loose clothes, untucked shirt or unrolled sleeves worn during work by a mechanic may result to getting: A. caught by the machine C. torn B. dirty D. stained 3. Type of shoes that should be worn as protection from accident or injury in the workplace: A. hard shoes or boots with rubber soles C. tennis shoes with Velcro fasteners B. sandals with heels and closed toes D. track shoes with laces 4. Why rings or jewelry are dangerous to wear during work: A. could cause electric shock C. scratch machines or car finish B. react chemically with oil and solvents D. all of the above 5. Most important reason why it‟s important to use the right tools for the right job. A. save money C. efficiency B. fun D. neatness What Do You Already Know? Pretest LO 1 Let us determine how much you already know about the inspecting/cleaning tools, materials and shop equipment. Take this test.
  • 130.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 144 What Do You Need To Know? ۩ WORKSHOP POLICIES AND SERVICE PROCEDURES  Workshop Policy The workshop policy applies to all workshop. It entails awareness about legal policies that must be put into practice. It is an understanding of all the hazards that may exist in the workplace. Each person who works at the shop should be required to read the policy and agrees to abide by it. This provides important legal protections in the event of an accident. Workshop policy includes shop safety. It is the responsibility of everyone. Safety means protecting oneself from injury at all times. Working in the shop requires the use of a large variety of tools, materials, and equipment that can injure the worker and others in the shop if not properly used. A profitable auto shop is a well-run auto shop; a well-run auto shop is a safe one. Automotive mechanic uses power tools if needed, Power tools are usually electrically driven. It means it can work in a span of minute. Therefore, this must be treated with care and respect. Workshop policy on service procedures from the time the customer comes in and gets out must be strictly followed so that they will be satisfied with the work rendered to them. Workers will also benefit if is obeyed. It means that they will work on the job order issued to them. They should never work on any other orders unless given to them by the person in charge so that healthy working relationship is preserved between the company and the workers. Information Sheet 1.1 Read Information Sheet 1.1 very well; then, find out how much you can remember and how much you have learned by doing Self-check.
  • 131.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 145 There is also workshop policy on the use of tools, materials and equipment. Compliance with them will create good management of these implements. Materials like rags, petroleum products, and water are economized; tools hammers, wrenches and screwdrivers are taken care; and use of equipment like air compressor as substitute to electric fan is not misused. Aside from these, use of workshop and office facilities like fans, papers, toiletries, cleaning materials are not abused.  General Requirements of Safety in Workshop Policy  Guidelines for safe practices. 1. During the course of working in the shop, a general service technician moves from one area of the shop to another, moving parts and equipment around the shop and performing varied tasks. It is important that the shop floor be free of hazards that could cause technicians to slip or trip. 2. In a wide variety of shop tasks, waste materials are produced that can cause dangerous situations unless the waste materials are disposed of or stored properly. 3. Always be sure that shop exits are well-marked with an EXIT sign and are clear of obstructions. 4. For personal safety and to help keep the shop free of hazards, always comply with the following safety rules: a. Work quietly and focus solely on the job at hand. b. Do not leave creepers lay on the floor. Always stand them against the wall, wheels outward, when not in use. c. Do not indulge in horseplay in the shop; immature and improper behavior can cause serious accidents. d. Before performing a task, consider the relevant safety precautions related to the task and formulate a prevention plan for each hazard.  Keep the shop free of hazards.  Use appropriate personal protective devices (clothing and equipment)   Handling and using materials containing potentially harmful chemicals correctly  Use hand tools, power tools, and equipment correctly.
  • 132.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 146 e. Always wear protective clothing and equipment in any situation where it is necessary.  Wear protective eyewear at all times in the shop area.  Do not wear rings, bracelets, watches, or necklaces when working around moving machinery or electrical equipment.  Do not put sharp objects into the pocket of work clothes. They could cause personal injury or damage to vehicles.  Keep hands free from oil and grease.  Wipe off grease and other spills from the shop floor immediately, or at least put an oil-absorbing compound over them. 5. When cleaning up flammable liquids, always dispose of the rags in a metal container with a tight-fitting lid. 6. Do not look in the direction of another person who is welding. 7. Do not run a vehicle engine inside a closed garage unless the vehicle exhaust is hooked up to exhaust ventilation equipment. A deadly amount of carbon monoxide, which is present in the exhaust, can collect in a very short time. 8. Do not smoke in any shop, except in an area designated for smoking. 9. When pumping a flammable liquid from a large container into a small one, be sure to first attach a ground wire between both containers. These guidelines for safety practices are practical in nature. Common sense dictates what to do but knowing how these practices are applied will increase awareness and ability to increase your competencies.
  • 133.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 147 ۩ STANDARD SAFE HANDLING OF TOOLS, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Safety in workshop is subject to a number of various risk assessments and safe codes of working practices. This must be adhered to and enforced by those in charge of the workplace. There may be risk activities in the shop by which one must observe properly.  Handling of Tools, Materials, and Equipment Everyone involve in the shop should be trained in proper handling of tools, materials, and equipment. It is necessary for you to recognize them and how they are used. The following information will give you insights on safe handling. 1. Service of records of all machine tools, materials and equipment must be kept. All information must be complete and done in order. 2. All portable electrical equipment must be regularly inspected and tested for electrical safety. 3. There must be a responsible person to take charge of the tools, materials, and equipment before, during and after used. 4. Every worker involved must be trained according to use of work equipment and tools. 5. Tools and equipment must be cleaned after use. 6. There must be proper uniform (apron, shirt, or apron) when working with machine tools or other equipment especially those that have rotating spindles. 7. Precision measuring equipment, drills, etc. must be placed in their appropriate cabinets after use. Handling tools, materials and equipment safely will give a better work output. Their life cycle is prolonged. Task is accomplished easily and life is preserved.
  • 134.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 148 ۩ TYPES AND USAGE OF CLEANING CHEMICALS Cleaning chemicals are used in taking away dirt, dust and hard to remove grime. Cleaning products have variety of ingredients. They may be safe or toxic depending on how they are used. Cleaning chemicals used in automotive servicing are quite different from the ones used in households. Even though some cleaning materials in households can have small amount of chemicals used in automotive, it cannot surpass the kind of cleaning materials used in automotive because of the different types and extent of their application. Cleaning products for use in automotive is somehow stronger than other cleaning materials used for garments and other household purpose. Cleaning products used in automotive are for plastics, metals, leathers, rubbers and glasses. These types of cleaning products are hazardous and corrosives. That is why, strict compliance with their use must be considered seriously or else this will pose danger to the one using these and to the environment. Cleaning products used for plastics are somehow not applicable for use in leathers because of some ingredients that do not conform to the latter. The reason why they differ in types of chemicals mix in the product is the strength of alkalinity and acidity. Strong alkalis are those that have sodium hydroxide and are used in removing paints like paint remover. Heavy-duty alkalis are those that contains sodium carbonate and are used in removing greasy substance like thinner. A mild alkali is a sodium bicarbonate contained chemicals. They are also known as baking soda used in removing oily substance in automobile body before wash-out painting. Aside from alkali type of cleaners, the acid base type cleaning chemicals have at least three types. The strong acid cleaners are highly corrosive. They are good in removing hard deposits. Hydrochloric acid or the well-known muriatic acid is a good example of this type. The mild acidcleaners are good in removing rusty stains and blemish. Anti-rust cleaners, wheels and tires dressing compound are good example of this type, and the soft acid cleaners are those that are used in cleaning glasses. This kind of cleaners is available in detergent, liquid, and bar. Some manufacturers of cleaning products are producing all-purpose cleaners that can be used either in plastic, rubber or leather. This kind of cleaning materials are solvents that come in cream, paste or spray and can be applied directly to the article to be cleaned. Lacquer thinner Paint remover Turco
  • 135.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 149 In using any cleaning materials for automotive use, it is basic and necessary that safety procedures must be followed. Usually, the use of appropriate hand gloves will protect the hands from entrance of chemicals to the skin and fingernails that may cause liver or kidney disease, skin irritation and allergy. Respirator or dust mask is also recommended to protect the respiratory system from inhalation of hazardous fumes. Fumes coming from chemicals can dry the eyes. That is why goggles is recommended in relieving the eyes from eye irritation, dryness and accidental splash of cleaning products. All protection must be done when using automotive cleaners to avoid risk of severe injury. Muriatic acid Glass cleaners Hand gloves Respirator and dust mask Safety eye goggles
  • 136.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 150 I. Directions: Write the correct answer on the space provided in the statement. Use your Activity notebook in answering the statement. 1. The workshop policy applies to all __________. A. workshops C. work plan B. work spaces D. work habit 2. Workshop policy includes shop _________. A. forum C. safety B. recording D. shopping 3. Workshop policy on service procedures must be strictly __________. A, delayed C. followed B. disallowed D. tried 4. Always wear __________ clothing and personal equipment in any situation when necessary. A. protective C. impressive B. deductive D. inductive 5. Workers should never work on any other orders unless given to them by the ______. A. chairman C. person-in-charge B. co-worker D. supervisor II. Directions: Select the best answer. Write the letter only. 1. Greasy and slippery tools must be _____A. kept clean and free of dust and oil or grease. _____B. kept covered. _____C. used with gloves. _____D. wiped with friction oil. 2. Defective tools and equipment should be _____A. marked as defective _____B. put under the bench _____C. reused _____D. thrown away 3. To prevent from being bumped into or tripped over, tools used should be _____A. passed on to someone else who will need them next _____B. put under the bench so that they are out of the way _____C. returned to the tool room or put back in their drawers, cabinets or racks _____D. stacked neatly on the bench when you are done with them 4. For safety, drawers and cabinet doors should be _____A. avoided. _____B. clearly labeled. _____C. kept closed. _____D. painted red. 5. Do not lay tools on ledges, fenders, or any place where they could _____A. get lost. _____B. fall on someone. _____C. get dirty. _____D. look messy and unprofessional. How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 1.1
  • 137.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 151 Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? III. Directions: Identify the strength of the following chemical cleaners in the box.Write S for Strong, H for Heavy, M for Mild, and S for Soft. Write your answers in your Activity notebook. 1. 1. _________ 2. 2. _________ 3. 3. _________ 4. 4. _________ 5. 5. _________ Paint Remover Muriatic Acid Lacquer Thinner Dressing Compound Glass Cleaners
  • 138.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 152 Show that you have learned something by doing this activity. I. Directions: Make a round inside the workshop area. Observe and list down the condition of the shop if it complies with the workshop policy requirements. Answer the following questions. 1. What workshop policy needs to be: Improved Removed 2. What other suggestions can you give? 2.1 _____________________________________________________________ 2.2 _____________________________________________________________ 2.3 _____________________________________________________________ HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
  • 139.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 153 II. Directions: Perform the proper handling of tools, materials and equipment. Connecting and disconnecting of electrical plug from the source Wiping or brushing dust and dirt with rags and brush Making tags for "Out of Order" machine Inspecting electric machines Carrying of Electric Drills
  • 140.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 154 Performance Rubrics Criteria 5 3 1 Proficiency Performs the task with competence and exceptional performance Performs the task with competence and with standard performance Performs the task with competence but below standard performance Accuracy Performs the task with no error Performs the task with at least 1-2 errors Performs the task with at least 3-5 errors Completeness Performs all the steps in sequence Performs the task with at least 2-3 steps not met Performs the task with at least 3-5 steps not met Safety Follows all the safety practices as set in the guidelines Follows the safety practices with at least 1-2 safety measures not met Follows the safety practices with at least 3-5 safety measures not met T O T A L _________________________ RATING SCALE: Points Earned (S) Numerical Rating (PL) Descriptive Rating (PL) 21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding 16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good 11 – 15 81 - 85 Good 06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair 01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? ______ Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform?
  • 141.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 155 Directions: Visit the nearest automotive shop in your community. Introduce yourself as automotive servicing student and ask for the different chemical cleaning materials they used in automotive shop. Compare with the ones listed below. 1. Anti-rust paint 2. Anti-rust spray 3. Automobile body cleaners 4. Baking soda 5. Glass cleaner 6. Lacquer thinner 7. Metal conditioner 8. Muriatic acid 9. Paint remover 10. Paint thinner 11. Solvent 12. Wheel and tire dressing compound How Do You Extend Your Learning?
  • 142.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 156  Personal body protection  Bonnet, rubber gloves, apron, goggles, hand cream, safety shoes, coveralls  International standard safety signs and symbols  Picture of 5 S Materials Store/arrange tools and shop equipment LEARNING OUTCOME 2  Corresponding labels for containers and waste materials are posted and made visible.  Total quality management is observable. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 143.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 157 Directions: Write the letter of the best answer to complete the statement. 1. To some degree, personal safety in the workshop is not only confined to the use of tools, materials and equipment but to __________. A. her C. others B. him D. self 2. When working in the shop, it is a good personal protection to work in __________ area. A. well-built C. well- scented B. well-loved D. well-ventilated 3. Goggles, head bonnet, and dust musk are good implements for _______ protection. A. lower body C. upper body B. middle body D. whole body 4. Personal safety includes __________, values and awareness. A. habits C. venture B. vending D. ventilation 5. When personal safety is the issue, it is basic to human instinct to ______ oneself. A. prevent C. promote B. produce D. protect 6. High grade rubber ____ protects the hands from paint, solvent and electrical shock. A. belt C. gloves B. band D. tire 7. The nose and face should be protected with __________. A. face lift C. face powder B. face mask D. scar face 8. _________ and symbols must be clearly written and properly identified. A. signs C. stickers B. insignia D. posters 9. International standard labeled signs are black _________ with red surround shape. A. cymbals C. sandals B. samples D. symbols 10. When working ______________ must come first before anything else. A. personality C. personal safety B. personal attributes D. personal share What Do You Already Know? Pretest LO 2 Determine how much you already know about storing/arranging tools and shop equipment. Take this test.
  • 144.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 158 What Do You Need To Know? Know?KnowKNowKnow? ۩ PERSONAL SAFETY AND LABELING PROCEDURE Whenever safety is the issue, safety of oneself usually comes to mind. It is a basic instinct for human being to protect himself. Safety in the workshop is not only confined to the use of tools, materials and equipment. To some degree, in workshop, personal safety must come first before anything else. You can replace broken tools with new one. Buy new materials and operate new equipment but you cannot buy new body as replacement if something happens to it. Personal safety involves habits, values, and awareness. Having these virtues will shy you away from injury and harm. To be more specific, personal safety can be classified in different manners. 1. Upper body protection. These includes safety glass for eye protection called goggles . This is used when grinding metal or when reconditioning tools. Welding goggles are also used when joining metals so that eyes are protected from flying debris. Transparent goggles are useful when working underchassis. Eyes are protected from dust and small particles that may get into the eyes and cause irritation. The head should be protected with head gear like bonnet or cap. This head gear protects head and hair from dust, accumulated dirt , falling object and harmful chemical especially when working underneath the vehicle. The nose and face should be protected with face mask or respirator so that harmful fumes from exhaust gas and chemicals may not get into the lungs. 2. Middle body protection. These include apron that protects the body from dirt and sudden spill of substance like oil. High grade rubber gloves protect the hands from paint, solvent and electrical shock.. Leather gloves protect the hands from hot surface like newly welded metal to avoid abrasion. Hand cream is also useful to protect hands from dryness. Safety goggleDust mask Bonnet Information Sheet 2.1 Read Information Sheet 2.1 very well. Then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check.
  • 145.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 159 3. Lower body protection. These include safety shoes to protect the feet from slipping and risk from heavy falling object. 4. Whole body protection. The use of coveralls or jumpsuit is a good protection against flying debris, chemical spill, paint, solvent and abrasion. Aside from the different implements to protect self from any harmful injury, labeling of warning signs and symbols must be clearly written and properly identified. Labels must be color coded. Usually a red color code is a sign of danger sign. It gives you information on the seriousness of consequence if not followed. Yellow color code can mean warning. It gives information to forewarn you from danger. A green color code may mean safe. It is good that workplace be posted with properly labeled signs, symbols, and stickers. Apron Rubber gloves Hand cream
  • 146.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 160 International standard labeled signs are black symbol with red surround shape. ۩ PRINCIPLES OF TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT (TQM) - 5 S The total quality management in automotive servicing is getting the job done with excellence and direction. This is one of the principles that should be implemented in order for the management to work. One of the key principles is the proper maintenance of the shop. To be effective, there must be some methods to work on. One is the management of peopleware. They are the ones that need sustainable training in the shop and workshop environment. This increases their manpower capability in the field of work. Because of this, they become assets in managing the shop. Increasing their skills also increases their values and worth. Therefore, it decreases the chance of accidents and expenses in the workplace by applying corrective and preventive maintenance. These corrective and preventive measures also include the hardware. The hardware part of management in automotive servicing are the workshop facilities like the tools, materials, equipment/machineries including facilities like furniture, lighting, water, and furniture. Proper management of these hardware results in cost effective expenses in the workplace. SIGNS AND SYMBOLS ARE IMPORTANT. USE THEM.
  • 147.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 161 In Japan, they use the 5 S principles of management for increase efficiency and effectiveness in the workplace. These 5 S principles of management will help you a lot in sorting, setting in order/simplifying, sweeping, standardizing, and sustaining. 1. Sorting – a process of taking things that are needed and taking away those that are not needed anymore. In this way, eliminating unnecessary items gives more free space to those items that are needed. To be more specific, those items for disposal must be marked or tagged with appropriate color for easy identification. Sample guide questions:  What items should be eliminated?  What items should be retained?  What items can be reconditioned/ repaired? 2. Setting in order, Straightening, Simplifying – a process of making things easy to see, easy to get and easy to return. Sample guide questions:  Where is the tool, materials, and equipment located?  What tools, materials, and equipment are common?  Where is the best location for each of them to be placed? Screwdrivers Philipps Standard Offset Stubby Allen Oils Engine oil Gear oil Penetrating oil Automatic transmission oil Brake/Clucth fluids Gaskets Overhauling gasket Carburator kit gasket Transmission gasket Differential gasket
  • 148.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 162 3. Sweeping, Shining, Systematic cleaning – a process of clearing out the dirt, dust and residual grime to make the space, machines, and fixtures clean. Examples are:  What location or machines need immediate and regular clean-up?  Which of them should be cleaned first? 4. Standardizing – a process of having a uniform procedures of work or placement of things in proper place. Examples are:  How the procedures done?  What is the schedule of work from start to finish?  Where should the finished work be placed?  Who will be in-charge of testing the work? 5. Sustaining - a process of maintaining a continuous and consistent implementation of doing the 5 S principles. With these 5 S in mind as tool for management principles, it is expected that it can build a good workshop and workplace environment that in the process it will result in shop maintenance, efficiency and effectiveness.
  • 149.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 163 I. Directions: Write the correct answer for each of the following questions: 1. When personal safety is the issue, it is basic to human instinct to ______ oneself. A. prevent C. promote B. produce D. protect 2. To some degree, personal safety in the workshop is not only confined to the use of tools, materials and equipment but to A. her. C. others. B. him. D. self. 3. Personal safety includes __________, values and awareness. A. habits C. venture B. vending D. ventilation 4. Goggles, head bonnet, and dust musk are good implements for _______ protection. A. lower body C. upper body B. middle body D. whole body 5. When working in the shop, it is good personal protection to work in __________ area. A. well-built C. well- scented B. well-loved D. well-ventilated II. Directions: Match Column A with Column B. Write the letter of the correct answer. Use your Activity notebook. Column A Column B 1. peopleware 2. Standardizing 3. Hardware 4. Sustaining 5. setting in order A. These are the ones that need sustainable training in the shop and workshop environment. B. Management of workshop facilities like the tools, materials, equipment / machineries including facilities like furniture, lighting, water, and furniture. C. Maintaining a continuous and consistent implementation of doing the 5 S. D. Having uniform procedures of work or placement of things in proper place. E. Making things easy to see, easy to get, and easy to return. How Much Have You Learned? Self-check 2.1 Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score?
  • 150.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 164 Show that you have learned something by doing this activity. I. Directions: With available personal protective gears, practice to use the following: Upper body protection • Safety goggles - eye goggles, welding mask • Head gears • Dust mask Middle body protection • Aprons • Hand gloves Lowe body protection • Safety shoes • Coveralls HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
  • 151.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 165 Performance Rubrics Criteria 5 3 1 Proficiency Performs the task with competence and exceptional performance Performs the task with competence and with standard performance Performs the task with competence but below standard performance Accuracy Performs the task with no error Performs the task with at least 1-2 errors Performs the task with at least 3-5 errors Completeness Performs all the steps in sequence Performs the task with at least 2-3 steps not met Performs the task with at least 3-5 steps not met Safety Follows all the safety practices as set in the guidelines Follows the safety practices with at least 1-2 safety measures not met Follows the safety practices with at least 3-5 safety measures not met T O T A L __________ RATING SCALE: Points Earned (S) Numerical Rating (PL) Descriptive Rating (PL) 21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding 16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good 11 – 15 81 - 85 Good 06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair 01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? _____ Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform?
  • 152.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 166 Directions: Perform one of the following 5S andanswer the space with I CAN if you are able to do it. Leave the space blank if you cannot but state your reason why. 1. _____ sorting Why? _______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ 2. _____ setting in order, straightening, Simplifying Why? _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ 3. _____ sweeping, Shining, Systematic cleaning Why? __________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ 4. _____ standardizing Why? __________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ 5. _____ sustaining Why? __________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ How Do You Extend Your Learning?
  • 153.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 167  Sample chemical substance /materials  Flammable, corrosive, toxic, reactive  Sample waste/used substance/materials  Sample chemical /safety labels Materials Dispose waste/ used lubricants LEARNING OUTCOME 3  Waste and used materials are disposed in accordance with the standard operational procedures and environmental regulations.   Personal safety in disposing waste and used materials is are observed PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 154.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 168 Directions: Write the letter of the correct answer on the space provided.Use your Activity Notebook for your answers. 1. Government institutions like the DENR have local policies that protect the citizens from ______________ of these hazardous materials and substance. A. harmful effects C. neutral effects B. good effects D. balance effects 2. The effects of hazardous waste materials to human and environment can be A. managed C. rented B. bought D. loaned 3. Industrial ____________is a great concern of environmentalists A. waste materials C. waist substance B. waist materials D. ways products 4. A separate container or trash bin for disposable materials is a _________ habit. A. bad C. not so bad B.good D. not so good 5. Problems on waste materials can be solved if proper attention, information dissemination, training, and __________ is adequately provided in the workplace. A. compliance C. observation B. hearing D. styling 6. The harmful effect of waste materials is so huge that it even affects our A. earth C. ocean B. environment D. space 7. Used _______ oil is a good example of waste material. A. air compressor C. soap B. lubricating D. tool 8. ________ material can immediately change the composition of an object. A. flammable C. reactive B. toxic D. corrosive 9. Toxic material is A. allergen C. irritating B. comforting D. lethal What Do You Already Know? Pretest LO 3 Let us determine how much you already know about the disposing waste/used lubricants. Take this test.
  • 155.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 169 10. An inventory of waste materials and substance that can be found in the workshop will be of great help in finding out their A. condition C. serviceability B. purpose D. type ۩ WASTE MANAGEMENT Industrial waste materials are a great concern of environmentalists. Their harmful effect is so huge that it even affects our environment and climate. This is due to improper management of waste materials such as cleaning chemicals used in automotive like solvent, used lubricating and flushing oil, paint remover, and thinners. Problems like these can be solved if proper attention, information dissemination, and training are adequately provided in the workplace. Government institutions like the Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR) have local policies that protect the citizens from harmful effects these hazardous materials and substance may bring. Hazardous materials are those that can be found in the workshop such as toxic materials like hydrochloric use in cleaning metal surface and sulfuric acid use in the battery, and Turco or metal conditioner for neutralizing rust. Flammable materials like fuel gasoline and thinners are also used in cleaning engine parts. They can give harmful fumes that can generate respiratory and skin irritation. Materials that can easily dissolve metal like anti-rusts are corrosive materials. Acid, soldering paste, and Turco can be classified as reactive materials that can immediately changethe composition of an object. What Do You Need To Know? Information Sheet 3.1 Read the Information Sheet 3.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 3.1.
  • 156.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 170 All of these hazardous, waste materials and substance can paralyze human and definitely lethal if not given serious attention in managing them. The following are some guidelines to follow when disposing waste and used materials and substance. 1. Have a separate container or trash bin for disposable materials. Different waste materials like used, empty plastics, bottles, cans must not be mixed in one container for easy disposal and segregation. 2. Have a separate container for used and unused materials and substance. Used oil must not be disposed in the drainage. Doing so will harm the eco-system. This will endanger the lives of water life species and plant life. This must be stored in a container with proper label. Unused oil and other chemical materials must be properly labeled and covered to avoid escape of fumes that may cause instant fire. In the United States the Environment Protection Agency (EPA) is very strict in implementing protection against careless and improper use and disposal of hazardous waste products. Breaking this law may lead to prosecution. 3. Have an appropriate amount ofuse of chemical materials or substance. Many unused chemical materials and substance are due to overfill. That is why the excess chemicals cannot be returned back to its container especially if already mixed with other chemicals and cannot be stored for a period of time. This overfill when stored and dried tend to form into another composition and thereby unsafe to use. Disposal of this kind is a problem. ۩ EFFECTS OF AUTOMOTIVE WASTE TO MEN AND ITS ENVIRONMENT The effects of hazardous waste materials to human and environment in inconceivable. Just imagine the amount spent by the government in services for managing this problem. Aside from this, the audio and print media release they have paid just to promote waste management literacy. Millions of automobile are on the road every day. Toxic exhaust gas fumes may lead to respiratory disease, and even death. Heat produced may cause skin irritation and respiratory allergy , and other by-products of automotive wastes can cause physical, mental and financial stress. An inventory of waste materials and substance that can be found in the workshop will be of great help in finding out their condition . Managing the hazardous waste materials and substance is a great contribution to the nation‟s economy. Health and safety are preserved. Injury is lessened and harmful effect to environment is reduced if not totally removed.
  • 157.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 171 MATERIALS/SUBSTANCE IN THE WORKSHOP Materials / Substance Effects Condition Remarks (1) Used (2) Unused A. TOXIC Materials Liver/ kidney cancer, illness, lung irritation, lethal  Acid  Battery solution  Contact cement  Paint B. FLAMMABLE Materials Explosive, volatile, combustible, burns, irritation, toxic fumes, foul odor, lethal  Brake/Clutch fluids  Gasoline  Oil  Solvent  Thinner C. CORROSIVE Materials Skin irritation, foul odor, allergy  Anti-rust spray  Moist and rusty metals  Turco or Metal conditioner D. REACTIVE Materials Burns, toxic fumes, explosive, skin irritation, allergy  Acid  Soldering paste  Turco
  • 158.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 172 Directions: Fill-in the blank space by selecting the correct answer. Use your Activity Notebook by writing the letter of your answer. 1. Industrial ____________are a great concern of environmentalists A. waste materials C. waist substance B. waist materials D. ways products 2. Problems on waste materials can be solved if proper attention, information dissemination, training, and __________ are adequately provided in the workplace. A. compliance C. observation B. hearing D. styling 3. Government institution like the DENR have local policies that protect the citizens from ______ _______ these hazardous materials and substance. A. balance effects C. harmful effects B. good effects D. neutral effects 4. A separate container or trash bin for disposable materials is a _________ habit. A. bad C. not so bad B.good D. not so good 5. The effects of hazardous waste materials to human and environment can be __________. A. bought C. managed B.loaned D. rented Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 3.1
  • 159.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 173 I. Directions: Perform the following competencies and assess yourself using the Performance rubrics. PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT Name : _______________________________ Year & Section: ______________ Course: ______________________________ Time Allotment: ______________ Module Title: __________________________ Grading Period _______________ Unit of Competency Tasks Date Time Score Performance Level Use of Hand tools Begun Finished LO1 Inspect/Clean Tools and Shop Equipment Inspect/Clean workshop tools and equipment LO2 Store/Arrange Tools and Shop Equipment Store/Arrange tools and shop equipment LO3 Dispose Waste/Used Lubricants Dispose waste and used lubricants Average: _______ _________ Show that you learned something by doing this activity. Operation Sheet 3.1 HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
  • 160.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 174 Performance Rubrics Criteria 5 3 1 Proficiency Performs the task with competence and exceptional performance Performs the task with competence and with standard performance Performs the task with competence but below standard performance Accuracy Performs the task with no error Performs the task with at least 1-2 errors Performs the task with at least 3-5 errors Completeness Performs all the steps in sequence Performs the task with at least 2-3 steps not met Performs the task with at least 3-5 steps not met Safety Follows all the safety practices as set in the guidelines Follows the safety practices with at least 1-2 safety measures not met Follows the safety practices with at least 3-5 safety measures not met T O T A L _________________________ RATING SCALE : Points Earned ( S ) Numerical Rating ( PL ) Descriptive Rating ( PL ) 21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding 16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good 11 – 15 81 - 85 Good 06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair 01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? ____ Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform?
  • 161.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 175 Directions: Below is a puzzle interconnected with one another. List down names of automotive waste materials/substance and their effects to human and environment. Use your Activity Notebook in answering the activity. Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and relax a while then move on to the next lesson. Good luck! TOXIC FLAMMABLE CORROSIVE REACTIVE How Do You Extend Your Learning?
  • 162.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 176 LO1  Swing Crispin, Frederic, Dictionary of Technical TermsThe Bruce Publishing Co.: 1948.  Chilton‟s Easy Car Care. Chilton Book Company. 3rd Ed. Chilton Way, Radnor, PA 19089  Stockel, Martin W. Auto mechanics Fundamentals. The Goodheart - Willcox Company, Inc. 1978  The Oxford Dictionary of Current English. New Revised Ed. Oxford University Press, 1998.  Popular Mechanics Guide To Auto Basic Repair and Maintenance. Book Division The Hearst Corporation, New York, NY  www.google.com.ph  en.wikipedia.org LO 2  Swing Crispin, Frederic, Dictionary of Technical TermsThe Bruce Publishing Co.: 1948.  Chilton‟s Easy Car Care. Chilton Book Company. 3rd Ed. Chilton Way, Radnor, PA 19089  Stockel, Martin W. Auto mechanics Fundamentals. The Goodheart - Willcox Company, Inc. 1978  The Oxford Dictionary of Current English. New Revised Ed. Oxford University Press, 1998.  Popular Mechanics Guide To Auto Basic Repair and Maintenance. Book Division The Hearst Corporation, New York, NY LO 3  Swing Crispin, Frederic, Dictionary of Technical TermsThe Bruce Publishing Co.:1948.  Chilton‟s Easy Car Care. Chilton Book Company. 3rd Ed. Chilton Way, Radnor, PA 19089  Stockel, Martin W. Auto mechanics Fundamentals. The Goodheart - Willcox Company, Inc. 1978  The Oxford Dictionary of Current English. New Revised Ed. Oxford University Press, 1998.  Popular Mechanics Guide To Auto Basic Repair and Maintenance. Book Division The Hearst Corporation, New York, NY  www.google.com.ph  en.wikipedia.org REFERENCES
  • 163.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 177 Practice Occupational Health and Safety Procedures LESSON 5 LO 1.identify hazards and risks; LO 2. evaluate hazards and risks; LO 3. control hazards and risks; and LO 4. maintain occupational safety and awareness LEARNING OUTCOMES: At the end of this Lesson, you are expected to do the following:
  • 164.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 178 Avalanche - also called a snow slide or snow slip. It is a sudden, drastic flow of snow down a slope, occurring when either natural triggers, such as loading from new snow or rain, or artificial triggers, such as snowmobilers, explosives or backcountry skiers, overload the snowpack Capacitor- formerly known as condenser.It is a passivetwo-terminalelectrical component used to store energy in an electric field. Capacitors are widely used as parts of electrical circuits in many common electrical devices Cliff -is a significant vertical, or near vertical, rock exposure Colleagues - a person with whom one is associated in a profession or occupation Combustibility-a measure of how easily a substance will set on fire, through fire or combustion. Dermatitis- derives from Greek derma "skin" + -itis "inflammation". Dermatitis symptoms vary with all different forms of the condition. They range from skin rashes to bumpy rashes or including blisters. Although every type of dermatitis has different symptoms, there are certain signs that are common for all of them, including redness of the skin, swelling, itching and skin lesions and sometimes oozing and scarring Earmuffs - objects designed to cover a person's ears for protection. They consist of a thermoplastic or metal head-band, that fits over the top of the head, and a pad at each end, to cover the external ears Electrode- an electrical conductor used to make contact with a nonmetallic part of a circuit (e.g. a semiconductor, an electrolyte or a vacuum). The word was coined by the scientist Michael Faraday from the Greek words elektron (meaning amber, from which the word electricity is derived) and hodos, a way [1] Fatigue - the decreased capacity or complete inability of an organism, an organ, or a part to function normally because of excessive stimulation or prolonged exertion Fumes - vapor, gas, or smoke, especially if irritating, harmful, or strong Glare - to express by staring angrily Glazing - also (less commonly) used to describe the insertion of ophthalmic lenses into an eyeglass frame Hazardous fumes- to expose to the action of fumes; to treat with vapors, smoke, etc.; as, to bleachstraw by fuming it with sulfur; to fill with fumes, vapors, odors, etc, as a room. She fumed the temple with an odorousflame Hazards- a term used to describe something that has the potential to cause harm Hierarchy - a series in which each element is graded or ranked Hydrazine -also called diazane. It is an inorganic compound with the formula N2H4. It is a colorless flammable liquid with an ammonia-like odor. Hydrazine is used within both nuclear and conventional electrical power plant steam cycles to control concentrations of dissolved oxygen in an effort to reduce corrosion Illness - sometimes referred to as ill-health or ailment. It is a state of poor health. Illness is sometimes considered another word for disease Isolating - to set apart (a component, circuit, or system) from a source of electricity or to set apart or cut off from others Definition of Terms
  • 165.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 179 Jeopardy - in a situation in which someone or something is exposed to possible injury, loss, or in danger Jerky movement - a condition which is associated with unintentional erratic or irregular movements Legislation - the act or process of making laws; enactment Pedestrians - a person traveling on foot, whether walking or running. In some communities, those traveling using roller skates or skateboards are also considered to be pedestrians Risks- a measure of the possibility of a specific harmful effect in given circumstances Severity - used of the degree of something undesirable e.g. pain or weather Tendinitis - is informally also tendonitis, It is theinflammation of a tendon (the suffix -itis denotes diseases characterized by inflammation), is a type of tendinopathy often confused with the more common tendinosis, which has similar symptoms but requires different treatment. [1] The term tendinitis should be reserved for tendon injuries that involve larger-scale acute injuries accompanied by inflammation Triggered - a device that activates or releases or causes something to happen Ventilation- the process of "changing" or replacing air in any space to provide high indoor air quality (i.e. to control temperature, replenish oxygen, or remove moisture, odors, smoke, heat, dust, airborne bacteria, and carbon dioxide). Ventilation is used to remove unpleasant smells and excessive moisture, introduce outside air, to keep interior building air circulating, and to prevent stagnation of the interior air Workplace - applies to a wide range of premises including shops, offices, schools, hospitals and places of entertainment. It also includes the common parts of shared buildings and temporary work sites (but not construction sites)
  • 166.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 180  Hazard signs and symbols in home, school, workplace  Radio  Thinner and acid Materials Identify hazards and risks LEARNING OUTCOME 1  Workplace hazards and risks are identified and clearly explained.  Hazards/risks and its corresponding indicators are identified with the company procedures.  Contingency measures are recognized and established in accordance with organizational procedures. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 167.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 181      Directions: Write the letter of the correct answer on the blank space provided. Use your Activity Notebook for your answers. 1. A hazardis any source of potential damage, harm or adverse effects on properties or someone‟s health under certain conditions at A. leisure B. play C.rest D. work 2. Hazards are classified into ___ different types. A. Two B. four C. six D. eight 3. Manual handling includes any activity that requires a person to lift, push, pull, carry, hold or move an object, person or A. animal B. race C. thing D. tool 4. Welding operations generate hazardous A. air B. fumes C. steam D. vapor 5. A hazardous substance is any substance, which can potentially harm the health and safety of workers. Hazardous substance must be A. advertise B. insured C. labeled D. promoted Criteria for Evaluating Results of Pre-Test 100%-skip the Learning Outcome and proceed to the next Learning Outcome 99%-below – Go through the Learning Outcome What Do You Already Know? Pretest LO 1 Let us determine how much you already know about identifying hazards and risks. Take this test.
  • 168.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 182 In any place, or corner, hazard could be present. At home, on the street, in school or in the workplace, anything could happen and may cause some damage to an individual or to property. Example: anything could happen with an extension cord lying on a floor, from a simple tip-off to electric shock or even more. WHAT IS HAZARD? A hazard is any source of potential damage, harm or adverse effects on properties or someone‟s health under certain conditions at work. Workplace hazards can come from a wide range of sources. General examples include any substance, material, process, practice, etc that have the ability to cause harm or adverse health effect to a person under certain conditions. See table below Examples of Hazards and Their Effects Workplace Hazard Example of Hazard Example of Harm Caused Object/tool Knife Cut Substance Benzene Leukemia Material Asbestos Mesothelioma Source of Energy Electricity Shock, electrocution Condition Wet floor Slips, falls Process Welding Metal fume fever Practice Hard rock mining Silicosis What Do You Need To Know? Information Sheet 1.1 Read the Information Sheet 1.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 1.1.
  • 169.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 183 As shownin the table above, workplace hazards also include practices or conditions that release uncontrolled energy like:  an object that could fall from a height (potential or gravitational energy),  a run-away chemical reaction (chemical energy),  the release of compressed gas or steam (pressure; high temperature),  entanglement of hair or clothing in a rotating equipment (kinetic energy), or  contact with electrodes of a battery or capacitor (electrical energy). 3 Modes / Forms of a hazard  Dormant – The situation has the potential to be hazardous, but no people, property, or environment is currently affected by this. For instance, a hillside may be unstable, with the potential for a landslide, but there is nothing below or on the hillside that could be affected. For a shop work area, dormant hazard is an undetected hazard created by the design of equipment or layout of the workshop area.  Armed – The situation has the potential to be hazardous and there are people, property, or environment that is in potential harm's way. This is a dormant hazard that has become armed and ready to cause harm during certain work circumstances.  Active - A harmful incident involving the hazard has actually occurred. Often this is referred to not as an "active hazard" but as an accident, emergency, incident, or disaster. This is an armed hazard triggered into action by the right combination of factors. At this point it is too late to take any preventive action to escape injury or avoid death. Classes of hazard Example of forms / modes of hazard Dormant Armed Active Snowy cliff Anytime Avalanche could take place while no one on its base Skiers are on the base of the snowy cliff An avalanche occur while some skiers are on the base of the cliff Auto repair shop An engine is hooked- up by a chain block (hoist) The engine is raised-off from the car’s engine compartment The chain snaps and the engine knocks down on the car.
  • 170.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 184 Hazards are classified into six different types. They are  Physical - includes floors, stairs, work platforms, steps, ladders, fire, falling objects, slippery surfaces, manual handling (lifting, pushing, pulling), excessively loud and prolonged noise, vibration, heat and cold, radiation, poor lighting, ventilation, air quality  Mechanical and/or electrical - includes electricity, machinery, equipment, pressure vessels, dangerous goods, forklifts, cranes, hoists  Chemical - includes chemical substances such as acids or poisons and those that could lead to fire or explosion, cleaning agents, dusts and fumes from various processes such as welding  Biological - includes bacteria, viruses, mould, mildew, insects, vermin, animals  Psychosocial environment - includes workplace stressors arising from a variety of sources.  Ergonomic- repetitive movements, improper set up of workstation, etc., WHAT IS RISK? Risk is the chance or probability that a person will be harmed or experience an adverse health effect if exposed to a hazard. In an auto repair shop, doing most of the jobs place a technician in risky situation. Example, the mechanic is exposed to danger while performing underchassis repairs, he is at risk. There are dangers that may actually become an accident like a bolt snaps while loosening and the mechanics hand strikes hard on other component. It may also apply to situations with property or equipment loss, like the engine in above example would experience damage from a knock down, and the car itself would be damaged too. Hazard VS Risk Mostly these two words are used interchangeably with one another. From above statements in this lesson, hazard and risk have its own identity which areclosely related to one another. Hazard is the possible danger that could occur when some factors would trigger such event 2hile risk is the possible harm which may result if given danger becomes active. Simply hazard is a possible cause while risk is a possible negative effect. “hazard is a possible cause while risk is a possible negative effect”
  • 171.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 185 IDENTIFYING HAZARDS AT WORK The process of identifying and fixing potential hazards in the workplace is called hazard management - a simple procedure where you assess and control the risk of hazards to workers. A workplace hazard is something that has the potential to harm the health and safety of people at work. Some identified workplace hazards:  Manual Handling Manual handling includes any activity that requires a person to lift, push, pull, carry, hold or move an object, person or thing. The weight of the object, frequency of manual handling, avoiding sudden or jerky movements, planning the move or lift, lighting and surfaces all need to be considered. Lifting and moving equipment and materials, panel beating, and working in awkward postures (such as removing or replacing engine parts under car bonnets) are some examples of manual handling tasks you may have to do in the automotive industry.
  • 172.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 186 At times, your tasks may involve bending and stretching as well as twisting sideways, or working with materials and equipment above shoulder height. All of these increase the risk of manual handling injury. Many engine parts are too heavy to lift safely, and storage of items such as vehicle tires on racking, while it may be easy at ground level where they can be rolled in, presents a manual handling risk if you attempt to lift them.  Machinery and Equipment Poor design, poor maintenance, inexperience and lack of training increase the risk of injury from tools and equipment and its operators. Hoists are used to elevate vehicles so repairs can be made safely by people working beneath the vehicle. The safe operation of hoists is essential, and depends upon competent operators and strict maintenance and inspection routines. Every hoist must be subjected to a pre-operation check, and routine inspection and maintenance must be carried out at least every three months. Air compressors are dangerous and should never be used to blow dust or dirt from clothing or work materials. Compressed air accidentally blown into an open wound can be fatal because air can be forced into bloodstream. Asbestos has been used in some vehicle components such as brake lining, there is the possibility that asbestos fibre may be found in automotive workshops: compressed air should never be used to blow what may appear to be dust from these items. Engines have exposed moving parts (fans and belts) which could catch fingers, and exhaust emissions can be fatal if they build up in an enclosed area. If a vehicle moves while a worker is beneath it, a fatality or serious injury could result.
  • 173.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 187  Powered Tools and Hand Tools Many of the tools used in the automotive industry are powered by electricity. Your employer must make sure all electrical machinery and equipment are kept in good working order. Electrical plugs and switches must be checked regularly to make sure they are not damaged. Leads can become split or frayed, and these too must be inspected for wear each time they are used. Electrically powered tools must be tested and tagged regularly. Hand tools – such as spanners, wrenches and screwdrivers – will be used in every job. The most common injuries from use of hand tools are to the hands and fingers. Using the correct tools is an important way to avoid these injuries. Welding operations generate hazardous fumes and should be separated from other workshop activities and from workers who may not be protected by fume extraction systems, ventilation or appropriate PPE. It may be possible to weld out of doors in good weather; at times, risk controls will be needed to prevent exposing the welder and other workers to risk.  Slips, Trips and Falls A slip or fall can cause injury to the arms, legs, back, neck or head. Neck and head injuries can cause damage to the spinal cord and nervous system. Many employees have suffered permanent disabling injuries as a result of a fall. Poor „housekeeping' in the automotive industry leads to slips, trips and falls. Engine parts, air lines and hoses left on the workshop floor can all result in preventable accidents. Metal bins should be provided for waste disposal. These should not be allowed to overflow.
  • 174.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 188  Confined Spaces Some automotive workshops have pits to enable work to be done if a hoist is not available. The vehicle is driven over the pit, and the mechanic works from beneath. This work should never be done by someone working alone: a second person should be on hand (outside the pit) to monitor the work and to provide assistance. Because carbon monoxide (from the vehicle exhaust) is heavier than air, the fumes may build up in the 'confined space' under the vehicle. These fumes need not be only from the vehicle being worked on: if other engines are running nearby, there is still a significant risk of exhaust emissions collecting in the pit. Good ventilation is essential in automotive workshops. Engine bay doors should be fully open at all times. If weather conditions prevent this, the work must be evaluated and tasks such as spray painting, which could result in a build-up of fumes, should be postponed. Respirators will be necessary for a number of jobs in an automotive workshop. Dust masks do not provide protection against vehicle fumes and gases, or paint drift from spraying operations. Employers must find out what kind of breathing protection is needed and make sure all workers are issued with it and instructed in its correct use.  Noise Excessive noise can cause permanent hearing loss and is probably the most common cause of hearing loss in adult males. Hearing loss limits a person's ability to communicate at work, home and socially. There is no medical treatment and hearing aids offer limited benefit. Employees in the automotive industry work with noisy tools and machinery such as wheel removers, compressors, grinders and drills. While in an automotive workshop, you may be exposed to noise levels exceeding 85 decibels or dB(A) that could lead to hearing loss.
  • 175.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 189  Hazardous Substances A hazardous substance is any substance, which can potentially harm the health and safety of workers. Labels and material safety data sheets (MSDS) provide OHS information about the substance. 1. Hazardous substances and dangerous goods. The automotive industry requires the use of dangerous goods (such as petrol and gas) and hazardous substances (such as acids, oils, diesel and solvents). 2. Petrol containers and gas cylinders must be stored securely, away from heat sources and out of the path of vehicle traffic. These are highly flammable substances and could cause fatality and serious injury if not carefully handled and stored. 3. Solvents are often used as cleaners or degreasers. They can enter the body when a person breathes in their vapor, through skin contact, or through the mouth from contact with food or fingers. Solvents can impair memory and cause headaches, dizziness, fatigue, mood changes or nausea. Exposure to high levels of solvents can cause liver damage, unconsciousness, death and cancers. 4. Spray paints contain harmful substances. Inhaling paint fumes may cause occupational asthma. Long term exposure can affect the brain, damage the reproductive system and cause kidney or liver damage. Contact with the skin may cause dermatitis (an inflammation of the skin). 5. Batteries contain acid and must be treated with caution. If you are asked to handle batteries, you must be given instruction and provided with appropriate PPE - rubber gloves, eye protection (you may need goggles to avoid splashes), overalls and solid work boots. (You should always wear work boots - not sneakers or soft shoes - in the automotive industry, no matter what job you are doing.)
  • 176.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 190 DIFFERENT HAZARDOUS MATERIAL / SUBSTANCE AND ITS EFFECT CORROSIVE MATERIAL Corrosive materials can attack (corrode) metals or cause permanent damage to human tissues such as the skin and eyes on contact. Burning, scarring, and blindness may result from skin or eye contact. Corrosive materials may also cause metal containers or structural materials to become weak and eventually to leak or collapse. Ammonia, fluorine, and hydrochloric acid are examples of corrosive substances. FLAMMABLE AND COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL Flammable or combustible materials will ignite and continue to burn if exposed to a flame or source of ignition. Materials are classified as a flammable gas, flammable aerosol, flammable liquid, combustible liquid, flammable solid, or reactive flammable material. Methane, acetone, aniline, and lithium hydride are examples of flammable materials. OXIDIZING MATERIAL An oxidizing material may or may not burn itself, but will release oxygen or another oxidizing substance, and thereby causes or contributes to the combustion of another material. Ozone, chlorine, and nitrogen dioxide are oxidizing materials. These chemicals wil support a fire and are highly reactive. DANGEROUSLY REACTIVE MATERIAL Dangerously reactive materials may undergo vigorous polymerization, decomposition or condensation. They may react violently under conditions of shock or an increase in pressure or temperature. They may also react vigorously with water to release a toxic gas. Ozone, hydrazine, and benzoyl peroxide are examples of dangerously reactive materials.
  • 177.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 191 COMPRESSED GAS A compressed gas is a material which is a gas at normal room temperature (20 C) and pressure but is packaged as a pressured gas, dissolved gas or gas liquified by compression or refrigeration. The hazard from these materials, aside from their chemical nature, arises from sudden loss of integrity of the container. A compressed gas cylinder is usually quite heavy and when ruptured can become a projectile with the potential to cause significant damage. Acetylene and oxygen are examples of compressed gases. POISONOUS AND INFECTIOUS MATERIALS 1- Materials Causing Immediate and Serious Toxic Effects These materials may be classified as toxic or very toxic based on information suchas LD50 or LC50. Examples: Styrene, hydrogen cyanide are very toxic substances. 2 - Materials Causing Other Toxic Effects A pure substance or mixture that may be any one of the following: a carcinogen, teratogen, reproductive toxin, respiratory tract sensitizer, irritant or chronic toxic hazard. Examples: Asbestos causes cancer, ammonia is an irritant. 3 - Biohazardous Infectious Material This classification includes any organisms and the toxins produced by these organisms that have been shown to cause disease or are believed to cause disease in either humans or animals. For example, a blood sample containing the Hepatitis B virus is a biohazardous infectious material. It may cause hepatitis in persons exposed to it.
  • 178.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 192 Directions: Select the best answer. Use your Activity notebook in writing your answer. 1. It is a term used in workplaces that defines a possible source of harm to person, damage to property or environment. A. risk B. hazard C. accident D. danger 2. The probability of getting harmed or damaged occurring from exposure to a hazard. A. risk B. hazard C. accident D. danger 3. What form of hazard is the situation that has a potential to be hazardous, but no people, property, or environment is currently affected by this? A. armed B. active C. dormant D. hidden 4. What materials/substances can attack metals or cause permanent damage to human tissues? A. oxidizing materials B. compressed Gas C. corrosive materials D. solvent 5. This material has been used as the component of the brake lining of some vehicles, which when in dust form become hazardous to health when inhaled. A. Hydrazine B. asbestos C. spray paint D. solvent 6. This can cause permanent hearing loss and is probably the most common cause of hearing loss in adult males working in a very busy industrial plant like automotive industry. A. Hazardous substance B. Slips, Trips and fall C. Noise D. solvent 7. What infectious materials/substances are produced by organism and toxins? A. biohazardous infectious materials C. oxidizing materials B. materials causing other toxic effects D. corrosive materials 8. What materials which ignite and continue to burn if exposed to a flame or source of ignition? A. corrosive materials B. flammable and combustible material C. oxidizing materials D. compressed gas 9. Used as a cleaner or degreaser, which is considered hazardous if it enters the body when a person breathes in their vapour, through skin contact, or through the mouth from contact with food or fingers. A. spray paints B. solvents C. batteries D. petrol container 10. This equipment is hazardous when not properly used like if accidentally points to an open wound could force air to blood stream and can be fatal. A. fan blades B. solvent C. hand tools D. compressor Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 1.1
  • 179.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 193 C Cr ro os ss sw wo or rd d Task: Follow the clues below to fill in the blanks: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Across 4. Power _____ used in workplaces can be noisy 6. Unit of measuring noise levels 7. If you are unsure, ___ your supervisor 8. One kind of personal protective equipment (PPE) for hearing 9. Of advanced age 11 Loud sound 12. Operating machinery without hearing protection can ______ hearing Down 1. A noise _____ of 85 dB(A) and above can cause hearing loss. 2. Noise is a constant hazard at a construction ____ 3. The sense by which sound is perceived 5. Hearing ____ can be prevented 7. Once more 10. Abbreviation for “decibel” WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? _____ Show that you learned something by doing this activity. HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? Activity Sheet 1.1
  • 180.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 194 Score Rating: 10 points – Proceed to the next lesson. 8 points – Proceed to the next lesson but accomplish incomplete competency. 6 points – Accomplish the incomplete competency before taking the next lesson. 4 points – Retake the task. 2 points – Retake the task. Directions: Visit your nearest industrial shop. Introduce yourself as automotive servicing student. Interview a worker on the following: 1. The effects of hazardous substance in health and environment. 2. The importance of safety in the workplace. 3. Discuss your findings in the class. Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform? How Do You Extend Your Learning?
  • 181.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 195  Picture of effects of hazards  Picture of different hand movements Materials Evaluate hazards and risks LEARNING OUTCOME 2  Effects of hazards are determined.  OHS /ECC issues and concerns are identified in accordance with workplace requirements and legislation.  OHS procedures for controlling hazards and risk are strictly followed.  OHS personal records are filled up in accordance with workplace requirements.  5.Design of facilities/fixture to human facility is recognized PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 182.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 196 Directions: Write the letter of the correct answer on the space provided. Use your Activity Notebook for your answers. 1. What is the health problem when a person‟s ability to control the demands of works is threatened? A. heart disease B. stress C. musculoskeletal disorder D. allergies 2. What is the health problem when a worker tries to overcome an existing workload in excess of his ability? A. heart disease B. stress C. musculoskeletal disorder D. allergies 3. It is a group of painful disorder of muscles, tendons, and nerves. A. heart disease B. stress C. musculoskeletal disorder D. allergies 4. Locate the area of pain in the repetitive, horizontal movement of the wrist to the extreme range. A. elbow B. wrist and palm C. neck and shoulder D. feet 5. Locate the areas of pain while extending the forearm in a repetitive bending from the elbow. A. elbow B. wrist and palm C. neck and shoulder D. feet 6. Locate the pain in reaching movements where in the shoulder is reaching above level. A. elbow B. wrist and palm C. neck and shoulder D. feet What Do You Already Know? Pretest LO 2 Let us determine how much you already know about evaluating hazards and risks Take this test.
  • 183.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 197 7. Locate the area of pain in reaching movements where in the trunk is reaching behind. A. elbow B. wrist and palm C. neck and shoulder D. feet 8. What health problem is the most common cause of occupational disease and accounts for most workdays lost? A. heart disease B. stress C. musculoskeletal disorder D. allergies 9. What provide the workers with minimum standards of health and safety in the workplace? A. legislation B. stress C. musculoskeletal disorder D. allergies 10. What are the four terms used in health and safety legislation? A. act, regulation, code of practice and allergies B. act, regulation, allergies and stress C. act, regulation, code of practice and guide D. act, regulation, code of practice and musculoskeletal disorder Criteria for Evaluating Results of Pre-Test 100% - skip the Learning Outcome and proceed to the next Learning Outcome 99 % - below – Go through the Learning Outcome
  • 184.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 198 A. EFFECT OF HAZARD ON HEALTH Exposure to hazards in the workplace can lead to serious illness. In any workplace, hazard is built-in with it. We cannot deny the existence of danger since a workplace is a site where there are many risky conditions, materials or substances, tools and equipment, and practices which may bring jeopardy to humans,health, property or environment. In the previous topics you have identified the different sources of hazard present in a workplace. Hazards are threat to human life or health whenever a person is performing his or her job in the workplace. Simply, a mechanic is exposed to threat most of the time from simple tools to equipment, from fumes to solvent. Some occupational diseases have been recognized for many years, and affect workers in different ways depending on the nature of the hazard, the route of exposure, the dose, etc. Some well known occupational diseases include:  Asbestosis (caused by asbestos, which is common in insulation, automobile brake linings, etc.);  Silicosis (caused by silica, which is common in mining, sandblasting, etc.);  Lead poisoning (caused by lead, which is common in battery plants, paint factories, etc.); What Do You Need To Know? Information Sheet 2.1 Read the Information Sheet 2.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 2.1.
  • 185.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 199  Noise-induced hearing loss (caused by noise, which is common in many workplaces, including airports, and workplaces where noisy machines, such as presses or drills, etc. are used). ASBESTOSIS DISEASE SILICOSIS DISEASE LEAD POISONING There are also a number of potentially crippling health problems that can be associated with poor working conditions, including:  Stress-related disorders.  heart disease;  musculoskeletal disorders such as permanent back injuries or muscle disorders;  allergies;  reproductive problems; Stress occurs in many different circumstances, but is particularly strong when a person‟s ability to control the demands of work is threatened. The stressful experience is intensified if no help is available from colleagues or supervisors at work. Heart disease related to work, sometimes a result of stressful condition that a worker tries to overcome an existing workload in excess of his ability. Stress is becoming more hazardous when it is associated to difficulties with work relationship with bosses or with co- worker. This may result to less concentration to work which may lead into poor practice, eventually creating more hazards. And according to studies that high level anger and stress contributes to the development of heart diseases. The more hours people worked in a day, the higher their risk of developing coronary heart disease, the results of the study suggested. People who worked 10 hours a day had a 45 percent higher risk of heart disease and those who worked 11 hours a day had a 67 percent higher risk of heart disease than people who worked 7 to 8 hours a day, according to the study.( Long Work Hours Raise Heart Disease Risk Dramatically - MyHealthNewsDaily Staff , Apr 2011)
  • 186.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 200 Work-related musculoskeletal disorders (WMSDs) are a group of painful disorders of muscles, tendons, and nerves. Carpal tunnel syndrome, tendonitis, thoracic outlet syndrome, and tension neck syndrome are examples. Work activities which are frequent and repetitive, or activities with awkward postures cause these disorders which may be painful during work or at rest. Almost all work requires the use of the arms and hands. Therefore, most WMSD affect the hands, wrists, elbows, neck, and shoulders. Work using the legs can lead to WMSD of the legs, hips, ankles, and feet. Some back problems also result from repetitive activities. WMSDs are recognized as leading causes of significant human suffering, loss of productivity, and economic burdens on society. WMSDs arise from ordinary arm and hand movements such as bending, straightening, gripping, holding, twisting, clenching and reaching. These common movements are not particularly harmful in the ordinary activities of daily life. What makes them hazardous in work situations is the continual repetition, often in a forceful manner, and most of all, the speed of the movements and the lack of time for recovery between them. WMSDs are associated with work patterns that include:  Fixed or constrained body positions  Continual repetition of movements  Force concentrated on small parts of the body, such as the hand or wrist  A pace of work that does not allow sufficient recovery between movements Generally, none of these factors acts separately to cause WMSD. WMSDs commonly occur as a result of a combination and interaction among them. Heat, cold and vibration also contribute to the development of WMSD. Poor layout of the workstation and improper selection of equipment and tools can lead to these hazardous body movements. Hazardous movements of the hand Areas of Pain: wrist and palm Body Movement:  repetitive, horizontal or vertical movements of the wrist to the extreme ranges  moving fingers while the wrist is in an extreme position
  • 187.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 201 Exerting force while extending forearm Areas of Pain: elbow Body Movement:  repetitive bending or straightening of the elbow from its neutral position (at a right angle)  twisting the wrist and forearm Hazardous reaching movements - reaching forward Areas of Pain: neck and shoulder Body Movement:  reaching above shoulder level Hazardous reaching movements - reaching above shoulder level Areas of Pain: neck and shoulder Body Movement:  reaching far out in front of the body
  • 188.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 202 Hazardous reaching movements - reaching behind the trunk Areas of Pain: neck and shoulder Body Movement:  reaching behind the trunk  twisting the arm Allergies. Occupational Dermatitis is by far the most common cause of occupational disease and accounts for most workdays lost. Contact dermatitis makes up the majority of work related diseases, mostly in the form of non-allergic irritant dermatitis. Allergic contact dermatitis is becoming more prevalent and accounts for 20% of work related skin disease. SOME HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES THAT CAUSE LOCAL AND SYSTEMIC EFFECTS
  • 189.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 203 B. EFFECT OF HAZARD ON WORKER AND EMPLOYER How much does an occupational disease or accident cost? Direct cost Indirect cost Worker  the pain and suffering of the injury or illness;  the loss of income;  the possible loss of a job;  Health-care costs.  can be four to ten times greater than the direct costs, or even more  human suffering caused to workers' families, which cannot be compensated with money. Employer  payment for work not performed;  medical and compensation payments;  repair or replacement of damaged machinery and equipment;  reduction or a temporary halt in production;  increased training expenses and administration costs;  possible reduction in the quality of work;  negative effect on morale in other workers.  the injured/ill worker has to be replaced;  a new worker has to be trained and given time to adjust;  it takes time before the new worker is producing at the rate of the original worker;  time must be devoted to obligatory investigations, to the writing of reports and filling out of forms;  accidents often arouse the concern of fellow workers and influence labour relations in a negative way;  poor health and safety conditions in the workplace can also result in poor public relations.
  • 190.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 204 LEGISLATION Government legislation is what provides workers with minimum standards of health and safety in the workplace. Minimum standards, however, can always be made more protective with stronger legislation. Historically, many trade unions have been successful in pressuring governments to enact health and safety legislation, to make legislation more protective and to enforce the laws. Today it is still important for unions to organize and fight for stronger and more protective occupational health and safety legislation at the national, state or provincial levels. Workers, industry officials, health professionals and government officials all have responsibilities for health and safety. How legislation is structured The terms used in health and safety legislation may vary in different countries. However, there are some common international terms that you may see in your country's legislation. Four of these terms are: act, regulation, code of practice, guide. Act Acts are fully supported by law, therefore potentially they have a great deal of power, but generally that power is only effective with adequate enforcement. Regulations Once a health and safety act is passed, then a minister (usually the Minister of Labour), the Cabinet or the state, provincial or even national government will develop detailed regulations. Regulations are fully supported by law so employers are required to comply with them, just like the overall act which they accompany. Codes of practice Codes of practice provide general guidance to employers (and workers) on how to comply with the minimum standards and objectives that are detailed in the regulations.
  • 191.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 205 Guides Guides or notes of guidance provide official detailed technical information and recommendations to help employers comply with health and safety regulations. Guides provide practical “how-to” information for getting into compliance. THE OHS RECORDS It‟s not good enough just to comply with OHS laws – employers must be in a position to prove that they comply. The following are the list of records which might help the employer to provide safe systems of work and safe worksite. 1. Operating manuals and maintenance records for plants and equipments. 2. Risk assessments and hazard identification processes. 3. Records of instruction and training of managers, supervisors, employees and contractors about their obligations to take reasonable care of themselves and others. 4. Records of induction and regular refreshers courses for managers, supervisors, employees and contractors 5. Emergency response manuals allocating responsibility for incident notification, management, legal advice and stakeholder relations ERGONOMIC DESIGN Two examples of good workstations When you think about how to improve a workstation, remember this rule: If it feels right, it probably is right. If it feels uncomfortable, there is probably something wrong with the design, not the worker.
  • 192.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 206 On some jobs arm supports and rests may reduce arm fatigue The working position should be as comfortable as possible. The arrows indicate areas that need to be improved to prevent potential injuries from developing. To improve the sitting position for the worker on the right, the chair height should be lowered, tilted slightly forward and the worker should be provided with a footrest. The job should be designed to allow the worker to keep the arms low and the elbows close to the body A chair, footrest, a mat to stand on, and an adjustable work surface are essential components for a standing workstation
  • 193.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 207 These pictures illustrate how tool design can prevent you from having to work with a bent wrist
  • 194.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 208 Task: Find these words in the grid below acid deaf fuel ladder power solvents bending decibel gas lift roof strain chemical depth glue loud scaffold switch climb electrocution heavy noisy shock trip current Earplug hoist poison slip trolley C Y R R A C E A R P L U G H E A V Y E T F K O D F L E D I C A L B R R C O T O M C U R R E N T O A O F U I G W D E C I B E L Y H D C H O I S T R A I N L E S A D H E F R C D B F A E D L L P I S O L V E N T S Y H O L I V C P A N G L U E C F X Q R U M O D E P T H T F U E L T U K I D J B N I A Z C L I M B N S E F S W C R E W O P O G N O R A S S L I P N O I S Y T N G Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 2.1
  • 195.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 209 Directions: Perform the following body movements and assess the area of hazard. 1. Exerting force while extending forearm 1.1 Loosening and tightening screw. 1.2 Driving a hammer. 1.3 Operating a hand drill. 1.4 Reaching an object forward. 1.5 Reaching an object above the shoulder. 1.6 Reaching behind the trunk. 1.7 Lifting an object 100 % performance with 25% area of pain - Very satisfactory 75% performance with 50 % area of pain - Satisfactory 50% performance with 75 % area of pain - Good 25% performance with 75 % area of pain - Poor WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? _____ Directions: Interview at least 3 0r 5 drivers and ask what part of his/her body easily gives in to pain when driving. Share your findings in the class. Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform? Show that you learned something by doing this activity. Activity Sheet 2.1 HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned? How Do You Extend Your Learning?
  • 196.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 210  Video clips of hazard and risk  Sample workstation Materials Control Hazards and Risks LEARNING OUTCOME 3  Procedures in dealing with workplace accidents, fire and emergencies and provision of appropriate assistance in the event of workplace emergencies are identified and followed in accordance with the organization‟s OHS policies.  Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is correctly used and maintained in accordance with organization‟s OHS procedures and practices. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 197.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 211 Directions: Select the best answer. Write the letter only in your Activity Notebook. 1. Hazard identification must be conducted in close consultation with the ______ performing the activity. A. animal B. person C. plant D. thing 2. Once the hazards have been identified, the next step is to assess the A. game B. play C. risks D. time 3. The _____ is the probability (likelihood) of harm or damage occurring from exposure to a hazard, and the likely consequences of that harm or damage. A. damage B. destruction C. hazard D. risk 4. Risk level can be ______, high , medium or low. A. critical B. intentional C. logical D. magical 5. The risk score at critical level is _____. A. 1-2 B. 3-6 C. 8-14 D. 15-25 Criteria for Evaluating Results of Pre-Test 100% - skip the Learning Outcome and proceed to the next Learning Outcome 99 % - below – Go through the Learning Outcome What Do You Already Know? Pretest LO 3 Let us determine how much you already know about controlling hazards and risks. Take this test.
  • 198.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 212 This is the most important step in the risk management process. A hazard which is not identified cannot be controlled. Accordingly, it is crucial that this step is as comprehensive as possible. Hazard identification must be Step 1. IDENTIFY THE HAZARDS (LO 1) Step 2. ASSESS THE RISKS (LO 2) Step 3. CONTROL THE RISKS Step 4. MONITOR and REVIEW Have the control measures eliminate d or reduced the risks? Have the control measures introduce d any new hazards? Is the process working effective ly to identify hazards and manage risks? WhatDo You Need To Know? Information Sheet 3.1 Read the Information Sheet 3.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check. Step 1. IDENTIFY THE HAZARDS (LO 1)
  • 199.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 213 Step 2. ASSESS THE RISKS (LO 2) conducted in close consultation with the people performing the activity. The following are used to assist staff to identify hazards in the workplace: Based on your knowledge in identifying hazard you have learned from the LO 1: Identifying Hazard and Risk , complete the first two column (Identify Hazards and Location) on the table below Identified Hazard Location Severity Probability/ Likelihood Risk Score Identified Control Who Manage the Hazard Date Complete d Once the hazards have been identified, the next step is to assess the risks. The Risk is the probability (likelihood) of harm or damage occurring from exposure to a hazard, and the likely consequences of that harm or damage. The greater the consequences, the greater the risk, similarly the more certain the event, the greater the risk. Risk assessment is a process of analysis and evaluation. Based on your knowledge you have learned from LO 2: EVALUATE HAZARD AND RISK, supply the necessary value for the next two column (Severity and probability). Refer your scoring on the equivalent value for Severity and Probability on the table below. Value Severity Probability/Likelihood 1 Insignificant Rare 2 Minor Unlikely 3 Moderate Possible 4 Major Likely 5 Catastrophic Almost Certain The value of the risk score is equal to the product of Severity and Probability Values, to determine RISK LEVEL check the risk score with the table below RISK LEVEL RISK SCORE CRITICAL 15 - 25 HIGH 8 - 14
  • 200.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 214 MEDIUM 3 - 6 LOW 1 - 2 On the table above, the risk matrix will help identify the RISK SCORE and RISK LEVEL. Equivalently on the illustration below that encircled requires some attention.
  • 201.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 215 Major accidents by their nature are rare events, which may be beyond the experience of many employers. These accidents tend to be low frequency, high consequence events as illustrated in Figure 1 below. However, the circumstances or conditions that could lead to a major accident may already be present, and the risks of such incidents should be proactively identified and managed. Risk Control must be achieved by using a predetermined hierarchy of controls. The primary aim of risk control is to eliminate the risk and the best way of achieving this is to remove the hazard. If this is not possible the risk must be minimized by using one or more of the other control options from the hierarchy. The risk control measure selected must be the highest possible option within the hierarchy to minimize the risk to the lowest level as reasonably practicable. Existing controls should be re-evaluated to determine if the most appropriate control measure is in place. The hierarchy of controls includes: Step 3. CONTROL THE RISKS
  • 202.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 216 Preference Control Example 1. Eliminate Removing the hazard, eg taking a hazardous piece of equipment out of service. 2. Substitute Replacing a hazardous substance or process with a less hazardous one, eg substituting a hazardous substance with a non-hazardous substance. 3. Isolation Restricting access to plant and equipment or in the case of substances locking them away under strict controls. 4. Engineering Redesign a process or piece of equipment to make it less hazardous. Isolating the hazard from the person at risk, eg using a guard or barrier. 5. Administrative Adopting standard operating procedures (SOPs) or safe work practices or providing appropriate training, instruction or information. 6. Personal Protective Equipment The provision and use of personal protective equipment could include using gloves, glasses, earmuffs, aprons, safety footwear, dust masks. Hazard management should be an ongoing and constantly improving process. To ensure the effectiveness in eliminating or minimizing risk, the process must be continuously reviewed and steps taken to implement revised control measures, where appropriate. It ensures that new hazards and those overlooked in the original exercise are identified and controlled. The monitoring and review process involves: • systematically checking existing risk control measures to assess their effectiveness; • collecting data on any new hazards which have arisen; • formulating new control measures. Here are some general suggestions for an ergonomic workstation:  Accommodate both right- and left-handed workers by providing a good work layout and tools which suit their needs.  Provide each workstation with a chair even if the work is done standing up. Periodic rests and changes in body position reduce the problems of standing for too long.  Eliminate glare and shadows. Good lighting is essential. Points to remember about workstation design 1. The workstation is the place a worker occupies when performing a job. 2. A well designed workstation is important for preventing diseases related to poor working conditions, as well as for ensuring work is productive. 3. Every workstation should be designed with both the worker and the task in mind. 4. A properly designed workstation should allow the worker to maintain a correct and comfortable body posture. 5. There are a number of ergonomic factors to consider when designing a workstation, including head height, shoulder height, arm reach, elbow height, hand height, leg length, and hand and body size. Step 4. MONITOR and REVIEW
  • 203.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 217 If lifting equipment is not available, the job may require a 'two-person lift'. Directions:Put a check ( /) mark if “ I CAN” and an ( X ) if “ I CANNOT” on the corresponding competency. Competency I CAN I CANNOT 1. Identify the hazards 2. Assess the risks 3. Control the risks 4. Review and Monitor the hazards and risks Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 3.1
  • 204.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 218 Directions: Inspect the shop room. Make reports of the findings and apply necessary solutions to the problem. Be guided with the risks management process. 1. Identify the hazards. 2. Assess the risks. 3. Control the risks. 4. Monitor and review the hazards and risks. Show that you learned something by doing this activity. Activity Sheet 3.1 HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
  • 205.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 219 Performance Rubrics Criteria 5 3 1 Proficiency Performs the task with competence and exceptional performance Performs the task with competence and with standard performance Performs the task with competence but below standard performance Accuracy Performs the task with no error Performs the task with at least 1-2 errors Performs the task with at least 3-5 errors Completeness Performs all the steps in sequence Performs the task with at least 2-3 steps not met Performs the task with at least 3-5 steps not met Safety Follows all the safety practices as set in the guidelines Follows the safety practices with at least 1-2 safety measures not met Follows the safety practices with at least 3-5 safety measures not met T O T A L __________ RATING SCALE : Points Earned (S) Numerical Rating (PL) Descriptive Rating (P 21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding 16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good 11 – 15 81 - 85 Good 06- 10 76 - 80 Fair 01- 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? ____ Directions: Visit your nearest business industry and introduce yourself as automotive servicing student. Ask the owner/manager permission for you to observe how people work in relation to occupational hazards and risks. Discuss your observation in the class. Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform? How Do You Extend Your Learning?
  • 206.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 220  Sample sitting and chair design  Video clips of heavy physical work  Sample workstation in the shop Materials Maintain Occupational Safety and Awareness LEARNING OUTCOME 4  Procedures in emergency related drills are strictly followed in line with the established organization guidelines and procedures. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
  • 207.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 221 Directions: Select the best answer. Write the letter of your answer in your Activity Notebook. 1. Manual work must be _______ properly so that workers will not overexert themselves and develop muscle strain, especially in the back. A. assigned B. designated C. designed D. resigned 2. Choose tools with an evenly balanced weight and make sure they are used in the proper A. partition B. position C. precision D. promotion 3. Hand tools should be designed according to _______ requirements. A. economic B. entrance C. ergonomic D. equal 4. Avoid holding a tool continuously in a _______ position or gripping a heavy tool to reduce muscle pain. A. correct B. easy C. lax D. raised 5. When determining the appropriate height of the work surface, the following factors are considered except A. the elbow height of the worker B. the shape of tools and equipment being used C. the size of the product being worked on D. the type of work being performed Criteria for Evaluating Results of Pre-Test 100%-skip the Learning Outcome and proceed to the next Learning Outcome 99%-below – Go through the Learning Outcome What Do You Already Know? Pretest LO 4 Let us determine how much you already know about maintaining occupational safety and awareness. Take this test.
  • 208.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 222 ۩ GUIDELINES IN MAINTAINING OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH AWARENESS A. Sitting and Work chair design  Sitting If a job does not require a great deal of physical strength and can be done in a limited space, then the work should be done in a sitting position. Note: sitting all day is not good for the body, especially for the back. Therefore, there should be some variety in the job tasks performed so a worker is not required to do sitting work only. A good chair is essential for sitting work. The chair should allow the worker to change the leg and general working positions easily. The following are some ergonomic guidelines for sitting work:  The worker needs to be able to reach the entire work area without stretching or twisting unnecessarily.  A good sitting position means that the individual is sitting straight in front of and close to the work.  The work table and the chair should be designed so that the work surface is approximately at the same level as the elbows.  The back should be straight and the shoulders relaxed.  If possible, there should be some form of adjustable support for the elbows, forearms or hands.  Work chair A proper work chair needs to satisfy certain ergonomic requirements. Use the following guidelines when choosing a chair:  The work chair should be appropriate for the job being performed and for the height of the work table or workbench. What Do You Need To Know? Information Sheet 4.1 Read the Information Sheet 4.1 very well then find out how much you can remember and how much you learned by doing Self-check 4.1.
  • 209.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 223  Ideally the seat height and the backrest height should be adjustable separately. The backrest tilt should also be adjustable.  The chair should allow the worker to lean forward or backward easily.  The worker should have adequate leg room under the work table and should be able to change the position of the legs easily.  The feet should be flat on the floor. When this is not possible, the worker should be provided with a footrest. A footrest will also help to eliminate pressure from the back of the thighs and knees.  The chair should have a backrest which supports the lower back.  The seat should curve slightly downward at the front edge.  Ideally, the chair should have five legs for stability.  It is preferable if arm rests are removable since some workers do not find them comfortable. In any case, arm rests should not prevent the worker from getting close enough to the work table.  The chair should be covered with a breathable fabric to prevent slipping off the chair. B. Standing workstation Standing for long periods of time to perform a job should be avoided whenever possible. Long periods of standing work can cause back pain, leg swelling, problems with blood circulation, sore feet and tired muscles. Here are some guidelines to follow when standing work cannot be avoided:  If a job must be done in a standing position, a chair or stool should be provided for the worker and he or she should be able to sit down at regular intervals.  Workers should be able to work with their upper arms at their sides and without excessive bending or twisting of the back.  The work surface should be adjustable for workers of different heights and for different job tasks.  If the work surface is not adjustable, then provide a pedestal to raise the work surface for taller workers. For shorter workers, provide a platform to raise their working height.  A footrest should be provided to help reduce the strain on the back and to allow the worker to change positions. Shifting weight from time to time reduces the strain on the legs and back.  There should be a mat on the floor so the worker does not have to stand on a hard surface. A concrete or metal floor can be covered to absorb shock. The floor should be clean, level and not slippery.  Workers should wear shoes with arch support and low heels when performing standing work.  There should be adequate space and knee room to allow the worker to change body position while working.  The worker should not have to reach to do the job tasks. Therefore the work should be performed 8 to 12 inches (20 to 30 centimeters) in front of the body.
  • 210.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 224 When determining the appropriate height of the work surface, it is important to consider the following factors:  the elbow height of the worker;  the type of work being performed;  the size of the product being worked on;  the tools and equipment being used. Follow these guidelines to ensure a good body position for standing work:  Face the work.  Keep the body close to the work.  Move the feet to face in a new direction instead of twisting your back or shoulders. C. Hand tools and controls  Hand tools Hand tools should be designed according to ergonomic requirements. Poorly designed hand tools, or tools that do not fit the individual worker or the task can cause negative health effects and decrease a worker's productivity. In order to prevent health problems, as well as to maintain the worker's productivity, hand tools should be designed so that they fit both the individual and the task. Well designed tools can contribute to good body positions and movements and can increase productivity. Use the following guidelines when selecting hand tools:  Avoid poor quality hand tools.  Choose tools that allow the worker to use the larger muscles in the shoulders, arms and legs, rather than the smaller muscles in the wrists and fingers.  Avoid holding a tool continuously in a raised position or gripping a heavy tool. Properly designed tools allow the worker to keep the elbows next to the body to prevent damage to the shoulder or arm. Additionally, properly designed tools do not require the worker to bend the wrists, stoop or twist.  Choose handles that are long enough to fit the whole hand. This will help to reduce uncomfortable pressure on the palm of the hand or on the joints of the fingers and hand.  Do not use tools with spaces where fingers and skin can get caught.  Choose double-handled tools, such as scissors, pliers or clippers. These should have a span that does not overstretch the hand.  Do not select tools with contoured handles; they fit only one size of hand and put pressure on hands they do not fit.  Make tool handles easy to grip. Handles should also have good electrical insulation and they should not have any sharp edges or sharp corners. Put soft plastic covers on handgrips to reduce slipperiness.  Avoid using tools that force the wrist to bend or to be in an awkward position. Redesign tools so that the tool bends and not the wrist.
  • 211.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 225 Choose tools with an evenly balanced weight and make sure they are used in the proper  Position.  Make sure tools are properly maintained.  Tools should be appropriate for right- or left-handed workers. D. Heavy physical work Manual work must be designed properly so that workers will not overexert themselves and develop muscle strain, especially in the back. Performing heavy physical work for long periods causes the rate of breathing and the heart beat to increase. If a worker is not in good physical condition, he or she is likely to get tired easily while doing heavy physical work. Whenever possible, it is helpful to use mechanical power to do the heavy work. This does not mean that employers should replace workers with machines, rather, that workers can use machines to perform the most arduous tasks. Mechanical power reduces the risks to the worker and at the same time provides more work opportunities for people with less physical strength. Use the following guidelines for designing jobs that require heavy physical work:  Heavy work should not exceed the capacity of the individual worker.  Heavy physical work should be varied throughout the day at regular intervals with lighter work.  Rest periods must be included in the day's work.
  • 212.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 226 Directions: Below is a puzzle interconnected with one another. Give at least four (4) important guidelines in maintaining occupational safety and awareness. Use your Activity Notebook for your answers. Refer to the Answer Key. What is your score? How Much Have You Learned? Self-Check 4.1
  • 213.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 227 Directions: Answer the following competencies in the column below to assess your knowledge in Maintaining Occupational Safety and Awareness. Which of the following do you know about? Put a check ( ⁄ ) on the appropriate box. Maintaining Occupational Safety and Awareness Yes No 1. Sitting and Work chair task 2. Standing workstation 3. Hand tools and controls 4. Heavy physical work Show that you learned something by doing this activity. Activity Sheet 4.1 HowDo YouApplyWhatYou HaveLearned?
  • 214.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 228 Performance Rubrics Criteria 5 3 1 Proficiency Performs the task with competence and exceptional performance Performs the task with competence and with standard performance Performs the task with competence but below standard performance Accuracy Performs the task with no error Performs the task with at least 1-2 errors Performs the task with at least 3-5 errors Completeness Performs all the steps in sequence Performs the task with at least 2-3 steps not met Performs the task with at least 3-5 steps not met Safety Follows all the safety practices as set in the guidelines Follows the safety practices with at least 1-2 safety measures not met Follows the safety practices with at least 3-5 safety measures not met T O T A L __________ RATING SCALE: Points Earned (S) Numerical Rating (PL) Descriptive Rating (PL) 21 – 25 91 - 100 Outstanding 16 – 20 86 - 90 Very Good 11 – 15 81 - 85 Good 06 - 10 76 - 80 Fair 01 - 05 71 - 75 Needs Improvement WHAT IS YOUR SCORE? ____ Find out by accomplishing the Scoring Rubric honestly and sincerely. Remember it is your learning at stake! How Well Did You Perform?
  • 215.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 229 1. Make a parallel evaluation of your household furniture/equipment inrelation with the one use in the workshop in terms of: a. Ergonomic design b. Safety 2. Discuss your findings in the class Congratulations! You did a great job! Rest and relax a while then move on to the next lesson. Good luck! How Do You Extend Your Learning?
  • 216.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 230 REFERENCES LO1  Workplace hazards and risks http://jessicawebber.hubpages.com/hub/Hazards-and-Risks-in-the-Workplace  Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment and Risk Control http://www.education.vic.gov.au/safe@work/modules/general/risks.asp  Hazard and Risk - Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and safety http://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/hazard_risk.html  Hazard - Wikipedia http://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/hazard_risk.html  AEF Companies Crane Safety and Preventive Measures http://www.aefcompanies.com/safety.htm  PROTECT YOUR HEARING!!! – IMPACT CILhttp://impact.books.officelive.com/ProtectYourHearing.aspx  Your health and safety at work - YOUR BODY AT WORK – International Labour Organization http://actrav.itcilo.org/actrav-english/telearn/osh/body/bmain.htm LO 2 INTERNATIONAL LABOR ORGANIZATION  http://actrav.itcilo.org/actrav-english/telearn/osh/legis/lemain.htm The Legal informant  http://johnhodgkinson.wordpress.com/2010/10/20/ohs-record-keeping/ LO 3  Swing Crispin, Frederic, Dictionary of Technical TermsThe Bruce Publishing Co.:1948.  Chilton‟s Easy Car Care. Chilton Book Company. 3rd Ed. Chilton Way, Radnor, PA 19089  Stockel, Martin W. Auto mechanics Fundamentals. The Goodheart - Willcox Company, Inc. 1978  The Oxford Dictionary of Current English. New Revised Ed. Oxford University Press, 1998.  Popular Mechanics Guide To Auto Basic Repair and Maintenance. Book Division The Hearst Corporation, New York, NY
  • 217.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 231 LO 4  Workplace hazards and risks http://jessicawebber.hubpages.com/hub/Hazards-and-Risks-in-the-Workplace  Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment and Risk Control http://www.education.vic.gov.au/safe@work/modules/general/risks.asp  Hazard and Risk - Canadian Centre for Occupational Health and safety http://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/hazard_risk.html  Hazard - Wikipedia http://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/hsprograms/hazard_risk.html  AEF Companies Crane Safety and Preventive Measures http://www.aefcompanies.com/safety.htm  PROTECT YOUR HEARING!!! – IMPACT CIL http://impact.books.officelive.com/ProtectYourHearing.aspx  Your health and safety at work - YOUR BODY AT WORK – International Labour Organization http://actrav.itcilo.org/actrav-english/telearn/osh/body/bmain.htm REFERENCES
  • 218.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 232 KEY TO CORRECTIONS LESSON1. USE OF HANDTOOLS ANSWER KEYS LO 1. Plan and Prepare for Tasks to be Undertaken. PRE TEST 1. A - careful and proper 2. A - confidence 3. B - safety 4. C - loosening and tightening tools 5. B - measuring tools SELF-CHECK #1.1 1. B d C ▲ 2. B e C ▼ 3. B a C ► 4. B b C ▲ 5. B c C◄ LO 2. Prepare and Use Hand tools. PRE TEST 1. D – tools 2. C – identify and select 3. B – practice 4. C – injury 5. A – checking and inspection SELF-CHECK #2.1 1. f 2. c 3. e 4. j 5. g 6. d 7. a 8. h 9. b 10.i
  • 219.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 233 LO 3. Create Report of Malfunctioning Hand Tools PRE TEST 1. A - effectiveness 2. A - frequently 3. C - marked 4. C - serviceability 5. D - reduces SELF-CHECK #3.1 1. Assess self-reflection on Minute Paper LO4. Maintain Hand tools PRE TEST 1. Self-Assessment SELF-CHECK 1. Check self reflection on Minute Paper LESSON2. PERFORM MENSURATION AND CALCULATION ANSWER KEYS LO 1. Select Measuring Instrument and Carry out Measurement and Calculations PRE TEST 1. C- measuring tool 2. B- hit and miss 3. D- vernier caliper 4. A- manual 5. D-torque 6. A-backlash 7. C-tolerance 8. D-strobe light 9. A- formula 10. A-kilometer (km)
  • 220.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 234 SELF-CHECK #1.1 I. 1. B - dishonesty 2. D- scientific 3. A- foot 4. A- kilometer (km) 5. B- 212o F II. A. MECHANICAL USE 1. Vernier caliper 2. Micrometer caliper 3. Dial gauge B. ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONICS USE 1. V.O.M. Tester 2. Clamp ammeter 3. Megger tester 4. Engine analyzer 5. Strobe/Timing light C. PNEUMATIC USE 1. Vacuum gauge 2. Compression gauge 3. Radiator pressure tester D. HYDRAULIC USE 1. Fuel pressure gauge 2. Oil pressure gauge 3. Temperature gauge E. Check Personal Reflection
  • 221.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 235 LO2. Maintain Measuring instruments PRE TEST A. Why a measuring instruments get out of calibration? 1. Low charge/ discharge battery 2. Miscarriage/ sudden, heavy impact 3. Accidental drop 4. Accidental use 5. Unprotected covering B. Basic rules to consider in managing your measuring instruments. 1. Always keep your receipt of purchase 2. Always follow safety instructions. 3. Always match the type of job with your instruments. 4. Always handle your measuring instruments safely. 5. Always store in safe and clean place SELF-CHECK # 2.1 A. Why a measuring instruments get out of calibration? 1. Low charge/ discharge battery 2. Miscarriage/ sudden, heavy impact 3. Accidental drop 4. Accidental use 5. Unprotected covering B. Basic rules to consider in managing your measuring instruments. a. Always keep your receipt of purchase b. Always follow safety instructions. c. Always match the type of job with your instruments. d. Always handle your measuring instruments safely. e. Always store in safe and clean place
  • 222.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 236 LESSON3. INTERPRETING PLANS AND DRAWINGS ANSWER KEYS LO 1. ANALYZE SIGNS, SYMBOLS AND DATA PRE TEST A. 1. C 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. B. 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. A B. 1. F 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. E SELF- CHECK #1.1 1. B 2. C 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. A 8. B 9. A 10. B SELF- CHECK #1.2 A. IDENTIFICATION: 1. NO PARKING 2. KEEP LEFT 3. SPEED LIMIT 4. NO U-TURN 5. CHILDREN AHEAD
  • 223.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 237 B. CLASSIFICATION: 1. Information 2. Warning 3. Regulatory 4. Warning 5. Regulatory SELF-CHECK #1.3 A. 1. A 2. B 3. D 4. B 5. D B. 1. A 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. B LO2. Interpret Technical Drawings and Plans PRE TEST 1. D. Plan 2. B. semi schematic 3. A. pictorial diagram 4. A. 5. D. 6. B. drawing 7. D. schematic
  • 224.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 238 8. A. layout diagram 9. C. ground 10. B. technical drawing 11. D. battery 12. C. bulb 13. C. horn 14. B. motor 15. A. relay SELF- CHECK #2.1 1. D 2. E 3. B 4. C 5. A SELF- CHECK #2.2 Matching Type: 1. D 2. A 3. B 4. E 5. F Draw and Identify: 1. Fuse 2. Connection 3. Relay
  • 225.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 239 LESSON4. PERFORM SHOP MAINTENANCE ANSWER KEYS LO 1. Inspect/Clean Tools, Materials and Shop Equipment PRE TEST 1. B - mistakes 2. A - caught by the machine 3. A - hard shoes or boots with rubber soles. 4. C - scratch machines or car finishes. 5. D - all of the above SELF-CHECK #1.1 I 1. A - workshops 2. C - safety 3. C – followed 4. A – protective 5. C – person-in-charge II 1. A - kept clean and free of dust and oil or grease. 2. A - marked as defective 3. C - returned to the tool room or put back in their drawers, cabinets or racks. 4. C - kept closed. 5. A - get lost. III 1. S – Strong alkali 2. S – Strong acid 3. H – Heavy duty alkali 4. M – Mild acid 5. S – Soft acid LO 2. Store/Arrange Tools, Materials and Shop Equipment PRE TEST 1. C - others 2. D – well-ventilated 3. C – upper body 4. A – habits 5. D – protect 6. C – gloves 7. B – face mask 8. A – signs 9. D – symbols 10. C – personal safety
  • 226.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 240 SELF-CHECK # 2.1 I 1. D - protect 2. D - self 3. A - habits 4. C - upper body protection 5. D - well-ventilated II 1. A - These are the ones that need sustainable training in the shop and workshop environment. 2. D - having uniform procedures of work or placement of things in proper place. 3. B - management of workshop facilities like the tools, materials, equipment / machineries including facilities like furniture, lighting, water, and furniture. 4. C - maintaining a continuous and consistent implementation of doing the 5 S. 5. E - making things easy to see, easy to get, and easy to return. LO 3. Dispose Waste/Used Lubricants PRE TEST 1. A - harmful effects 2. A - managed 3. A - waste materials 4. B - good 5. A - compliance 6. B - environment 7. B - lubricating 8. C - reactive 9. D - lethal 10. A - condition
  • 227.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 241 SELF-CHECK # 3.1 6. A – waste materials 7. A – compliance 8. C – harmful effects 9. B – good 10. C - managed LESSON 5:.PRACTICE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROCEDURES LO 1. IDENTIFY HAZARDS AND RISKS PRE TEST 1. D – work 2. C – six 3. C – thing 3. B – fumes 4. C – labeled SELF-CHECK # 1.1 1. B. hazard 2. A. risk 3. C. dormant 4. C. corrosive materials 5. B. asbestos 6. C. noise 7. A. biohazardous infectious materials 8. B. flammable and combustible material 9. B. solvents 10. D. compressor
  • 228.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 242 Crossword Puzzle 1 L 2 S 3 H 4 T O O 5 L S 6 D E C I B E L O V T A 7 A S K E 8 E A R P L U G S 9 O L 10 D I A B N 11 N O I S E 12 D A M A G E N LO2. EVALUATE HAZARDS AND RISKS PRE TEST 1. B - stress 2. A – heart disease 3. C – musculosketal disorder 4. B – wrist pain 5. A - elbow 6. C – neck and shoulder 7. C – neck and shoulder 8. D - allergies 9. A - legislation 10.B – stress, act, regulation, code of practice and guide SELF-CHECK # 2.1 Task: Find these words in the grid below acid deaf fuel ladder power solvents bending decibel gas lift roof strain chemical depth glue loud scaffold switch climb electrocution heavy noisy shock trip current earplug hoist poison slip trolley
  • 229.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 243 C Y R R A C E A R P L U G H E A V Y E T F K O D F L E D I C A L B R R C O T O M C U R R E N T O A O F U I G W D E C I B E L Y H D C H O I S T R A I N L E S A D H E F R C D B F A E D L L P I S O L V E N T S Y H O L I V C P A N G L U E C F X Q R U M O D E P T H T F U E L T U K I D J B N I A Z C L I M B N S E F S W C R E W O P O G N O R A S S L I P N O I S Y T N G LO3. CONTROL HAZARDS AND RISKS PRE TEST 1. B - person 2. C - risks 3. D - risks 4. A - critical 5. D – 15-25 SELF-CHECK # 3.1 1. Check Self-Reflection LO4. OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND AWARENESS PRE TEST 1. C - designed 2. B - position 3. C - ergonomic 4. D – raised 5. B - the shape of tools and equipment being used SELF-CHECK # 4.1 1. Sitting and Work chair design 2. Standing workstation 3. Hand tools and controls4. Heavy physical work
  • 230.
    AUTOMOTIVE K to 12–Technology and Livelihood Education 244 Acknowledgement This Learning Module was developed for the Exploratory Courses in Technology and Livelihood Education, Grades 7 and 8 of the K to 12 Curriculum with the assistance of the following persons: This Learning Module on Automotive Servicing NC I was developed by the following personnel: MODULE WRITERS ROBERTO S. DAQUIL Head Teacher VI DepED-Manila REVIEWERS GIL P. CASUGA Chief TESD Specialist REYNALDO S. DANTES Senior TESD Specialist MARIA A. ROQUE Senior TESD Specialist BERNADETTE S. AUDIJE Senior TESD Specialist VICTORIO N. MEDRANO Principal IV, SPRCNHS PARALUMAN R. GIRON, Ed.D. Chair, Sub-TWG on K to 10 BRENDA B. CORPUZ, Ph.D. TA for K to 12 Curriculum OFELIA O. FLOJO Retired Assistant Chief, EED, Region IV-A BEATRIZ A. ADRIANO Principal IV, ERVHS AIDA T. GALURA VSA II, ACNTS DOMINGA CAROLINA F. CHAVEZ Principal II, MBHS DOCUMENTORS /SECRETARIAT PRISCILLA E. ONG K to 12 Secretariat FREDERICK G. DEL ROSARIO Head Teacher III, BNAHS EMMANUEL V. DIONISIO Head Teacher III, AFGBMTS LYMWEL P. LOPEZ Teacher I, AFGBMTS DANTE D. VERMON JR. Teacher I, AFGBMTS CHERLYN F. DE LUNA Teacher I, AFGBMTS JOANNA LISA C. CARPIO Teacher I, BNAHS ROMANO T. LOPEZ Teacher I, BNAHS Dir. IMELDA B. TAGANAS Executive Director, Qualifications Standards Office K to 12 Learning Area Team Convenor, TLE/TVE